M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD. PLOT NO. A7, SIPCOT INDUSTRIAL …

Project No. 883000/2021 [Cat ‘’A’’ Schedule 5 (e)]

Baseline Monitoring Season Summer, 2021 (March-May, 2021)

File No. F.No.- J-11011/329/2020- IA II(I)

Proposal No. IA/TN/IND2/190081/2020

TOR Letter No. No. J-11011/329/2020- IA II(I)dated Jan 02, 2021

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.PLOT NO. A7, SIPCOT INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX,VILLAGE: THERVOYKANDIGAI, TALUKA: GUMMIDIPOONDIDIST: THIRUVALLUR, TAMIL NADU

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESMENT REPORT FOR

PROPOSED DIFFERENT GRADES OF CARBON BLACK (PRODUCTION

CAPACITY: 1.925 LAKH TONNE/ANNUM) MANUFACTURING UNIT AND

36 MW WASTE HEAT RECOVERY BASED CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd.403, Centre Point, Nr. Kadiwala School, Ring Road,

Surat – 395002(NABET Accredited EIA Consultant by QCI): NABET/EIA/2023/IA0062

(MoEF Accredited Testing Laboratory): 15018/24/2019-CPW

(NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory): TC - 7328

(GPCB Recognized Schedule-II Environmental Auditor)

ISO 9001: 2015 Certified Company

OHSAS 18001: 2007 Certified Company

Prepared By:

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESSMENT

REPORT

CLIENT

PROJECT TITLE

PROJECT NO.

:

:

:

M/S. PCBL (TN) LTD.

PLOT NO. A7, SIPCOT INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX,

VILLAGE: THERVOYKANDIGAI, TALUKA: GUMMIDIPOONDI

DIST: THIRUVALLUR, TAMIL NADU

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESMENT REPORT FOR PROPOSED

DIFFERENT GRADES OF CARBON BLACK (PRODUCTION CAPACITY1.925

LAKH TONNE/ANNUM) MANUFACTURING UNIT AND 36 MW WASTE

HEAT RECOVERY BASED CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

883000/2020 (A-5(E))

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd. 403, Centre Point, Nr. Kadiwala School, Ring Road,

Surat – 395002

(NABET Accredited EIA Consultant by QCI): NABET/EIA/2023/IA0062

(MoEF Accredited Testing Laboratory): 15018/24/2019-CPW

(NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory): TC - 7328

(GPCB Recognized Schedule-II Environmental Auditor)

ISO 9001: 2015 Certified Company

OHSAS 18001: 2007 Certified Company

Prepared By:

June 25, 2021.

TO WHOM SO EVER IT MAY CONCERN

This is to certify that we have studied TOR issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi to M/s.

PCBL (TN) LTD. for their proposed different grades of carbon black

Manufacturing Unit and waste heat recovery based Captive Power Plant at Plot

No. A7, SIPCOT Industrial Complex, Village: Thervoykandigai, Tal:

Gummidipoondi, Dist: Thiruvallur, State: Tamilnadu and we found Environment

Impact Assessment (EIA) report in line with TORs. Due to reduction in production

capacity (From 2.6 Lakh MT/Annum- as per TORs to 1.925 Lakh MT/Annum- as

per EIA Report & CPP from 50 MW –as per TORs to 36 MW – as per EIA Report)

and pollution load has also been reduced w.r.t. production capacity.

Facts stated in the EIA report are verified by us. We take ownership of the EIA

Report. Further activities of Environment Clearance will be carried out by us.

For ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited

NABET/QCI Accreditation Certificate of M/s. ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited vide

Certificate no. NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0155 and shall be valid up to May 24, 2022

Quality Council of India

National Accreditation Board for Education & Training

Certificate of Accreditation

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. 403, Centre Point, Nr. Kadiwala School, Ring Road,

Surat, Gujarat-395002

Accredited as Category – ‘A’ organization under the QCI-NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations: Version 3 for preparing EIA/EMP reports in the following sectors:

Note: Names of approved EIA Coordinators and Functional Area Experts are mentioned in IA AC Minutes dated November 6, 2020 on QCI-NABET website. The Accreditation shall remain in force subject to continued compliance to the terms and conditions mentioned in NABET’s letter of accreditation bearing no. QCI/NABET/ENV/ACO/20/1557 dated December 8, 2020. The accreditation needs to be renewed before the expiry date by Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. following due process of

assessment.

Sr. Director, NABET Certificate No. Valid till Dated: December 8, 2020 NABET/EIA/2023/IA0062 October 7, 2023

For the updated List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations with approved Sectors please refer to QCI-NABET website.

Sl. No

Sector Description Sector (as per)

Cat. NABET MoEFCC

1. Thermal power plants 4 1 (d) A

2. Cement plants 9 3 (b) B

3. Soda ash Industry 14 4 (e) A

4. Chemical fertilizers 16 5 (a) B

5. Pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations)

17 5 (b)

A

6. Manmade fibers manufacturing 19 5 (d) B

7. Synthetic organic chemicals industry 21 5 (f) A

8. Distilleries 22 5 (g) A

9. Pulp & paper industry excluding manufacturing of paper from wastepaper and manufacture of paper from ready pulp without bleaching

24 5 (i)

B

10. Common hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facilities (TSDF) 32 7 (d) A

11. Bio-medical waste treatment facilities 32A 7 (da) B

12. Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs) 36 7 (h) B

13. Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility (CMSWMF) 37 7 (i) B

14. Building and construction projects 38 8 (a) B

LABORATORY DEPARTMENT, AQUA-AIRENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD.

has been assessed and accredited in accordance with the standard

ISO/IEC 17025:2017''General Requirements for the Competence of Testing &

Calibration Laboratories''for its facilities at

403, CENTRE POINT, RING ROAD, SURAT, GUJARAT, INDIA

in the field of

TESTINGCertificate Number: TC-7328

Issue Date: 03/06/2021 Valid Until: 02/06/2023

This certificate remains valid for the Scope of Accreditation as specified in the annexure subject to continuedsatisfactory compliance to the above standard & the relevant requirements of NABL.

(To see the scope of accreditation of this laboratory, you may also visit NABL website www.nabl-india.org)

Name of Legal Identity : AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD.

Signed for and on behalf of NABL

N. VenkateswaranChief Executive Officer

I-1

INDEX

SR. NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

LIST OF TABLES I-7

LIST OF FIGURES I-9

TOR LETTER I-10

COMPLIANCE OF TOR I-17

UNDERTAKING - PROJECT PROPONENT I-24

UNDERTAKING – CONSULTANT I-25

1 CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 BACKGROUND 1

1.1.1 JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT 2

1.1.2 PROMOTERS AND THEIR BACKGROUND 2

1.1.3 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 3

1.1.4 REGULATORY PROVISION 6

1.2 PROJECT DETAILS 7

1.2.1 TOTAL PROJECT COST 7

1.2.2 PLOT AREA 8

1.2.3 EXACT DETAILS ABOUT INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES, PLANT MACHINERIES, ETC.

REQUIRED FOR THE PROPOSED PROJECT

8

1.3 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT & INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES INCLUDING 11

14 PURPOSE OF EIA 13

1.5 OBJECTIVES OF EIA 14

1.6 METHODOLOGIES FOR EIA 14

1.6.1 BASE LINE CONDITION 14

1.6.2 AMBIENT AIR ENVIRONMENT 14

1.6.3 GROUND AND SURFACE WATER ENVIRONMENT 14

1.6.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 15

1.6.5 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 15

1.6.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 15

1.6.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 15

1.6.8 IDENTIFICATION OF POLLUTION SOURCE 15

1.6.9 EVALUATION OF POLLUTION CONTROL AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM

16

1.6.10 EVALUATION OF IMPACT 16

1.6.11 PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 16

2 CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES

2.1 BACKGROUND 17

2.2 LAND REQUIREMENT FOR THE PROJECT INCLUDING ITS BREAK UP FOR VARIOUS

PURPOSES, ITS AVAILABILITY

18

2.2.1 LAND POSSESSION DOCUMENTS. COPY OF NA ORDER SHOWING PERMISSION TO USE

THE PROJECT LAND FOR INDUSTRIAL PURPOSE.

21

2.3 PROJECT SETTING 30

2.3.1 SITE SELECTION 30

2.3.2 PROJECT SITE AND PLANT LAYOUT 32

2.4 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE AND NEAREST HABITATS WITH DISTANCES FROM

THE PROJECT SITE TO BE DEMARCATED ON A TOPOSHEET (1: 50000 SCALE).

35

2.5 TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE PLANT/S ALONG WITH DETAILS ON BEST AVAILABLE 37

I-2

TECHNOLOGIES (BAT), PROPOSED TECHNOLOGY AND REASONS FOR SELECTING THE

SAME.

2.6 PHASE WISE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE WITH BAR CHART AND TIME

FRAME, IN TERMS OF SITE DEVELOPMENT, INFRASTRUCTURE PROVISION, EMS

IMPLEMENTATION ETC.

37

2.7 CHEMICAL NAME OF EACH PROPOSED PRODUCT TO BE MANUFACTURED. DETAILS ON

END USE OF EACH PRODUCT. (PROVIDE CAS NUMBER OF ALL THE PRODUCTS & RAW

MATERIALS. IN CASE OF DYES, CI NUMBER). LIST OF PRODUCTS WITH PRODUCTION

CAPACITY

37

2.8 DETAILS ON RAW MATERIALS, SOURCE AND STORAGE WITHIN THE PREMISES. 38

2.9 MANUFACTURING PROCESS, CHEMICAL REACTION AND MASS BALANCE OF EACH

PRODUCTS

40

2.9.1 MATERIAL BALANCE OF SULFUR 43

2.10 WATER REQUIREMENT, WASTEWATER GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT 44

2.10.1 ASSESSMENT OF SOURCE OF THE WATER SUPPLY WITH ADEQUACY OF THE SAME TO

MEET WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT. PERMISSION OBTAINED FROM

THE CONCERN AUTHORITY FOR SUPPLY OF RAW WATER.

44

2.10.2 WATER AND WASTEWATER 50

2.10.3 EXPLORE THE POSSIBILITIES FOR ZERO LIQUID DISCHARGE (ZLD) OPTION FOR THE

PROPOSED PROJECT.

52

2.10.4 CAPACITY OF ETP IN KL/DAY. DETAILS OF ETP INCLUDING DIMENSIONS OF EACH UNIT

ALONG WITH SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM. INLET, TRANSITIONAL AND TREATED

EFFLUENT QUALITIES WITH SPECIFIC EFFICIENCY OF EACH TREATMENT UNIT IN

REDUCTION IN RESPECT OF ALL CONCERNED/REGULATED ENVIRONMENTAL

PARAMETERS. INLET EFFLUENT QUALITY SHOULD BE BASED ON WORST CASE

SCENARIO CONSIDERING PRODUCTION OF MOST POLLUTING PRODUCTS THAT CAN

BE MANUFACTURED IN THE PLANT CONCURRENTLY.

53

2.11 AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM 65

2.11.1 FLUE GAS & PROCESS GAS EMISSION FROM EACH UNIT PROCESS WITH ITS

QUANTIFICATION

65

2.11.2 DETAILS OF THE UTILITIES REQUIRED 67

2.11.3 CERTIFICATE OF ANALYSIS OF FUEL 68

2.11.4 DETAILS OF POWER REQUIREMENTS 72

2.11.5 LIST THE PROJECT SPECIFIC SOURCES OF FUGITIVE EMISSION ALONG WITH ITS

QUANTIFICATION AND PROPOSED MEASURES TO CONTROL IT

72

2.12 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT 75

2.12.1 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE INCLUDING STORAGE,

HANDLING, UTILIZATION AND SAFE DISPOSAL AS PER THE HAZARDOUS AND OTHER

WASTES (MANAGEMENT AND TRANSBOUNDARY MOVEMENT) RULES 2016. CPCB

GUIDELINES IN RESPECT OF SPECIFIC TREATMENT, SUCH AS SOLAR EVAPORATION,

INCINERATION, ETC., NEED TO BE FOLLOWED.

75

2.12.2 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 76

2.12.3 THE MANUAL HANDLING OF THE HAZARDOUS WASTES AND METHODOLOGY OF DE-

CONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL OF DISCARDED CONTAINERS AND ITS RECORD

KEEPING

77

2.13 NOISE LEVEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM 78

3 CHAPTER 3: BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 INTRODUCTION 79

3.2 METHODOLOGY 79

3.2.1 STUDY PERIOD & FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING 80

I-3

3.2.2 METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS 81

3.2.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS 82

3.3 MICROMETEOROLOGY 83

3.3.1 TEMPERATURE, RELATIVE HUMIDITY & WIND SPEED 84

3.3.2 WIND ROSE 85

3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT 87

3.4.1 SUMMARY 91

3.4.2 INTERPRETATION 91

3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 92

3.5.1 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING 92


3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT 94

3.6.1 METHODOLOGY FOR WATER QUALITY MONITORING 94

3.6.2 BASELINE GROUND WATER QUALITY 107

3.6.3 BASELINE SURFACE WATER QUALITY 107


3.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT 108

3.7.1 SOIL QUALITY 108

3.7.2 SUMMARY OF SOIL QUALITY 109


3.7.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS 110

3.8 GEOLOGICAL, HYDROLOGICAL & DRAINAGE DATA 111

3.8.1 HYDROLOGY 112

3.8.2 DRAINAGE PATTERN 113

3.9 LAND USE PATTERN 114

3.10 TOPOSHEET 116

3.11 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION 117

3.12 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 139

3.12.1 DEMOGRAPHY 139

3.12.2 EDUCATION FACILITIES 143

3.12.3 EDUCATIONAL INFRASTRUCTURE WITHIN STUDY AREA 144

3.12.4 HEALTH FACILITIES 146

4 CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS 148

4.2 PREDICTIONS AND EVALUATION OF IMPACTS 148

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 152

4.3.1 CONCLUSION 160

4.3.2 MITIGATION MEASURE 160

4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 161

4.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT 162

4.6 HAZARDOUS WASTE DETAILS 166

4.7 IMPACT OF TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION 170

4.8 ECOLOGY 171

4.9 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIORNMENT 172

4.10 MATRIX REPRESENTATION 172

4.11 CONCLUSION 176

5 CHAPTER 5: ALTERNATIVE SITE ANALYSIS

5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY) 177

I-4

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE) 179

6 CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

6.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN 181

6.2 OBJECTIVES 182

6.3 DOCUMETATION & RECORDS 183

6.4 POST PROJECT MONITORING PLAN 184

6.4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 185

6.4.2 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES 187

6.5 ENVIRONMENT POLICY 188

6.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL 189

6.7 COMPANY HAS A SYSTEM OF REPORTING OF NON-COMPLIANCES / VIOLATIONS OF

ENVIRONMENTAL NORMS TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY AND / OR

SHAREHOLDERS OR STAKEHOLDERS AT LARGE.

191

6.8 COMPLIANCE REPORTS 192

6.9 ON-SITE MOCK DRILL REQUIREMENTS 192

7 CHAPTER 7: RISK ASSESSMENT REPORT

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT 194

7.1.1 INTRODUCTION 194

7.1.2 APPROACH TO THE STUDY 195

7.1.3 METHODOLOGY 195

7.1.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 198

7.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS

CHEMICALS LIQUIDS

203

7.3 HANDLING OF TOXIC/CORROSIVE CHEMICALS 208

7.4 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 210

7.4.1 DAMAGE CRITERIA 211

7.4.2 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS 215

7.5 RISK ASSESSMENT –SCENARIO 220

7.5.1 RISK ASSESSMENT SUMMARY 229

7.6 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 230

7.6.1 OBJECTIVES 230

7.6.2 BASIC FORMS OF EMERGENCY 230

7.6.3 TYPES OF EMERGENCY (ON SITE EMERGENCY) 230

7.6.4 ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN IN PLACE WITH PCBL 231

7.7 OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN 238

7.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARD AND SAFETY PROGRAM FOR THE PROJECT 243

7.9 SAFETY PLAN 249

7.10 SAFETY ORGANIZATION 251

7.11 SAFETY CIRCLE 251

7.12 SAFETY TRAINING 251

7.13 HEALTH AND SAFETY MONITORING PLAN 252

7.14 TRAINING, REHERASAL & RECORDS 253

7.15 CHECKLIST IN THE FORM OF DO’S & DON’TS OF PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE,

STRENGTHENING OF HSE, MANUFACTURING UTILITY STAFF FOR SAFETY RELATED

MEASURES.

255

7.16 PROCESS SAFETY 258

7.17 HAZOP STUDY 261

7.18 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 265

I-5

7.19 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT (R & R) 265

8 CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 BACKGROUND 266

8.2 ENVIRONMENT 266

8.3 EXPORTS 267

8.4 EMPLOYMENT GENERATION 267

8.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES (CSR ACTIVITIES) 267

8.6 CER ACTIVITIES 269

8.7 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 270

9 CHAPTER 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 271

10 CHAPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 BACKGROUND 272

10.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 272

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL 273

10.3.1 JOB RESPONSIBILITY: INCHARGE - SAFETY, HEALTH & ENVIRONEMNT 275

10.3.2 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 276

10.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 278

10.4.1 EMP FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE 278

10.4.2 EMP FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE 279

10.4.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT 281

10.4.3.1 PLANS FOR MANAGEMENT, COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL OF WASTE STREAMS TO BE

GENERATED FROM SPILLAGE, LEAKAGES, VESSEL WASHING, USED CONTAINER

WASHING ETC. MEASURES PROPOSED FOR PREVENTING EFFLUENT DISCHARGE

DURING UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES.

282

10.4.3.2 RAINWATER HARVESTING 282

10.4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT 285

10.4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 289

10.4.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT 290

10.4.6.1 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT 291

10.4.6.2 METHODOLOGY OF DE-CONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL OF DISCARDED

CONTAINERS AND ITS RECORD KEEPING

292

10.4.6.3 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 293

10.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 294

10.6 OCCUPTIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 296

10.6.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CENTER 297

10.6.2 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH MONITORING 299

10.6.3 WORK ZONE MONITORING EQUIPMENT 303

10.6.4 PROPOSED SAFETY SYSTEM 303

10.7 MEASURES FOR CONSERVATION OF ENERGY 305

10.8 SKILLED AND TRAINED MANPOWER 306

10.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES 306

10.9.1 CER ACTIVITIES 306

10.10 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 307

10.11 ECOLOGY 307

11 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & CONLCUSION

I-6

11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 308

11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 309

11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 311

11.3.1 WATER REQUIREMENT, WASTE WATER GENERATION AND TREATMENT 311

11.3.2 AIR POLLUTION SOURCE AND CONTROL MANAGEMENT 312

11.3.3 HAZARDOUS WASTE 313

11.3.4 GREEN BELT 314

11.3.5 POWER & FUEL REQUIREMENTS 314

11.3.6 CAPITAL AND RECURRING COST EARMARKED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

MEASURES

314

11.3.7 ENVIRONMENT HAZARD 315

11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 316

11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 317

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS 317


11.8 SUMMARY 322

11.8 CONCLUSION 323

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

12.1 COMPANY PROFILE 324

13 ANNEXURES 335

I-7

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE

NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

1.1 BREAK UP OF DIFFERENT LAND USE OF FACTORY 8

1.2 LIST OF MACHINERIES AND EQUIPMENT 8

2.1 SITE COORDINATES 30

2.2 ALTERNATIVE SITE ANALYSIS 30

2.3 NEAREST HABITAT PROFILE FROM THE PROJECT SITE 31

2.4 LIST OF PRODUCTS WITH PRODUCTION CAPACITY 37

2.5 LIST OF RAW MATERIAL 38

2.6 WATER CONSUMPTION & WASTE WATER GENERATION 50

2.7 FLUE GAS EMISSION 65

2.8 PROCESS GAS EMISSION 66

2.9 POWER REQUIREMENT BACKUP AND UTILITIES 72

2.10 DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE & ITS MODE OF DISPOSAL 75

3.1 FREQUENCY OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 80

3.2 METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS 81

3.3 METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS (TEMP., RAINFALL, RELATIVE HUMIDITY

AND WIND SPEED)

83

3.4 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA 84

3.5 LOCATIONS OF THE AMBIENT AIR, NOISE, WATER AND SOIL 89

3.6 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS 90

3.7 NOISE LEVELS 93

3.8 GROUND & SURFACE WATER QUALITY 95

3.9 PHYSICO-CHEMICALS CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL 108

3.10 METHODOLOGY FOR EVALUATION OF BIODIVERSITY STATUS OF STUDY

AREA

117

3.11 LIST OF FLORA 118

3.12 LIST OF FAUNA 119

3.13 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA 140

3.14 SUMMARY OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC INDICATORS WITHIN THE STUDY AREA 141

3.15 POPULATION DENSITY 142

3.16 EDUCATION INFRASTRUCTURES IN THIRUVALLUR DISTRICT 143

3.17 LITERACY RATE 144

3.18 MEDICAL FACILITIES AVAILABLE IN THIRUVALLUR DISTRICT 146

3.18 HEALTH FACILITIES WITHIN THE STUDY AREA 147

4.1 CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION STAGE POTENTIAL IMPACTS & MITIGATIVE

MEASURES

149

4.2 DETAILS OF EMISSION FROM STACKS & VENTS 154

4.3 SUMMERY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT 159

4.4 PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 160

4.5 CHARACTERISTICS OF RAW AND TREATED SEWAGE WATER 163

4.6 CHARACTERISTICS OF RAW AND TREATED EFFLUENT WATER 165

4.7 CHARACTERISTICS OF INLET AND OUTLET FROM WATER TREATMENT PLANT 165

4.8 EXISTING & PROPOSED VEHICULAR MOVEMENT PER HOUR (SH- 51

(KORTHALAIYAR BRIDGE –PALAVAKKAM –PUTHUR ROAD))

170

4.9 TRAFFIC VOLUME AFTER IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT 171

4.10 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX 173

I-8

4.11 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX 174

4.12 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART 175

5.1 ALTERNATIVE SITE ANALYSIS 179

5.2 CONNECTIVITY TO THE SITE 180

6.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 186

7.1 STORAGE AND HANDLING DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 200

7.2 OTHER HAZARDS AND CONTROL 201

7.3 HAZARDOUS PROPERTIES OF THE CHEMICALS, COMPATIBILITIES, SPECIAL

HAZARD AND ANTIDOTES

202

7.4 POSSIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIOS 220


I-9

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE

NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

2.1 PLANT LAYOUT 20

2.2 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE 32

2.3 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE 35

2.4 TOPOSHEET 36

3.1 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 85

3.2 LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS 88

3.3 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS 110

3.4 MAJOR GEOLOGICAL FEATURES 111

3.5 HYDROLOGY PATTERN 112

3.6 DRAINAGE PATTERN 113

3.7 LANDUSE / LANDCOVER 114

3.8 TOPOSHEET 116

4.1 ISOPLETHS 156

4.2 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAMS OF STP 164

4.3 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAMS OF ETP 165

4.4 GOOGLE IMAGE OF ROAD CONNECTIVITY TO THE PROJECT SITE 170

6.1 ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 190

7.1 QRA METHODOLOGY 196

7.2 FLOW CHART FOR QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 197

7.3 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL STORAGE AREA 199

I-10

TOR LETTER

I-17

TOR Compliance

SR.

NO.

TERMS OF REFERENCES COMPLIANCE

5(e): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR

PETROCHEMICAL BASED PROCESSING (PROCESSES OTHER THAN CRACKING & REFORMATION AND NOT COVERED

UNDER THE COMPLEXES)PROJECTS AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

A. Standard Terms of Reference (TORs)

1 Executive Summary Refer Chapter-11, Page No. 308 to 323

2 Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET

accreditation

Refer Annexure-8, Page No. 414

ii. Information about the project proponent Refer Chapter-1, Section-1.1.2, Page No. 2

iii. Importance and benefits of the project Refer Chapter-8, Section-8.5, Page No. 267

3 Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion Refer Chapter-1, Section-1.2.1, Page No. 7

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.7, Table-2.4, Page No. 37

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with

capacities and whether adequate land is available for

expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

This is green field project.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along

with mode of transportation

Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.8, Table-2.5, Page No. 38

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities

and storage capacities


vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste

generation and their management.

For détails of emission -Refer Chapter-2, Section-

2.11.1, Page No. 66-67

For details of effluent - Refer Chapter-2, Section-

2.10.2, Page No. 51

For details of hazardous waste generation and

management, Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.12.1, Page

No. 76-77.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply,

status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power

requirement (regular and contract)

Requirement of water = Refer Chapter-2, Section-

2.10.2, Table-2.6, Page No. 51.

Requirement of Power = Refer Chapter-2, Section-

2.11.4, Table-2.9, Page No. 73.

Water balance diagram= Refer Chapter-2, Section-

2.10.2, Page No. 52.

Man Power Requirement = This new project will

have employment opportunity for 1000 person

during construction phase (18 Months) and 425

persons (in ToR application: 500 Person) during

operation phase. Additional employment opportunity

for product dealers and distributors, and transport

sectors for product movements will increase the

employment opportunity indirectly.

viii. Process description along with major equipments and

machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from raw

material to products to be provided

Major equipments and machineries = Refer Chapter-

1, Section-1.2.3, Table-1.2, Page No. 8

Manufacturing Process = Refer Chapter-2, Section-

2.9, Page No. 40-44

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety

systems

Refer Chapter-7, Section-7.1.4, Page No. 198

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

I-18

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including

Amendments thereto obtained for the project from

MoEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified

copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office

of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular

dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of

conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental

clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In

addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for

the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB

shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Not Applicable as this is green field project, so

company has applied for EC for proposed unit.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained

environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under

the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA

Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to

Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate

(in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006,

CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall

be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions

of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Not Applicable as this is green field project

4 Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil,

District and State, Justification for selecting the site,

whether other sites were considered

Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.3, Page No. 32-36.

Selection of Site is referred as Chapter-2, Section

2.3.1, Page No. 30.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site

location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet.

(including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally

sensitive places)

Toposheet is referred as Chapter-2, Section-2.3,

Figure-2.4, Page No. 36.

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Refer Chapter-2, Section 2.3.1, Page No. 30.

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.3, Page No. 30

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.3, Figure-2.2, Page No. 32

& 33.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed

unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area,

utilities etc. If located within an Industrial

area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating

location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate

Refer Chapter-2, Figure-2.1, Page No. 20

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable)

plant site. If existing, show photographs of

plantation/greenbelt, in particular

This is green field project.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site

(identified and acquired), government/private -

agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements,

etc. shall be included. (not required for industrial area)

Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.2, Page No. 18

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within

study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use

details of the study area


x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the

study area shall be included.

Refer Chapter-3, Section-3.8, Page No. 111-112

xi. Details of Drainage of the project up to 5km radius of Refer Chapter-3, Section-3.8.2, Page No. 113

I-19

study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major

river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood

occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the

past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and

maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided.

(mega green field projects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not

complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected

time of complete possession of the land


xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state

Government policy

Refer Chapter-7, Section-7.19, Page No.265.

The unit is located in Industrial Complex of

SIPCOT (State Industries promotion Corporation

of Tamil nadu Limited). Hence, R & R is not

applicable to us.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land

(forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the

State Forest Department. (if applicable)

Not Applicable

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery

(GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in

case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

Not Applicable

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I

forestry clearance along with latest status shall be

submitted.

Not Applicable

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National

Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors

of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the

map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing

these features vis-à-vis the project location and the

recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife

Warden-thereon

Not Applicable

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the

Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for

conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study

area

Not Applicable

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the

Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee

of the National Board for Wildlife

Not Applicable

6 Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the

project site and site-specific micrometeorological data

using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed

and direction and rainfall.


ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the

project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be

based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-

dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive

receptors including reserved forests.


iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all

stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification


I-20

of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98%

values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ

stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA

Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream

and downstream of discharge point) and other surface

drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.


v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river

identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details

Not Applicable

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations

shall be included


vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study

area


viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines Refer Chapter-3, Section-3.7, Page No. 108-109

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of

vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic

due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.


x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and

aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with

special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species.

If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a

Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.


xi. Socio-economic status of the study area Refer Chapter-3, Section-3.12, Page No.139-147

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants

from the stack emission based on site-specific

meteorological features. In case the project is located on a

hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs

of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the

potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative

impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation)

on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the

model used and the input data used for modelling shall also

be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a

location map showing the location of project site,

habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.


ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water

body


iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end

products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed

and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw

materials and finished products and wastes (large

quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor

cum-rail transport shall be examined.


iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant

operations, extent recycled and reused for different

purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated

effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge

under E(P) Rules.

Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.10.2, Page No. 50-64

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of Refer Chapter-4, Table-4.2, Page No. 154 and

I-21

emissions to meet standards. mitigation measures is referred as Chapter-4, Section

4.3.2, Page No. 160.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.11.5, Page No.72

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their

storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU

regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in

cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the

concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover

techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource

conservation.

Details of hazardous waste generation and their

storage, utilization and management = Refer

Chapter-2, Section-2.12, Page No. 75

EMP = Refer Chapter-10, Section-10.4, Page No. 278

Energy conservation = Refer Chapter-10, Section-

10.7, Page No. 305.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly

Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be

provided.

There will not generate fly ash from proposed

project.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 %

area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving

details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule

etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the

project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads

used for the project shall also be incorporated.


x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant

site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof

tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water

and also to use for the various activities at the project site

to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement

from other sources.

Refer Chapter-10, Section-10.4.3.2, Page No. 282

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for

environmental pollution control measures shall be

included.


xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring

shall be submitted.

Refer Chapter-6, Table-6.1, Page No. 186

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made)

Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including

Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster

management plan should be linked with District Disaster

Management Plan.

Onsite Emergency Plant = Refer Chapter-7, Section-

7.6.3, Page No. 230

Offsite Emergency Plant = Refer Chapter-7, Section-

7.7, Page No. 238

8 Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational

health & safety of all contract and casual workers

PCBL (TN) Limited will allocate Rs.5.0 Lakhs per

month for the purpose of occupational, heath and

safety for the employees.

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of

worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre

designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry,

Vision testing (Far & Near vision, Colour vision and any

other ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and

periodical examinations give the details of the same.

Details regarding last month analyzed data of above-

mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of

exposure and department wise.


iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What

are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are

Refer Chapter-10, Section-10.6.2, Page No. 299-303

I-22

within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not

within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to

keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be

preserved.

iv. Annual report of health status of workers with special

reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

Pre-Employment Examination and Periodic Medical

Examinations will be carried out.

9 Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment

Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report.


ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard

operating process / procedures to bring into focus any

infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or

forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the

EIA.


iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order

of the company to deal with the environmental issues and

for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system may be given.


iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non-

compliances / violations of environmental norms to the

Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or

stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be

detailed in the EIA report


10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation,

fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labor force during

construction as well as to the casual workers including

truck drivers during operation phase.

Company will provide the infrastructure facilities such

as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. during construction

phase as well as to the casual workers including truck

drivers during operation phase.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall

be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment

based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along

with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-

economic development activities need to be elaborated

upon


12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any

direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the

project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the

unit received any notice under the Section 5 of

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of

Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the

case.

Not Applicable

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of

above TOR

As Above

B. Specific Terms of Reference (TORs)

1 Details on requirement of raw material, its source of supply

and storage at the plant.


2 Complete process flow diagram for all products with Manufacturing Process = Refer Chapter-2, Section-

I-23

material balance. 2.9, Page No. 40-44

3 Details on requirement of auxiliary chemicals, solvents,

catalysts, reactors and utilities to support the unit

processes.

Major equipments and machineries = Refer Chapter-

1, Section-1.2.3, Table-1.2, Page No. 8

4 Brief description of equipments for various process. Manufacturing Process = Refer Chapter-2, Section-

2.9, Page No. 40-44

5 Details of proposed source- specific pollution control

schemes and equipments to meet the national standards.

For détails of emission -Refer Chapter-2, Section-

2.11.1, Page No. 66-67

For details of effluent - Refer Chapter-2, Section-

2.10.2, Page No. 51

For details of hazardous waste generation and

management, Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.12.1, Page

No. 76-77.

6 Details on VOC emission control system from vents, stacks,

fugitive emissions and flare management, etc.

Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.11.5, Page No.72

7 Details on proposed LDAR protocol. Refer Chapter-10, Section-10.4.4.1, Page No.288

8 Ambient air quality should include hydrocarbon (methane

and non methane), VOC and VCM (if applicable).


9 Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan Refer Chapter-7 of EIA Report, Page No. 194-238

Identification of hazards Refer Chapter-7, Section-7.1.4, Page No.198

Consequence Analysis Refer Chapter-7, Section-7.5, Page No.220

Measures for mitigation of risk. Refer Chapter-7, Section-7.5, Page No.226 -229

I-24

UNDERTAKING – PROJECT PROPONENT

June 24, 2021

UNDERTAKING

We PCBL (TN) Ltd., own this EIA Report for Proposed Different Grades of Carbon Black

(Production Capacity: 1.925 Lakh Tonne/Annum) Manufacturing Unit and 36 MW Waste

Heat Recovery Based Captive Power Plant at Plot No. A7, Sipcot Industrial Complex, Village:

Thervoykandigai, Taluka: Gummidipoondi, Dist: Thiruvallur, Tamil Nadu.

Thanking you.

Yours faithfully,

For PCBL (TN) LTD.

Authorized Signatory

I-25

Declaration by Experts Contributing to the EIA Report of

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD. Plot No. A7, Sipcot Industrial Complex, Village:

Thervoykandigai, Taluka: Gummidipoondi, Dist: Thiruvallur,

Tamil Nadu

EIA Co-Ordinator: Mr. Dhaval Jhaveri

Signatory:

Date: 24/06/2021

I-29

Declaration by Head of the Organization

I, Jayeshkumar S. Patel hereby confirm that the above-mentioned team members were

involved in preparation of EIA Report of M/s. PCBL (TN) Ltd. I also confirm that I shall be fully

accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD. ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Prepared By: Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Surat 1

CHAPTER - 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 BACKGROUND

M/S. PCBL (TN) LTD is a wholly owned subsidiary of M/s Phillips Carbon Black Limited

(PCBL) is the first Carbon Black company in the world to receive carbon credits. PCBL has

redefined its business by establishing captive power plants at each factory from the off-gas

or waste gas from the carbon black manufacturing process thus creating a sustainable green

movement. The gas, a by-product of carbon black production, is harnessed for generating

electricity at the PCBL's Captive Power Plants (CPP), at Palej, Durgapur, Mundra and Kochi.

The Company has heavily cut down on carbon and gas emission, and serves green power to

Large Private industrial units and State Electricity utilities. At present, the combined

production capacity is 5.71 lakh ton/Annum. Now, PCBL (TN) LTD planned to set up a unit in

SIPCOT industrial park, Thervoy Kandigai. Proposed facility will be located at Plot No A7 of

Thervoy kandigai Village, SIPCOT Industrial Complex, Gummidipoondi Taluk, Tiruvallur

District and Tamil Nadu. The allotted land area is 60.02 Acres (242892.32 Sq.m). The land

allotted from SIPCOT industrial complex to the proponent for this proposed project.

The project scope involves in the production capacity of 1.925 lakh tone/annum in both

rubber and specialized carbon black products along with Captive power plant (36 MW).

These products are widely used in tyres manufacturing, ink jet toners, printing newspaper

and other such uses. These product requirements are high in demand.

The project falls under Category ‘A’, schedule 5 (e) - Petrochemical based processing

(processes other than cracking & reformation and not covered under the complexes) as

per the EIA notification dated September 14, 2006 and its amendments. Since Tamil Nadu-

Andhra Pradesh interstate boundary at a distance of ~ 2.83 Km.



1.1.1 JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT

This project is based on the fact that the Phillips Carbon Black limited (Parent Company) has

a Good Market reach & Goodwill in South Indian Tyre Paint, Ink & Rubber Industries. Phillips

Carbon Black limited (Parent Company) has a sizeable Market share which has been growing

every year. Most importantly, Tyre, the Paint, Ink & Rubber production / Consumption are

very high in Southern India specifically Tamil Nadu as the level of industrialization is high.

Chennai is called the Detroit of India because of Auto Manufacturing and Auto industries

consume a lot of Carbon Black for Tyre, Paints & Rubber Industries. The Growth of Tyre,

Paint, Ink & Rubber Industries in this Region is very positive and future demand is likely to

grow. This is authenticated by the fact that Many Major Manufacturers in these three

Industries are either already present or setting up their manufacturing facility or expanding

there manufacturing facility in southern part of India as they foresee a healthy & sustained

future demand of their Products in this Region.

1.1.2 PROMOTERS AND THEIR BACK GROUND

M/s. Phillips Carbon Black limited (Parent Company) is India's largest and globally seventh

largest Carbon Black producer with a total annual production capacity of 5.71 Lakh tonne in

India. Carbon black is majorly consumed (80%) as raw material in tyre manufacturing

industries and some are in high end specialized applications such as plastics products, inks,

paints etc. It is observed that the global carbon black market is expected to surpass $25

billion by 2025 growing at a CAGR of over 4% driven by rising demand from tyre industry, in

addition to construction and manufacturing sectors which use carbon black to provide

strength to industrial rubber compounds and other equipment. The Company has heavily

cut down on carbon and gas emission and serves green power to large private industrial

units and state electricity companies. All activities will be carried out in this project under a

new company which is PCBL (TN) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Phillips Carbon Black

limited.



M/s. PCBL (TN) LIMITED is under the umbrella of RP-Sanjiv Goenka Group and details of its

directors are given below

Sr. No. Name of Directors Designation

1 Shri. Rajkumar Gupta Director

2 Shri. Utpal Saha Director

3 Shri. Kaushik Mukherjee Director

1.1.3 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

For proposed project; following assumptions has been considered:

a. Capacity of Plant 192500 MT/Annum

b. Total working days in a year 350 days

c. Adequate Raw material & Finished Goods storage facility

S.N

o Act/Rules Purpose

Applica

ble

Yes/No

Reason for

Applicability Authority

1

The Environment

Protection Act-

1986

To protect and improve

overall environment Yes

Since the project is

new, it attracts this

Act

MOEF& CC. GoI; CPCB;

SPCB

2

Environmental

Impact Assessment

Notification 14th

Sep 2006 and

subsequent

amendments time

to time

To provide

environmental

Clearance to new

development

/Expansion

Modernization

activitiesfollowingenviro

nmentalimpact

assessment

Yes

The project falls

under Schedule5(e)

Category A. As per

the notification since

it is New project.

MOEF& CC

3

The National

Environment

Appellate Authority

Act(NEAA) 1997

Address Grievances

regarding the Process of

environmental

clearance.

Yes

Grievances if any will

be dealt with, within

this act.

NEAA

4

The Land

Acquisition Act

1894&1989

Set out rule for

acquisition of land by

government

No Since land is allotted

to PP by SIPCOT SIPCOT

5

The Air (Prevention

and

Control of

Pollution) Act, 1981

Prevention, control and

abatement of air

pollution

Yes

During Operation-Air

Pollutants from the

unit to be managed

as per the Act.

CPCB and SPCB



6

The Water

Prevention

And Control of

Pollution) Act 1974

amended1988

Prevention and control

of water. Pollution and

also maintaining or

restoring the

wholesomeness of

water

Yes

Water Pollutants

generated from the

unit will be treated

as per prescribed

standards

CPCB and SPCB

7

The Noise Pollution

(Regulation and

Control) Act 1990

The standards for noise

for day and night have

been promulgated by

the MOEF&CC for

various land uses.

Yes

This act will be

applicable as

vehicular noise, to

assess for future

years and necessary

protection measure

needs to be

considered in design.

CPCB and SPCB

8

Environmental(Prot

ection)Rules,1986

(Amendments

in1999,2001,2002,2

002,2002,2003,200

4)

Protection and

Improvement of the

Environment.

Yes

As all environmental

notifications, rules

and Schedules are

issued under this act.

MOEF& CC, GoI; CPCB

and

SPCB

9

Hazardous Waste

(Management and

Handling)

Rules,1989

amended 2000 and

2016

Management &

Handling of Hazardous

wastes from proposed

project

Yes

Hazardous wastes

generated from the

unit will be managed

as per the Rules

CPCB, SPCB,DGFT, Port

Authority andCustoms

Authority

10

Manufacture

Storage and Import

of Hazardous

Chemicals Rules,

1989 amended

2000

Regulate the

manufacture,

storage and import of

Hazardous Chemicals

Yes

The facility will

handle LDO and HSD

fuel for operation.

Thus, associated fire

and explosion

hazards will attract

these rules.

Ministry of

Environment &

Forests, CPCB, SPCB,

Chief Inspector of

Factories, Chief

Inspector of Mines,

AERB, Chief Controller

of Explosives, District

Collector or District

Emergency Authority,

CEES under DRDO

11

Chemical Accidents

(Emergency

Planning,

Preparedness and

Response)

Rules,1996

Emergency Planning

Preparedness and

Response to chemical

accidents

Yes

The facility will

handle LDO and HSD

fuel for operation.

Thus, associated fire

and explosion

hazards will attract

these rules.

CCG, SCG, DCG, LCG

and MAH Units

12

Batteries

(Management

And Handling)

Rules, 2001

To control the waste

generation (lead waste)

from used lead acid

batteries

Yes

Use of Lead Acid

Batteries

For the Industry will

attract the Rule

SPCB, CPCB

13

The Public Liability

Insurance Act,1991

Amended 1992

To provide immediate

relief Persons affected

by accident involving

hazardous substances

Yes

Protect the staff

working in the

Industry due to use

ofHazardous

Substances

District Collector



14 The Factories Act,

1948

Control of work place

environment, and

providing for good

health and safety of

workers

Yes

All the industries to

be established

attract the Act.

Ministry of Labour,

DGFASLI and

Directorate of

Industrial Safety and

Health/ Factories

Inspectorate

15 The Petroleum Act,

1934

Regulate the import,

transport,storage,

production, refining and

blending of petroleum

Yes

Since petroleum

products are stored,

it attracts the Act.

Ministry of Petroleum

and Natural Gas

16 The Petroleum

Rules, 2002


transport,

storage, production,

refining and blending of

petroleum

Yes

Since petroleum

products are stored,

it attracts the Act.

Ministry of Petroleum

and Natural Gas,

Ministry of

Environment & Forests

or SPCB Chief

Controller of

Explosives, district

authority

17 The Gas Cylinder

Rules, 2004


storage, handling and

transportation of gas

cylinders with a view to

prevent accidents

Yes

Since gases (Toxic,

non-toxic and non-

flammable, non-toxic

and flammable,

Dissolved Acetylene

Gas, Nontoxic and

flammable

liquefiable LPG, are

used it attracts the

Rules.

Ministry of Commerce

and

Industry and Chief

Controller of

Explosives, collector,

DGCA, DC, DM, Police

(sub-inspector to

commissioner)

18

The Static and

MobilePressureVes

sels(Unfired)

Rules,1981


manufacture, design,

installation,

transportation,

handling, use and

testing of mobile and

static pressure vessels

(unfired) with a view to

prevent accidents

Yes

Since the industry

uses boiler &

pressure vessels, it

attracts the Rules.

Ministry of Commerce

and

Industry and Chief

Controller of

Explosives, collector,

DGCA, DC, DM, Police

(sub-inspector to

commissioner)

19

Central Motor

Vehicle Act 1988

and Central Motor

Vehicle Rules 1989

For transportation of

dangerous goods No

Raw material which

we receive and

transport which are

not Dangerous

goods.

Ministry of Road

Transport and

Highways



1.1.4 REGULATORY PROVISION

For Proposed Project; following assumptions has been considered:

1) Proposed project falls under Category A – 5(e) as per EIA Notification, 2006, so we have

applied for environmental clearance at MoEFCC, New Delhi.

General condition: Since Tamil Nadu- Andhra Pradesh interstate boundary at a distance

of ~ 2.83 Km.

Specific Condition: The proposed Project falls under the Specific Conditions and the

proposed project comes under SIPCOT industrial complex Thervoy Kandigai, Thiruvallur

District, Tamilnadu.

2) Consent to Establish/Consent to operate for proposed project shall be applied from

SPCB.

The EIA study was undertaken covering all the aspects of the specific conditions mentioned

in the terms of reference issued by MoEF&CC. This EIA study was undertaken by M/s. Aqua

Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Surat, a NABET accredited EIA consulting

organisation, with specific project related inputs required for undertaking the EIA studies

from M/s. PCBL (TN) Limited, Thiruvallur.

M/s. M/s. Aqua Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Surat is approved for Sector 20 -

Petrochemical based processing (processes other than cracking & reformation and not

covered under the complexes) as per the NABET accreditation scheme vide Certificate No.

NABET/EIA/2023/IA0062 valid till 07.10.2023.



1.2 PROJECT DETAILS

1.2.1 TOTAL PROJECT COST

The estimated project cost is Rs. 615 Crores.

SR.

NO.

PARTICULARS ESTIMATED COST (INR IN CRORES)

1 Land and Site Development 26.00

2 Building 33.00

3 Plant and Machineries 461.20

4 Environmental Pollution Control

Measures

94.80

TOTAL 615.00

1.2.1.1 TIME OF COMPLETION

Company will start construction after getting EC & CTE.



1.2.2 PLOT AREA

Total Plot Area = 242892.53 m2. Total Green Belt = 81315 m2 i.e. 33% of Total Plot Area shall

be developed as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.

TABLE 1.1

BREAK UP OF DIFFERENT LAND USE OF FACTORY

SR. NO. LAND USE PLOT AREA

(m2)

1 Plant Built area 121212

2 Driveway Area 28000

3 Green belt 81315

4 Other Area 12365.53

TOTAL 242892.53

1.2.3 EXACT DETAILS ABOUT INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES, PLANT MACHINERIES, ETC.

REQUIRED FOR THE PROPOSED PROJECT

TABLE NO. 1.2

LIST OF MACHINERIES AND EQUIPMENT

Prod

uct Equipment Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Line 5 Line 6 Total

Carb

on

Black

Line

Capacity

80

MT/day

80

MT/day

80

MT/day

150

MT/day

80

MT/day

80

MT/da

y

550

MT/day

Process Air

Blower

15,000

Nm3/hr,

0.825

kg/cm2, 1

Nos

15,000

Nm3/hr,

0.825

kg/cm2,

1 Nos

15,000

Nm3/hr,

0.825

kg/cm2, 2

Nos (1

Stand by

for All

Reactors)

20,000

Nm3/hr,

0.825

kg/cm2,

2 Nos (1

Stand

by for

All

Reactor

s)

15,000

Nm3/hr,

0.825

kg/cm2,

1 Nos

15,000

Nm3/h

r,

0.825

kg/cm2

, 2 Nos

(1

Stand

by for

All

Reacto

rs)

9 Nos.

Reactors

Nos: 1

Capacity

80

MT/day

Nos: 1

Capacit

y

80

Nos: 1

Capacity

80

MT/day

Nos: 1

Capacity

150

MT/day

Nos: 1

Capacity

80

MT/day

Nos: 1

Capaci

ty

80

6 Nos.



MT/day MT/da

y

Prcess Bag

Collector

4

Compart

ments

with 320

bags

each

4

Compar

tments

with

320

bags

each

4

Compart

ments

with 320

bags each

4

Compar

tments

with

320

bags

each

4

Compar

tments

with

320

bags

each

4

Compa

rtment

s with

320

bags

each

24

Compartme

nts

Vapour bag

Collector

2

Compart

ment

with 192

bags

each

2

Compar

tment

with

192

bags

each

2

Compart

ment

with 192

bags each

2

Compar

tment

with

252

bags

each

2

Compar

tment

with

192

bags

each

2

Compa

rtment

with

192

bags

each

12

Compartme

nts

Dense Bag

Collector

1

Compart

ment

with 252

bags

1

Compar

tment

with

252

bags

1

Compart

ment

with 252

bags

2

Compar

tment

with

252

bags

each

1

Compar

tment

with

252

bags

1

Compa

rtment

with

252

bags

7

Compartme

nts

Rerun Bag

Collector

1

Compart

ment

with 192

bags

1

Compar

tment

with

192

bags

1

Compart

ment

with 192

bags

1

Compar

tment

with

192

bags

1

Compar

tment

with

192

bags

1

Compa

rtment

with

192

bags

6

Compartme

nts

Dedusting

Bag

Collector

1

Compart

ment

with 192

bags

1

Compar

tment

with

192

bags

1

Compart

ment

with 192

bags

1

Compar

tment

with

192

bags

1

Compar

tment

with

192

bags

1

Compa

rtment

with

192

bags

6

Compartme

nts

Dryer

1 Set,

Capacity

96

MT/day

1 Set,

Capacit

y

96

MT/day

1 Set,

Capacity

96

MT/day

1 Set,

Capacity

180

MT/day

1 Set,

Capacity

96

MT/day

1 Set,

Capaci

ty

96

MT/da

y

6 Sets

Bucket

Elevator

1 Set,

Capacity:

96

MT/day

1 Set,

Capacit

y: 96

MT/day

1 Set,

Capacity:

96

MT/day

1 Set,

Capacity

:

180

MT/day

1 Set,

Capacity

: 96

MT/day

1 Set,

Capaci

ty: 96

MT/da

y

6 Sets

Silos

6 Nos,

Capacity

100 MT

each

6 Nos,

Capacit

y

100 MT

each

6 Nos,

Capacity

100 MT

each

6 Nos,

Capacity

150MT

each

6 Nos,

Capacity

100 MT

each

6 Nos,

Capaci

ty

100

MT

36 Nos.



each

CPP

Boilers*

Set-1: 54 MT/hr, 86 kg/cm2

Set-2: 54 MT/hr, 86 kg/cm2,

Set-3: 54 MT/hr, 86 kg/cm2 3 Set

Turbo

Generators 1 Set: 12 MW, 2 Set: 12 MW, 3 Set: 12 MW 3 Set

Water

Treatment

Cum

Effluent

Treatment

Plant**

1 Set: 2785 KLD 1 Set

Note:

*In form -1, Boiler capacity is mentioned as 32 TPH, 80 TPH, 24 TPH & 60 TPH (each 1 Nos)

One Boiler is removed due to the reduction in production capacity.

** In form -1 ,Water Treatment Cum Effluent Treatment Plant is 3731 KLD



1.3 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT & INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES INCLUDING

POWER SOURCES

Sr.

No.

Salient Features Details

1 Location of project

Co-ordinates

Plot No. A7, Thervoy Kandigai SIPCOT Industrial Park Thervoy

Kandigai village, Gummidipoondi Taluk, Thiruvallur District, Tamil

Nadu -601202, India.

13°21'44.22"N & 79°58'54.82"E

2 Status of Land acquisition Land is already acquired

3 Project Activity Schedule,

Category as per EIA notification,

2006

Schedule 5 (e) Petrochemical based processing (processes other

than cracking & reformation and not covered under the complexes)

and Category A.

General condition: Since Tamil Nadu- Andhra Pradesh interstate

boundary at a distance of ~ 2.83 Km.

Specific Condition: The proposed Project falls under the Specific

Conditions and the Proposed project comes under SIPCOT industrial

complex Thervoy Kandigai, Thiruvallur District, Tamilnadu.

4 Land area of project site 242892.53 m2

Sr. No. Land Use Plot Area (m2)

1 Plant Built area 121212

2 Driveway Area 28000

3 Green belt 81315

4 Other Area 12365.53

TOTAL 242892.53

5 Fuel to be used

LDO/HSD for Boiler– 0.894 MT/Day from retail supplier

HSD for D G Set – 400 Liter/Day from IOC/HP

6 Source of Water Water requirement will be met through the SIPCOT Water Supply

7 Total Water Quantity Domestic: 57 KLD

Gardening: 207 KLD

Industrial: 3319 KLD

Total: 3583 KLD

8 Quantity of industrial effluent

generation and domestic

wastewater generation

Domestic: 42 KLD

Industrial: 517 KLD

Total: 559 KLD

9 Treatment of effluent

Disposal of treated effluent

STP with capacity of 50 KLD. Treated Sewage will be used for

Greenbelt.

Total effluent generated will be treated in Water Treatment cum

Effluent Treatment Plant which will consist of Ultra filtration, RO,



ZLD etc. Treated Effluent will be reused at different stages in the

plant.

10 Details of process emissions The source of flue gas emission will be:

Boiler (54 TPH, 54 TPH, 54 TPH) – 3 Nos.

Flare Stack – 2 Nos.

DG Sets – 1300 KVA x 1 Nos. & 1200 KVA x 1 Nos. = 2 Nos.

(Stand By)

Vapor Bag Collector – 6 Nos.

Dryer – 6 Nos. Stack

Process gas collector – 2 stacks

Venturi Scrubbers - 2 stacks

Dedusting & Rerun Bag Collection – 12 Nos.

11 Hazardous waste generation

Used or spent Oil @ 6.0 MT/Annum which shall be Collected,

Stored, Transported & Disposed by sale to TNPCB authorized

Recyclers.

Discarded Drums & containers @ 12 MT/Annum & Discarded liners

waste paper bags, waste plastic bags & cardboards @ 6 MTPM

which shall be Collected, Stored, decontaminated, recycled/Reused

& transported back to the supplier for reuse or sold to TNPCB

authorized vendor.

ETP Sludge, WTP Sludge & MEE Sludge @ 3350 MT/Annum shall be

Collected, Stored & Transported & Disposed to authorized TSDF for

land filling.

Used filter cloth @ 2 MT/Annum shall be Collected, Stored,

Transported & Disposed by sale to TNPCB authorized Recyclers.

Used Oily cotton waste/weather hand gloves/cotton hand gloves@

2 MT/Annum shall be Collected, Stored & Transported & Disposed

to authorized TSDF for land filling.

Discarded filter medium (bag filter) @ 12 MT/Annum shall be


land filling.

Ceramic wool/waste insulation material @ 12 MT/Annum shall be


land filling.

Spent Ion exchange Resins @ 1 MT/Annum shall be Collected,

Stored & Transported & Disposed to authorized TSDF for land

filling.

Oily Sludge Emulsion @ 15 MT /Annum shall be Collected, Stored &

Transported & Disposed to authorized TSDF for land filling.

Chemical Sludge from Waster water treatment @ 35 MT/annum

shall be Collected, Stored & Transported & Disposed to authorized

TSDF for land filling.

Used Batteries @ 0.1MT/annum shall be Collected, Stored &


Spent Acid Batteries @ 0.024 MT/annum shall be Collected, Stored



& Transported & Disposed to authorized TSDF for land filling.

13 Power requirement & source Power Requirement during Operation Phase – 11.20 MW from

CPP/TANGEDCO

DG Sets – 1300 KVA x 1 Nos. & 1200 KVA x 1 Nos. = 2 Nos.

(Stand By)

14 Names & distance of National

parks, Wildlife sanctuaries,

Reserve Forests etc. Located

within 10 Km from the plant

boundary

Nil within 15 Km radius

Pulicat Bird Sanctuary core is located at a distance of ~17.09 Km (NE)

from the project Site.

15 Any litigation/Court case

pertaining to the project:

No litigation/Court case pertaining to the industry.

16 Total Cost of the Project:

Rs. (Crores)

The estimated project cost is Rs. 615 Crores.

17 Major Water bodies Sl.No Water Bodies Distance (km) Direction

1. KKTK Reservoir 0.89 N

2. Canal near

Tambunaidupalaiyam 2.12 SSE

3. Canal near Karadiputtur 2.2 W

4. TG/Satya Sai Ganga Canal 4.86 W

5. Arani River 7.13 SSE

6. Korttalaiyar R 14.08 S

18 Nearest railway Station Gummidipoondi railway station ≃15.73 km (ENE)

19 Nearest Airport Chennai International Airport ≃43.13 km (SSE)

20

Nearest Port (by road)

Ennore Kamarajar Port ~ 38.45 km (ESE)

Kattupalli Adani Port ~ 37.11 km (E)

Chennai Port ≃43.75km (SE)

21 Nearest Highway

SH- 51 (Korthalaiyar Bridge –Palavakkam –Puthur Road) ~ 5.06 Km (S)

NH- 16 (Kharagpur-Gummudipundi-Chennai)~ 15.10 Km (ENE)

22 Interstate Boundary

Tamil Nadu- Andhra Pradesh interstate boundary at a distance of ~

2.83Km (NW)

23 Nearest village Description ~Dist Dir Population

Gopalareddikandigai 0.92km NW 126

1.4 PURPOSE OF EIA

The EIA study is carried out to assess the pollution potential and evaluate the adequacy and

efficiency of proposed Pollution Control & Environmental Management System.



1.5 OBJECTIVES OF EIA

The main objectives of the study are

1) To assess the background environmental status,

2) To identify potential sources of pollution,

3) To predict and evaluate the impact on environment along with pollution control

measures taken and

4) To prepare a comprehensive Environment Management Plan and Disaster

Management Plan.

1.6 METHODOLOGIES FOR EIA

Taking into consideration proposed project activities and guidelines, an area of 10 km radius

from the center of the project has been selected and is designated as the study area for the

purpose of EIA studies.

1.6.1 Base Line Condition

The samples of ambient air, ground and surface water and soil are collected and analyzed as

per the standard methods for establishing the baseline data and to determine the impact of

proposed activity on the same.

1.6.2 Ambient Air Environment

The air environment around the plant was studied by setting up eight locations within the

study area of 10 km radius from the project site and collection and monitoring the site-

specific meteorological data, viz. wind speed, wind direction, humidity, rainfall and ambient

temperature was carried out. Design of network for ambient air quality monitoring locations

is based on guidelines provided by CPCB. The ambient air samples were collected and

analyzed for SPM, PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, O3, Pb, CO, NH3, C6H6, Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP),

Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni) & VOCs for identification, prediction, evaluation and assessment of

potential impact on ambient air environment.

1.6.3 Ground and Surface Water Environment

The water required for domestic and industrial use is being made available from the SIPCOT

Water Authority. Hence, to assess the physico-chemical quality of the water, a number of



water samples were collected and analyzed for pollution parameters viz., pH, TDS, Turbidity,

BOD3, COD, Fluorides, Chlorides, Sulphates, Nitrates, Ammonical Nitrogen, Hardness,

Alkalinity, Oil & Grease and some heavy metals in order to find out the contamination, if

any.

1.6.4 Noise Environment

Noise pollution survey was conducted in the study zone. The anticipated noise sources were

industrial activities, which are likely to be increased due to proposed activity. Noise levels

were also recorded in surrounding villages for evaluating general scenario of the study area.

Hourly equivalent sound levels (Leq) were also recorded for calculating Day and Night noise

levels in the surrounding villages.

1.6.5 Soil Environment

Soil sampling and analysis was carried out to assess physico-chemical characteristics of the

soils and delineate existing cropping pattern, existing land use and topography, within the

study area.

1.6.6 Biological Environment

Keeping in view, the importance of biological component of total environment due to the

proposed project, biological characterization of terrestrial and aquatic environments,

changes in species diversity of flora and fauna in terrestrial as well as aquatic systems were

studied for impact analysis due to proposed project activity, if any.

1.6.7 Socio-economic Environment

Demographic and related socio-economic data was collected from census handbook to

assess socio-economic status of the study area. Assessment of impact on significant

historical, cultural, and archeological sites/places in the area and economic and employment

benefit arisen out from the project is given special attention.

1.6.8 Identification of Pollution Source

Detailed study of manufacturing process for proposed scenario is carried out along with

input and output of materials, water and wastewater as well as infrastructure facilities

available.



1.6.9 Evaluation of Pollution Control and Environmental Management System

The qualitative and quantitative analysis of various pollution sources as well as evaluation of

pollution control system is carried out.

1.6.10 Evaluation of Impact

A comprehensive evaluation of environmental impact with reference to proposed activities

is carried out.

1.6.11 Preparation of Environmental Management Plan

A comprehensive Environmental Management Plan has been prepared covering all the

aspects of pollution prevention measures, Air and Water Pollution Control measures,

Hazardous Waste Management, Environmental Surveillance and Environmental

Management Plan.

The present report is an EIA conducted during Summer Season, 2021 (March, 2021 to May,

2021). The baseline environmental conditions have been established through field

monitoring and literature survey.



CHAPTER – 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES

2.1 BACKGROUND


(PCBL). PCBL is the first Carbon Black company in the world to receive carbon credits. PCBL

has redefined its business by establishing captive power plants at each factory from the off-

gas or waste gas from the carbon black manufacturing process thus creating a sustainable

green movement. The gas, a by-product of carbon black production, is harnessed for

generating electricity at the Company's Captive Power Plants (CPP), at Palej, Durgapur,

Mundra and Kochi. The Company has heavily cut down on carbon and gas emission, and

serves green power to Large Private industrial units and State Electricity utilities. At present,

the combined production capacity is 5.71 lakh ton/Annum. Now, PCBL (TN) LTD planned to

set up a unit in SIPCOT industrial park, Thervoy Kandigai. Proposed facility will be located at

Plot No A7 of Thervoy kandigai Village, SIPCOT Industrial Complex, Gummidipoondi Taluk,

Tiruvallur District and Tamil Nadu. The allotted land area is 60.02 Acres (242892.32 Sq.m).

The land allotted from SIPCOT industrial complex to the proponent for this proposed project.







2.2 LAND REQUIREMENT FOR THE PROJECT INCLUDING ITS BREAK UP FOR VARIOUS

PURPOSES, ITS AVAILABILITY

Total Plot Area = 242892.53 m2. Total Green Belt = 81315 m2 i.e. 33% of Total Plot Area shall

be developed as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.

BREAK UP OF DIFFERENT LAND USE OF FACTORY

S. No Description Area (sq.m) %

1

Production

Dryer Area 13150 5.41

Dryer Area (Future) 6610 2.72

Bag Filter Area 7670 3.16

Bag Filter Area (Future) 3640 1.50

Reactor Area 4361 1.80

Reactor Area (Future) 1740 0.72

2

Storage

Product Storage 15100 6.22

Product Storage (Future) 7550 3.11

Raw material 11870 4.89

Crude Material 0 0.00

Water Storage (4 Nos) 2740 1.13

Hazardous Waste Storage 900 0.37

Engineering Spares 660 0.27

3 Scrap Yard 450 0.19

4 Boiler with TG 6030 2.48

5 Boiler with TG (Future) 5450 2.24

6 Air Cooled Condenser 3070 1.26

7 Air Cooled Condenser (Future) 2780 1.14

8 APH Area 700 0.29

9 Additive Area 600 0.25

10 DCS Building With Electrical Room and Lab (G+2) 3315 1.36

11 Electrical Workshop 630 0.26

12 I&C workshop 630 0.26

13 Mechanical Workshop 630 0.26

14 Cooling Tower 800 0.33

15 PAB 750 0.31

16 Future PAB 750 0.31

17 Compressor & Air Receiver 837.5 0.34

18 Compressor & Air Receiver (Future) 837.5 0.34

19 Molasses Area 600 0.25



20 Raw Material 2 (Future) 1790 0.74

21 HSD 1147 0.47

22 DG Area 375 0.15

23 Security Room 1 190 0.08

24 Security Room 2 160 0.07

25 MRS Building 300 0.12

26 Admin Building (G+1) 1360 0.56

27 Canteen 702 0.29

28 Pump House 200 0.08

29 Water treatment Plant 1575 0.65

30 ETP 800 0.33

31 STP 100 0.04

32 DM Plant Office & WTP Structure 50 0.02

33 Switchyard 7612 3.13

Total Built-Up Area (A)* 121212 49.90

Permissible Green Belt (33%) 80154.53 -

Proposed Green Belt Area (B)** 81315 33.47

Total Road area (c) 28000 11.53

Misc Area (D) 12365.53 5.10

Total Plot Area (A+B+C+D) 242892.53 100.00



FIGURE – 2.1

LAYOUT OF THE PLANT



2.2.1 LAND POSSESSION DOCUMENTS



2.3 PROJECT SETTING

M/s. PCBL (TN) Ltd. located at Thervoy Kandigai SIPCOT Industrial Park is located at

longitude 79°58'54.82"E and latitude 13°21'44.22"N. Detailed Layout map of the plant is

shown in Figure – 2.2.

TABLE -2.1 SITE COORDINATES

Site Corner Latitude Longitude

Centre coordinates 13°21'44.22"N 79°58'54.82"E

A1 13°21'51.31"N 79°59'7.59"E

A2 13°21'39.50"N 79°59'7.62"E

A3 13°21'39.05"N 79°59'7.21"E

A4 13°21'39.08"N 79°58'42.76"E

A5 13°21'39.39"N 79°58'42.48"E

A6 13°21'47.61"N 79°58'43.27"E

A7 13°21'49.11"N 79°58'42.61"E

A8 13°21'49.15"N 79°58'59.00"E

A9 13°21'51.32"N 79°58'59.01"E

2.3.1 Site Selection

Proposed project site is located in Plot No. A-7 Survey No: 32/2Pt Thervoy Kandigai SIPCOT

Industrial Park, Thervoy Kandigai village, Gummidipoondi Taluk, Thiruvallur District, Tamil

Nadu -601202.

TABLE -2.2 Alternative Site analysis:

State District Locations Reason for project location abandonment

Andhra Pradesh Nellore Naidupeta

Industrial park

1. Nearest road connectivity not in good

condition for smooth movement of Finished

goods & raw material containers.

2. Site located far from Major tyre

customers units located in Southern part of

India and therefore increase in Finished

goods logistics cost.

Andhra Pradesh Nellore Attivaram

Industrial park

Telangana Nalgonda Miryalaguda

Industrial park

1. Long distance between plant and nearest

seaport for transportation of Raw material

and Finished goods and therefore increase

in logistics cost.

2. Site located far from Major tyre

customers units located in Southern part of

India and therefore increase in Finished

goods logistics cost

Telangana Suryapet Suryapet

Industrial park



3. Basic Infrastructure ( Road connectivity ,

water supply , Electricity supply ) not

available, unreadiness for new Carbon Black

plant setup

Based on the above comparison, SIPCOT Thervoykandigai site (Tamil Nadu) was selected

based on the following benefits:

1. Site is ~ 37.11 km (E) away from Kattupalli Port since 95% of raw materials will be

imported and 60% of product will be exported by sea. It is very important to locate near the

port.

2. Site is located very near to major tyres industries (Michellin tyre is located next to the site

and other major Tyres companies like Apollo, JK, bridgestone etc).

3. Site is well connected by road (~5.06 km, S), railways (~15.73 Km, ENE) and Airway (~43.13

km, SSE).

4. Adequate land is available within the SIPCOT.

5. 100% assurance of water supply by SIPCOT.

TABLE -2.3 NEAREST HABITAT PROFILE FROM THE PROJECT SITE:

Description ~Dist Dir Population

Teruvai 1.34km NE 3122

Gopalareddikandigai 0.92km NW 126

Karadiputtur 1.17km W 1926

Tambunaidupalaiyam 2.70km SSE Part of Sengarai Village-

1368

Aramani 2.93km E Part of Kollanur Village-

525

2.3.2 A LIST OF MAJOR INDUSTRIES WITH NAME AND TYPE WITHIN STUDY AREA

Description ~Dist Dir

Autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC)

Blocks

Adjacent

to Site N

Jesons Industries Limited 0.59km NE

Michelin India Private Limited 0.06km SE

Feed Mill - Sheng Long Bio-Tech (India)

Pvt. LTD 0.22km ENE

Sovereign Agro Tech Refinery Pvt Ltd 0.24km N

Super Gas 0.32km N

Bekaert Industry 0.38km S



2.3.2 PROJECT SITE AND PLANT LAYOUT

LOCATION (MAP SHOWING GENERAL LOCATION, SPECIFIC LOCATION AND PROJECT

BOUNDARY & PROJECT SITE LAYOUT) WITH COORDINATES.

FIGURE - 2.2

LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE



FIGURE - 2.2 (CONT.)

PROJECT SITE ON GOOGLE EARTH

1 Km Radius from Project Site:



2.4 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE AND NEAREST HABITATS WITH DISTANCES FROM THE

PROJECT SITE TO BE DEMARCATED ON A TOPOSHEET (1: 50000 SCALE)

The area of industrial settlements is there in this study area along with-it human settlements

form the key infrastructure in this region. As the area is having mainly industrial development

the transportation facilities by Rail-Road network is quite well developed. Almost every village

in this region is well connected with metalled road network. Apart from road network

development the railway also present in the study area.

FIGURE – 2.3

KEY INFRASTRUCTURE



FIGURE – 2.4

TOPOSHEET



2.5 TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE PLANT/S ALONG WITH DETAILS ON BEST AVAILABLE

TECHNOLOGIES (BAT), PROPOSED TECHNOLOGY AND REASONS FOR SELECTING THE SAME.

Manufacturing of carbon black mainly involve various unit operations like heating, cooling

and drying. Off gases generated in the manufacturing process of carbon black are utilized as

fuel in the steam boiler to generate high pressure steam and also utilized for power

generation.

2.6 PHASE WISE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE WITH BAR CHART AND TIME

FRAME, IN TERMS OF SITE DEVELOPMENT, INFRASTRUCTURE PROVISION, EMS

IMPLEMENTATION ETC.

Proposed products will be manufactured after the receipt of EC/CTE. Proposed construction

will be carried out only after the receipt of EC/CTE.

2.7 CHEMICAL NAME OF EACH PROPOSED PRODUCT TO BE MANUFACTURED. DETAILS ON

END USE OF EACH PRODUCT. (PROVIDE CAS NUMBER OF ALL THE PRODUCTS & RAW

MATERIALS. IN CASE OF DYES, CI NUMBER)

TABLE – 2.4

LIST OF PRODUCTS WITH PRODUCTION CAPACITY

Sl. No Description Quantity (in ToR

application)

Quantity (In EIA report)*

1 Carbon Black

745 MT per day (2,60,750

MTPA)

(Considering 350 working

days)

550 MT per day (1,92,500

MTPA)


days)

2 CPP 50 MW 36 MW

*Note: Carbon black Production and CPP capacity was reduced from ToR application

due to the Market Strategy and demand



2.8 DETAILS ON RAW MATERIALS, SOURCE AND STORAGE WITHIN THE PREMISES

TABLE – 2.5

LIST OF RAW MATERIALS

Sr.

No.

Raw Materials

Consu

mption

(MTPM

)#

Formula Sta

te

Source of

Supply

Means of

Transpor

tation

Mode

of

Storage

Stor

age

Qua

ntity

(MT)

Hazardous Nature (NFPA

Rating)

Health Fire

Reactivit

y

1

Carbon Black

Feed Stock /

Dehydrated Coal

Tar / Raw Coal

Tar/ Carbon Black

Oil/Anthracene

30908

Blend of

Hydroca

rbons

Thi

ck

Liq

uid

Tauber Oil,

USA

Enjet LLC,

USA

Epsilon

Carbon,

Bellary

RIL,

Jamnagar

Cargo

Vessels /

Road

Tankers

CS

Fixed

Roof

Cylindri

cal

Tanks

3575

0** 2 2 0

2 Molasses 54 _

Thi

ck

Liq

uid

Sakthi

Sugars

Limited,

Chennai

E.I.D Parry

Sugar Mill,

Chennai

Road

Tankers

Epoxy

Coated

CS

Cylindri

cal

Tanks

150*

** NA NA NA

3

Potassium Nitrate

/

12

KNO3 /

K2CO3 /

CH3COO

K

Po

wd

er

Chemicals

India Co.

Chennai

EmpeefChe

micalspVt

ltd., Palghar

Truck Bags 20

1 0 1

2 2 0 Potassium

Carbonate/

1 1 1 Potassium

Acetate*

4 Hydrochloric Acid 67 HCl Liq

uid

GMR

Chemicals,

Chennai

Adheswara

Exports Pvt

Ltd.,

Chennai

Road

Tankers

Rubber

Lined CS

/ FRP

Vessels

40KL 3 0 0

5 Sodium

Hydroxide 2 NaOH

Liq

uid

Jentex

Alkalis,

Chennai

Balmer

Lawrie & Co

ltd.

Road

Tankers

Rubber

Lined CS

/ FRP

Vessels

20KL 3 0 1

6 Water Treatment

Chemicals 81 -

Soli

d

Po

wd

er

Skychem

engineers,

Chennai

Truck

Plastic

Bags in

closed

rooms

60 NA NA NA



7 Light Diesel Oil /

High Speed Diesel 45 -

Liq

uid

BPCL,

Chennai

Road

Tankers

CS Fixed

Roof

Cylindri

cal

Tanks

150K

L***

*

1 2 0

Note:

# Proposed Consumption is lesser than Consumption rate provided in form-1

* Not mentioned in Form-1

**In form-1 it is mentioned as 33450 MT and now it is increased to 35750 MT.

***In form-1 it is mentioned as 140 KL and now it is increased to 150 KL.

****In form-1 it is mentioned as 100 KL and now it is increased to 150 KL.



2.9 MANUFACTURING PROCESS, CHEMICAL REACTION AND MASS BALANCE OF EACH

PRODUCTS

Carbon Black is produced by the reaction of a hydrocarbon fuel such as oil with a limited

supply of combustion air at high temperatures. The unburned carbon is collected as an

extremely fine black fluffy particle, 10 to 500 nanometers (nm) in diameter. The

principal uses of Carbon Black are as a reinforcing agent in rubber compounds

(especially tires) and as a black pigment in printing inks,surface coatings, paper, and

plastics.

We are presently using oil furnace process for manufacture Carbon Black. This process

accounts for about 90 percent of world Carbon Black production capacity generally used

in continuous processplant which is into bulk manufacturing of Carbon Black.

During Carbon Black production, an aromatic liquid hydrocarbon feedstock (Generally,

an FCC bottom -Slurry Oil), Imported by us from USGC) is heated and injected

continuously into the combustion zone of an oil-fired furnace, where it is decomposed

to form Carbon Black. Primary quench water cools the gases to 800°C - 900°C to stop the

cracking. The exhaust gases entraining the carbon particles arefurther cooled to about

230°C by passage through heat exchangers and direct water sprays.

The Carbon black is then separated from the gas stream, usually by a fabric filter. A

cyclone for primary collection and particle agglomeration may precede the filter. The

recovered Carbon Black is finished to a marketable product by pulverizing and wet

pelletizing to increase bulk density. Water from the wet pelletizer is driven off in a gas-

fired rotary dryer. Off gas separated by bag filter is used to dry the wet pellets. Part of

the dryer combustion gas is charged directly to the interior of the dryer, and the

remainder acts as an indirect heat source for the dryer. The dried pellets are then

conveyed tobulk storage through elevator and screw conveyor.

Process yields varies depending on the feed composition and the grade of black

produced. Furnace designs and operating conditions determine the particle size and the

other physical and chemical properties of the black.

Off gas generated from process will be used as a fuel for Boilers. Since the tail gases are



composed mainly of water, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, & hydrogen,

they have low calorific heating value and is used as a fuel to operate a boiler that

generates steam used for power generation and also used for heating the carbon black

pellet in dryers.

Unused tail gas is effectively used to produce power to meet Carbon Black plant demand

& balance is exported to grid.

Mass Balance:



Flow Diagram:



The wet Tail gas composition is as follows:

Composition Percentage (%)

H2S 0.14

H2O 30.15

O2 0.0

H2 12.3

CO 8.3

CO2 3.9

CH4 0.26

N2 45.35

LCV(Kcal/Nm3) 780



2.10 WATER REQUIREMENT, WASTEWATER GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT

2.10.1 ASSESSMENT OF SOURCE OF THE WATER SUPPLY WITH ADEQUACY OF THE SAME TO

MEET WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT. PERMISSION OBTAINED FROM THE

CONCERN AUTHORITY FOR SUPPLY OF RAW WATER

Construction Phase: Water requirement will be 50 KLD from Private tanker/SIPCOT.

Operation Phase: The total water requirement for proposed manufacturing unit is 3583 KLD.

Fresh water requirement is 2785 KLD (In ToR application- 3731KLD) will be sourced from

SIPCOT and total recycle water will be 814 KLD.

PERMISSION OBTAINED FROM THE CONCERN AUTHORITY FOR SUPPLY OF RAW WATER:



2.10.2 WATER AND WASTEWATER

TABLE – 2.6

WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTEWATER GENERATION

S.No Description Fresh Water

KLD

Effluent/Sewage/

WTP(KLD)

Recycled

KLD

Total water

KLD

1. Domestic water 57 42 0 57

2. Greenbelt development 165 0 42 207

3. Process 0 0 226 2006

4. UF Feed Tank 1796 0 0 0

5. CT makeup 572 172 0 572

6. Boiler 0 169 191 191

7. Inline Boiler 0 0 355 355

8. Floor wash 195 176 0 195

Total 2785* 559 814 3583

Note:

* In form-1, Total fresh water is 3731 KLD



WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM:

MEE or

equival

ent

system



2.10.3 EXPLORE THE POSSIBILITIES FOR ZERO LIQUID DISCHARGE (ZLD) OPTION FOR THE

PROPOSED PROJECT

Effluent generation -176 KLD from washing will be treated through ETP (200 KLD)

followed by Oil skimmer, clarifier and Filter. Treated effluent will send to ETP followed

by UF, RO and MEE / ATFD. Permeate will be reused within the system.

Salt from MEE/ATFD will be disposed through TSDF. Thus Zero liquid discharge will be

accomplished.

Effluent -341 KLD from utility will send to secondary treatment followed by UF, RO and

MEE / ATFD. RO Permeate will be send to WTP for reused within the system.

Salt from MEE/ATFD will be disposed through TSDF. Thus Zero liquid discharge will be

accomplished.



2.10.4 CAPACITY OF ETP IN KL/DAY. DETAILS OF ETP INCLUDING DIMENSIONS OF EACH

UNIT ALONG WITH SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM. INLET, TRANSITIONAL AND TREATED

EFFLUENT QUALITIES WITH SPECIFIC EFFICIENCY OF EACH TREATMENT UNIT IN REDUCTION

IN RESPECT OF ALL CONCERNED/REGULATED ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS. INLET

EFFLUENT QUALITY SHOULD BE BASED ON WORST CASE SCENARIO CONSIDERING

PRODUCTION OF MOST POLLUTING PRODUCTS THAT CAN BE MANUFACTURED IN THE

PLANT CONCURRENTLY

Treatment Process:

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.shall have a ZLD Effluent treatment plant consisting Primary, Tertiary

and advance treatment units. The details of ETP are as follows.

1) First all non-toxic wastewater streams of washing shall pass through Oil & Grease

Removal Tank (OGRT-01). Automatic mechanical Oil & Grease Removal

Mechanism(OGRM-01) shall be provided in the OGRT-01 to removed floating oil and

grease from the wastewater to Oil & Grease Collection Tank (OGCT-01). Then Effluent

shall be collected in Collection cum Equalization Tank-01 (CET-01). Pipe grid is provided

at bottom of the CET to keep all suspended solids in suspension and to provide proper

mixing. 2 nos. of Air Blowers (B-01) shall supply air through diffusers to pipe grid.

2) Then after, equalized wastewater shall be pumped toNeutralization Tank (NT-01) where

the continuous addition and stirring of lime solution is done to maintain the pH of

wastewater from Lime Dosing Tanks (LDT-01) with help of Dosing Pumps (D-01) as per

requirement. Then after, neutralized wastewater shall go to Flash Mixer-01 (FM-01).

Alum shall be dosed from Coagulant Dosing Tank-01 (CDT-01) with help Dosing Pumps

into FM-01 to carry out coagulation by using a Flash Mixer Mechanism (FMM-01). Then

effluent shall be collected in Primary Flocculator Tank (PCLF-01) by gravity. Here in

Flocculation zone, Polyelectrolyte shall be dosed from Polyelectrolyte Dosing Tank-01

(PEDT-01). Mixing shall be done with help of two nos. of Flocculators(FLCM-01/02).Then

after, coagulated wastewater shall be settled in Primary Clariflocculator bottom and



Clear supernatant shall be collected in Primary Treated Water tank (PTWT-01). Then it

will be pumped to Collection cum Equalisation Tanks-02 with help of pumps (P-02-A/B).

3) All wastewater stream from utilities shall be collected in Collection cum Equalisation

tank-02 (CET-02) where other effluent from PTWT-01 shall be mixed. Then after,

equalized wastewater shall be pumped to Flash Mixer-02 (FM-02) where Coagulant shall

be dosed from Coagulant Dosing Tank-02 (CDT-02) with help Dosing to carry out

coagulation by using a Flash Mixer Mechanism-02 (FMM-01). Then effluent shall be

collected in Primary Flocculator Tank (PCLF-02) by gravity. Here in Flocculation zone,

Polyelectrolyte shall be dosed from Polyelectrolyte Dosing Tank-02 (PEDT-02). Mixing

shall be done with help of two nos. of Flocculators(FLCM-03/04). Then after, coagulated

wastewater shall be settled in Primary Clariflocculator bottom shall be collected in Sludge

Sump (SS-01) and Clear supernatant shall be collectedof PCLF-02 shall collected in

Intermediate Sump(IS-01).

4) Then effluent from the IS shall be pumped to the Pressure Sand Filter (PSF-01) and

Activated Carbon Filter (ACF-01) for tertiary treatment. The effluent shall enter into the

sand filter from the top and the filtered effluent shall be further passed to the Activated

Carbon Filter for color removal. A back wash facility shall be provided to the sand filter

and carbon filter to wash out the suspended solid whenever required. For backwash, the

effluent from the Intermediate Sump shall be pumped at the bottom of the sand filter

(and / or carbon filter) and the discharge of the sand filter (and / or carbon filter) shall be

diverted into the Collection cum Equalization Tank-02.

5) The outlet of the carbon filter shall be collected into Ultra filtration Feed Tank (UFFT-01)

before sent to UF treatment. UF Treated water shall be sent to Reverse osmosis unit (RO-

01) for advance treatment. UF reject will be sent back to CET-02 for further treatment.

RO treated Water shall be reuse in plant and RO reject water shall be collected in MEE

Feed Tank (MEFT-01) for further treatment.

6) RO rejected water will be sent to multiple effect evaporator (MEE-01) or equivalent

system followed by centrifuge to concentrate it for recovery of salt and condensed water

will be reused for cooling, scrubber & washing.



7) The primary sludge from PCLF-01 & PCLF-02 shall be collected in sludge sump (SS-01) by

gravity. Then they shall be pumped to the filter press (FP-01) for sludge dewatering. The

sludge cake shall be collected and packed into the plastic bags and stored in the HWSA

and ultimate disposal to TSDF. The leachate from the filter press shall be diverted to the

collection cum equalization tank-02 for further treatment.



Size of Tanks:

S. N. Name of unit Tag No. Capacity in

KL

MOC Nos.

1 Oil & Grease Removal

Tank

OGRT-01 8 KL RCC M30 1 W

2 Oil & Grease Collection

tank

OGCT-01 0.5 KL HDPE 1 W

3 Collection cum

Equalization Tank

CET-01 80 KL RCC M30 1W+1S

4 Neutralization Tank NT-01 8 KL RCC M30 1 W

5 Flash Mixer FM-01 8 KL RCC M30 1 W

6 Primary Clariflocculator PCLF-01 50 KL RCC M30 1 W

7 Primary Treated water

tank

PTWT-01 50 KL RCC M30 1 W

8 Lime Dosing Tank LDT-01 3 KL MSFRP 1 W

9 Coagulant Dosing Tank-01 CDT-01 2 KL MSFRP 1 W

10 Polyelectrolyte Dosing

Tank

PEDT-01 1 KL HDPE 1 W

11 Coagulant dosing Tank-02 CDT-02 5 KL MSFRP 1 W

10 Polyelectrolyte Dosing

Tank-02

PEDT-02 1 KL HDPE 1 W

11 Collection cum

Equalization Tank

CET-01 100 KL RCC M30 1 W+1S

12 Flash Mixer FM-01 20 KL RCC M30 1 W

13 Primary Clariflocculator PCLF-01 20 KL RCC M30 1 W

15 Primary Treated water

tank

PTWT-01 140 KL RCC M30 1 W

16 Pressure Sand Filter PSF-01 30 m3/hr MSEP 1 W

17 Activated Carbon Filter ACF-01 30 m3/hr MSEP 1 W

18 UF Feed Tank UFFT-01 100 KL RCC M30 1 W

19 UF Unit UF-01 520 KLD Hollow Fiber/PVDF 1 Lot

20 RO Unit RO-01 500 KLD Polyamide 1 Lot

21 Sludge Sump (SS) SS-01 20 KL RCC M30 1

22 Filter Press (FP) FP-01 40 KLD PP+MS 1 W+1 S

23 Multiple Effect

Evaporator or equivalent

system with Centrifuge

MEE-01

ATFD-01

70 KLD SS316 1 Lot

LD = Liquid depth

FB = Free Board

SWD = Side Water Depth



Flow Diagram of treatment process:



Sewage Treatment Plant:

Process Description:

DESIGN OF SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT

1.00 BASIS OD DESIGN & TREATMENT SCHEME

2.00 SPECIFICATION OF WORK

3.00 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM

1.00 BASIS OF DESIGN & TREATMENT SCHEME

1.10 Design Flow :50 KLD

Working hours : 20 hours

Design Flow : 2.5 KL/hr.

1.20 Untreated Sewage Characteristics

___________________________________________________________________

Parameter Value

___________________________________________________________________

1. pH = 7 - 8

2. Total Dissolved Solids <900 mg/L

3. Suspended Solids < 100 mg/L

4. BOD (3 days 27 deg. C) < 300 mg/L

5. COD <700 mg/L

6. Oil & Grease < 20 mg/L

7. Ammo. Nitrogen < 70 mg/L

__________________________________________________________________

1.30 Treated Sewage Characteristics

___________________________________________________________________

Parameter Value

___________________________________________________________________

1. pH = 7-7.5

2. Total Dissolved Solids <1000 mg/L

3. Suspended Solids < 5 mg/L

4. BOD (3 days 27 deg. C) < 20 mg/L

5. COD < 50 mg/L

6. Oil & Grease <2 mg/L



1.40 Process Description:

1. Sewage from plant and canteen shall be passed through Screen Chamber (SC-01)

where Coarse Screen (S-01) shall be provided to remove floating material. Then it will

pass through O & G Removal tank (OGRT-01) where floating O & G shall be removed

from the top and collected in O & G Collection tank (OGCT-01). Then sewage by

gravity will be collected in Collection tank (CT-01) where diffused air shall be provided

to keep solids in suspension.

2. Then it shall be pumped to Aeration Tank (AT-01). In AT-01, biodegradation of organic

matter of the wastewater shall be carried out by bacteria (suspended growth) in the

AT. The aeration tank provides proper mixing and supplies oxygen to the

microorganisms in the dissolved form through the fine bubble diffusers. A constant

feed rate shall be maintained in the aeration tank. A sludge percentage of around 50

to 60% by volumeshall be maintained in the aeration tank. Also MLSS and MLVSS

ratio shall be maintained to ensure active microorganisms growth. Various nutrients

like UREA and DAP shall be added from Nutrient Dosing Tanks regularly so as to

ensure proper growth of the microorganisms. Oxygen shall be supplied by 2 nos. of

air blowers (B-01) through diffusers. Air blowers also keep MLSS in suspension.

3. Then effluent from Aeration Tank shall be shall be passed through Screen Chamber-2

(SC-02) where floating material shall be removed with help of Screen (S-01), then

overflow from Screen Chamber shall be collected in MBR Tank (MBRT-01). MBR tank

consists of MBR membrane modules mounted on structural frame along with the

back-pulse tank (BPT-01) arrangement on the top. Air diffuser are provided below the

membrane modules for air scouring. The filtration takes place by means of Permeate

pumps (P-02-0A/B) which delivers the treated water in Treated Water Tank (TWT-01).

When water level in Back Pulse tank (BPT-01) will reduce, treated water will be sent

to Back Pulse Tank (BPT-01).

4. After every 9 minutes of service cycle, the membranes are subjected to relaxation of

1 minute. Back pulse takes place after every 4 hours for a period of 15 minutes. In

this step, product water from the overhead tank flows by gravity into the membrane



module and dislodges the impurities from the membrane surface. Air scouring

continues during filtration, rest and back pulse period. Chemical Cleaning Tanks (CCT-

01/02) is required separately for maintenance and recovery cleaning requirement.

Sludge recycle Pumps shall be provided in MBRT-01 to recycle sludge from MBRT-01

to Aeration Tank to maintain MLSS in AT-01. Excess sludge shall be waste to sludge

Drying beds.

5. This treated sewage from Membrane Bio-Reactor (MBR-01)water is collected in

Treated Water Tank (TWT-01) before using it for Irrigation. Bio Sludge settled in Tube

Settler and sludge wasted from MBBR shall be sent to Sludge Drying Beds (SDBs-01-

A/B) for Dewatering. The sludge cake shall be collected and reused as manure in

green belt. Filtrate from the SDBs shall be diverted to the collection tank for further

treatment.

2.00 SPECIFICATION OF WORK

2.10 DETAILS OF UNITS

Sr.

No.

Name of Unit Tag No. Size in Meters (L X B X

(LD+FB)

Nos. MOC

1. Screen Chamber ST-01 1 KL 1 W RCC M30

2. Coarse Screen S-01 6 mm opening, Make:

Aqua-Air

1 W SS304

3. O & G Removal Tank OGRT-

01

4 KL 1 W RCC M30

4. O & G Collection

Tank

OGCT-

01

50 Lit, Industrial Grade,

Vertical, Make:

Siddhi/Sintex

1 W HDPE

5. Collection Tank CT-01 15.0 KL 1 W RCC M30

6. Raw Sewage Pumps P-01-

A/B

2.5 m3/hr, 6 m head,

Submersible cutter type,

Make: Wilo/Eqvt.

1 W +

1 S

SS304

7. Aeration Tank AT-01 15KL 1 W MSFRP

8. Diffusers DF--01 Fine Bubble Diffusers,2 m

length, Scogen /OTT Make,

Retrivable Type

1 Lot Silicon Based

Rubber

9. Blower for AT-01&

MBR-01

B-01-

A/B

150 m3/hr., 0.45 kg/cm2, 3

PHASE, V belt, Air Cooled,

Oil Lubricated Tri Lobe Root

1W+1

S

CIFG



Blower, TMVT make

10. Screen Chamber SC-02 1 KL 1 W RCC

M30/MSFRP

11. Screen-2 S-02 2 mm Opening, Make:

Aqua-Air

1 W SS304

12 Membrane Bio-

Reactor

MBR-01 8 KL 1 Lot MSFRP

13. Membrane Bio-

Reactor Module

with skid and

diffusers

MBRM-

01

Hollow Fiber, 7 modules of

10 KLD, Make: GE

1 Lot PVDF with

MSFRP Frame

14. Sludge Recycle

Pumps

P-04-

A/B

5 m3/hr, 6 m head,

Centrifugal, Make:

Lubi/Johnson

1W+1

S

CI

15. MBR Permeate

Pumps

P-02-

A/B

3.5 m3/hr, 8 m head,

Centrifugal, Make:

Lubi/Johnson

1W+1

S

CI

16. Chemical Cleaning

Tanks

CCT-01 150 Lit, Industrial Grade,

Vertical, Make:

Siddhi/Sintex

2W HDPE

17. Back Pulse tank BPT-01 150 Lit, Industrial Grade,

Vertical, Make:

Siddhi/Sintex

1W HDPE

18. Treated Water Tank TWT-01 15 KL 1 W RCC M30/

HDPE

19. Treated Water

Pumps

P-03-

A/B

7.5 m3/hr, 20 m head,

Centrifugal, Make:

Lubi/Johnson

1W+1

S

CI

20. Hypo Dosing Tank SHDT-01 200 L, Industrial grade

Vertical, Make:

Siddhi/Sintex

1 W HDPE

21. Hypo Dosing Pump D-01-

A/B

4 L/hr, Electronic type,

Make: Verito/Positive

1W+1

S

PP

22. Sludge Drying Beds SDBs-

01-A/B

8.0 Sqm (Total) 2 W Brick Mas+

PCC Bedding+

Media filling

23. Foundation for

pumps and Blowers

-- -- Lot RCC M25



2.20 PIPING WORK AND VALVES

All effluent pipes & Fittings will be of CPVC/PPR.

All Airline shall be of GI pipe.

All valves shall be of PP Material

We will provide all necessary supports for pipes and electrical cables.

2.30 ELECTRICAL WORK

It includes supply and erection of cables, cable tray, MCC Panel etc. complete.

Cables:

1. a. Cable specification = for use in 415 V system shall be Copper

conductor, PVC insulated PVC sheathed

armored as per IS 1554

All cable shall be RR /Polycab make.

All cable trays shall be of perforated type of GI.

We will provide MCC panel with energy meter single compartment type of

siemens/Schneider make.

2.40 INSTRUMENTATION WORK

Sr. No. Item Description Nos.

1 Pressure Gauge Bourdon Tube,100 mm dia,

Waaree/, Baumermake

6 For Blowers,Pumps

2 Flow Meter cum

totalizer

Electro-magnetic Type,

Make: Chem-Tech/ Forbes

Marshall

2 At Inlet/Outlet of STP

3 Level switch Float Type, Make: Aster 2 In CT &MBR

4 On-Off Valves Open/Close, 40 NB/25 NB,

Make: Rotex

3 For MBR Piping

5 Pressure Transmitter As per Design Make:

Danfoss

1 In Permeate Pumps

Line

6 Rotameters As per design, Make: Flow

tech

2 In Blower air lines

All cable shall be RR /Polycab make.

All cable trays shall be of perforated type of GI.

We will provide MCC panel with energy meter single compartment type of siemens

make.



Treatment Plant

Capacity: 50 KLD

Operating hrs: 20 hrs

Plant Flow rate: 2.5 cum/hr

Design Flow Rate: 2.5 cum/hr



Flow Diagram of STP:



2.11 AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM

2.11.1 FLUE GAS & PROCESS GAS EMISSION FROM EACH UNIT PROCESS WITH ITS

QUANTIFICATION

Flue Gas Emission:

There is no fuel requirement for steam boilers since off gases generated during Carbon Black

manufacturing are utilized as fuel for specially designed boiler system. Hence, there is no

requirement of APCM and stack of adequate height is provided for proper dispersion of flue

gas. Diesel will be used as fuel for proposed DG Sets (standby), where stack of adequate

height will be provided. The details of flue gas emission are given hereunder in Table 2-7.

Table 2.7

Flue Gas Emission

Emission source APC measure proposed Stack height Fuel Name &

Quantity

DG set:

1x1300 & 1x1200 KVA

Adequate stack height as

per TNPCB Norms 30m AGL

Diesel (500

Lit/hr

*Waste gas based Boilers:



Set-3:54 MT/hr, 86 kg/cm2



Off Gases

(495197

Nm3/hr)

Note:


One Boiler is removed due to the reduction in production capacity

PROCESS GAS EMISSION:

Product gases laden with carbon black particle from manufacturing process are filtered at

process bag collector and vapor bag collector for separation of carbon black particles from

process gases. Off gases filtered through bag collectors are utilized as fuel in steam boiler

and dryer combustor. The details of these various bag collectors as air pollution control

measures with process gas stack are given hereunder in Table 2-8.



TABLE 2.8

PROCESS GAS EMISSION

Emission source APC measure proposed Stack height (m)

2 Nos. of Flare Stacks Adequate stack height as per

TNPCB Norms 50 AGL

Vapor Bag Collectors – 6 Stacks Bag Collectors 60 AGL

Dryer – 6 Stacks Bag Collectors / ESPs 60 AGL

Process Bag Collectors – 2 Stacks Bag Collectors / ESPs 50 AGL

Venturi Scrubbers – 2 Stacks Not Applicable 50 AGL

Dedusting & Rerun Bag Collectors – 12

Nos Not Applicable 20 m



2.11.2 DETAILS OF THE UTILITIES REQUIRED

Utility Nos. Capacity Purpose

Reactor (Nos)* 6 550 TPD Process for formation of

Carbon Black

Boiler** 3




For generation of Steam

Turbo Generator 3

1 x 12 MW,

1x 12 MW,

1x 12 MW,

For generation of power

Air Cooled Condenser /

CPP 3

To suit 36 MW Power

Generation

For condensing exhaust

steam from Turbines

Cooling Tower 2 Circulation Rate: 1250 m3/hr Generator Cooling

Diesel Generator 2 2500 KVA Emergency power

Note:

*In form -1, No of reactors are 7.

**In form -1, Boiler capacity is mentioned as 32 TPH, 80 TPH, 24 TPH & 60 TPH (each 1

Nos)

One Boiler is removed due to the reduction in production capacity.



2.11.3 Certificate of Analysis of Fuel



2.11.4 DETAILS OF POWER REQUIREMENTS

Power requirement will be met from TANGEDCO and CPP. However, two DG set is proposed

as back-up power requirement during power failure. Diesel will be used for DG generators

and consumption quantities will vary based on the utilization. The power requirement and

backup power facilities are provided in Table 2-9.

Table 2-9

POWER REQUIREMENT BACKUP AND UTILITIES

Details Power and fuel Source

Operation Phase:

Power Requirement during

Operation Phase 11.20 MW* CPP / TANGEDCO

Boilers – LDO / HSD 0.700 MT/day** Retail Supplier

HSD for DG sets 400 LPD IOC/HP

Construction Phase:

Power Requirement 0.400 MW DG Set / TANGEDCO

Note:

* In form-1, Power requirement during operation phase is 15.39 MW

** In form-1, LDO/HSD requirement for boilers are 0.894 MT/day

2.11.5 LIST THE PROJECT SPECIFIC SOURCES OF FUGITIVE EMISSION ALONG WITH ITS

QUANTIFICATION AND PROPOSED MEASURES TO CONTROL IT

Fugitive emissions are emissions of gases or vapours from pressurized equipment due to leak

or other unintended or irregular releases. Fugitive emission may be contributed from the

following sources:

Leakage from pumps

Equipment failure

Spillages from pipelines

Leakages from reactors

Vapours venting from process/tanks

Evaporation losses



Control Measures

Control Measures adopted are:

Process shall be closed system

Transfer of the material for proposed plant shall be through pipeline

Leak detectors shall be installed near by the source of leakage

Sweeping on roads.

Proper monitoring system shall be established once the operation starts.

Bitumen roads are laid inside the plant premises.

There will be a chance of fugitive emission during manufacturing process as well as due to

storage and handling of raw materials and products. The unit will take following precaution

for the control of fugitive emissions.

Probable Sources Control Measures

Manufacturing activities

All equipments are maintained regularly along with checking

of flange and welded joints.

All raw materials and end products are properly metered so

that there is no possibility of overloading.

Proper safety interlocks are incorporated

Bulk transportation within the process is done by closed

bucket elevator and screw conveyer.

Emission from Carbon

black storage tank and

packing

Dedusting system with proper bag filters provided. All

storage tanks are closed with proper venting system and

level is checked regularly without overfilling.

Pump and compressor

Emissions

Mechanical seals are provided in pumps and agitators

Standby arrangement for critical equipment for periodic

maintenance

Valves, Flanges, plugs and

instrument connections

Welded pipes are used wherever feasible.

Suitable gasket materials are used

Suitable glad packing is used in valves

Periodic inspection and maintenance of pipes and

pipefittings is carried out



Leak detection and Repair Programme (LDAR): Leak detection and repair (LDAR) is system of

procedure a facility utilizes to locate repair leaking components including valves, pumps,

tanks and reactors in order to minimize the emission of fugitive volatile organic components

and hazardous air pollutants.

LDAR related sections shall be considered, checked and maintained regularly to control

emissions from leakages. At PCBL(TN) Limited schedule shall be prepared standard practices

will be implemented.

Identifying the sections: All possible sections of emissions from leakage will be recognized &

marked.

Monitoring the components: As per the schedule and frequency sections shall be monitored

to avoid the leakage chances by using the standard detecting systems.

Repairing the components: Repairing of the equipment after finding fault will be addressed

immediately. After a leak is detected, the component shall be altered or replaced to correct

the leakage. The component shall be considered repaired only after it has been monitored

and shows leakage below the thresh-hold limits.

Documented: All the above mentioned records shall be maintained for further references.

PCBL(TN) Limited will use best technology to control fugitive emission like:

Closed process flow systems of material transfer.

Detecting systems are in place for any leakages

Air quality shall be regularly monitored and data on fugitive emissions shall be regularly

recorded and proper actions will be taken.



2.12 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT

2.12.1 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE INCLUDING STORAGE,

HANDLING, UTILIZATION AND SAFE DISPOSAL

Hazardous Waste Management

The various hazardous waste generated from the process will be stored in a separate

hazardous waste storage area and properly disposed as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes

(Management and Trans boundary Movement) Amendment Rules, 2016. The type of

hazardous waste and the quantity generated are detailed in Table 2-10.

TABLE – 2.10

DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE

Sr.

No. Details of Waste

Scheduled

as per

HWM

rules

Proposed

Quantity TPA Storage and Disposal

1

Used or Spent Oil 5.1 6.0

Collection, Storage,

Transportation and sell to

TNPCB Authorized Recyclers

or reuse in the process.

2

Sludge & MEE Salt 35.3

3350*

(WTP Sludge-

1933

ETP sludge-

100

MEE Salt-

1317)


Transportation and disposal

at TSDF-Gummidipoondi.

3 Empty Container/

bags/Discarded drums/

Barrels/ Liners/ Waster paper

bags/ waste plastic

33.1 12




4

Used Filter cloth - 2.0




5 Used Oily cotton

waste/weather hand gloves/

cotton hand gloves

33.2 2.0




6 Discarded filter medium (bag

filter) 36.2 12.0






7 Ceramic wool/ waste

insulation material - 12.0



at TSDF

8

Spent Ion exchange resins 35.2 1.0



at TSDF

9

Oily Sludge emulsion I – 4.1 15.0



at TSDF

10

Used Batteries 0.1



at TSDF

11

Spent Acid batteries I – 36.2 0.024



at TSDF

Note:

* In Form-1, ETP sludge & MEE salt is mentioned as 6210 TPA

2.12.2 Solid Waste Management

The Solid Wastes generated during construction and operation phases will be segregated to

organic and inorganic wastes. The organic wastes will be disposed to Municipal bins and

inorganic waste will sell to TNPCB authorized vendors. Details are given in Table 2-12.

Table 2-12

Solid Waste Generation

Sl.

No. Description

Construction

Phase Quantity

(Kg/day)

Operation Phase

Quantity (Kg/d)

Method

of

Collection

Method of

Disposal

1 Solid

Waste 250

Inorganic waste-

76.5

Bins

Send to TNPCB

authorized

vendors

Organic waste-

114.75

Convert to

manure by using

OWC

2 STP Sludge - 5.0 Used as a manure

for Greenbelt

Note: As per CPHEOO norms-0.45 kg/day/capita



Paper / Card Board, Dust bin collection, dry leaves, grass, Metal scrap & wooden scrap will

be recycled /sent to authorize dealer.

2.12.3 THE MANUAL HANDLING OF THE HAZARDOUS WASTES AND METHODOLOGY OF DE-

CONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL OF DISCARDED CONTAINERS AND ITS RECORD KEEPING

- Discarded containers/bags/liners etc. are being stored at designated place and given to

authorized decontamination facility for recycle & reuse.

Collection & Storage:

Contaminated containers are received from different production plants and stored at

designated storage area. Proper segregation of containers is done according to acid or

alkaline nature to treating with appropriate cleaning agent.

Analysis:

Testing the pH and organic content of finally flushed effluent to ensure the container is

completely decontaminated.

Labeling:

Used standard Labels on decontaminated containers “Decontaminated containers, ready to

dispose”

Disposal:

These decontaminated containers could be reused. The containers, which are not reusable,

would be scrapped and sold to registered recycler.

Record:

Receipt note is collected before receiving of containers, maintained record of sampling,

result, marking of decontaminated containers and disposal.

Management of Effluent:

The wastewater, which is generated from the washing activity, is collected in separate tank

then transfer to treat in Effluent Treatment Plant for further treatment.



2.13 NOISE LEVEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM

Extensive oiling and lubrication and preventive maintenance shall be carried out to reduce

noise generation at source to the permissible limit. Acoustic enclosures provided for DG set.

The Noise level is within the prescribed limit. At noisy area, adequate preventive & control

measures are taken. No significant noise, vibration or emission of light & heat from the unit.



CHAPTER – 3

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 INTRODUCTION

The baseline status of environmental quality in the vicinity of project site serves as the

basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. The baseline

environmental quality is assessed through field studies within the impact zone for

various components of the environment, viz. air, noise, water, land and socio-

economic. The baseline environmental quality has been assessed in the summer season

of March, 2021 to May, 2021 in a study area of 10 km radial distance from the project

site.

The environmental setting is considered to establish the baseline conditions which are

described with respect to following:

Land environment

Land Use Pattern

Water Environment

Air Environment

Meteorology

Noise Environment

Ecology

Topography

Demography and Socio-economic Environment

3.2 METHODOLOGY

Following the guidelines of MoEF&CC, the baseline environmental study was

conducted. The details of the study period, frequency of sampling & method of

environmental sampling & analysis are shown below in succeeding paragraphs under

respective titles.



3.2.1 STUDY PERIOD & FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING

The period of study determined was March, 2021 to May, 2021. The frequency of

various environmental sampling & analysis was determined following the guidelines

provided by MoEF&CC in online EIA Manual. The details of frequency of environmental

sampling considered for the study are illustrated in Table – 3.1.

TABLE 3.1

FREQUENCY OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Attributes Sampling

Locations Frequency

A. Air Environment

Meteorological Project Site 1 hourly continuous for Study

Period

Ambient Air Quality 8 locations in the study area

(10 km radius from project site)

24 hourly twice a week during

study period

B. Noise Various Locations within the study

area

(10 Km radius from project site)

Once during Study Period

C. Water

Ground Water Grab samples from 8 Locations from

Study Area



Surface Water

Grab samples from 5 Locations



D. Soil Quality Soil samples from 8 locations within

study area


E. Land Use & Land

Cover

Study area (10 km from Project Site) Once during Study Period

F. Ecological Data Study area (10 km from Project Site) Once during Study Period

G. Socioeconomic

Data

Study area (10 km from Project Site) Once during Study Period



3.2.2 METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS

The method adopted for environmental sampling & analysis is illustrated in following

Table - 3.2

TABLE 3.2

METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS

Attributes

METHOD

Sampling / Preservation Analysis

A. Air Environment

1) Micro

meteorological

data

2) Ambient Air

Quality

Mechanical/automatic

1) Spectrum weather station &

IMD

2) 2.5 Micron dust samplers &

RSPM samplers having the

facility to collect the gaseous

samples

-----

IS 5182 & CPCB

B. Noise Instrument: Noise level meter --

C. Water & Waste

Water

1) Ground Water

2) Surface Water

Standard Methods for

Examination of Water and

Wastewater Analysis, published

by APHA 22nd edition, 2012

Standard Methods for

Examination of Water and

Wastewater Analysis, published

by APHA 22nd edition, 2012

D. Soil Quality Laboratory Guide for Conducting

Soil Test & Plant Analysis, by J.

Benton Jones, Jr.

Laboratory Guide for

Conducting Soil Test & Plant

Analysis, by J. Benton Jones,

E. Land Use & Land

Cover

Satellite Imageries (1:25,000),

Secondary data from EIC, Delhi

As Secondary data-analysis by

EIC, Delhi

F. Geology & Geo-

Hydrology

Secondary data from EIC, Delhi Secondary data from EIC, Delhi

G. Ecological Data Secondary data from EIC, Delhi Secondary data from EIC, Delhi

H. Socioeconomic Data Secondary data from EIC, Delhi Secondary data from EIC, Delhi



3.2.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

The baseline environmental study was carried out for Ambient Air, Water, Land, Noise,

Biological & Socioeconomic environment. The study period was March, 2021 to May,

2021. The environmental samples were collected from the selected location of the

study area. The scenario of environmental condition of the area revealed from the

sample & data analysis is described below in subsequent paragraphs.



3.3 MICROMETEOROLOGY

The nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project site is

Chennai. The Climatological data for Chennai(Minambakkam) published by the IMD,

based on daily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour IST for a 30 year period, is presented

in the following sections on the meteorological conditions of the region.

Table 3.1 Meteorological conditions (Temp., Rainfall, Relative Humidity and Wind

Speed)

Month

Temp (°C) Rainfall

(mm) Relative

Humidity

(%)

Mean Wind Speed

(Km /hr)

Predominant Wind

Directions

(From)* Daily

Max.

Daily

Min. Total

No. of

days

Jan 29.0 20.5 28.2 1.4 83 64 5.5 N NE

Feb 31.0 21.7 4.0 0.4 80 63 6.8 W E

Mar 33.4 23.5 3.3 0.2 76 63 8.2 S SE

Apr 35.7 26.1 11.2 0.7 71 66 10.4 S SE

May 38.0 27.7 46.6 1.7 63 62 11.1 SW SE

Jun 37.4 27.3 74.7 4.9 59 56 11.6 W SE

Jul 35.4 26.2 130.5 7.7 67 60 9.9 W S

Aug 34.5 25.6 145.8 8.4 71 63 9.4 SW S,SE

Sep 34.2 25.3 169.2 8.5 74 68 7.9 W SE

Oct 32.0 24.4 293.9 10.0 81 74 5.8 W E

Nov 29.7 22.9 361.6 10.4 83 74 5.7 N NE

Dec 28.6 21.5 173.0 6.2 82 69 5.9 N NE

Max. 38.0 27.7 361.6 10.4 83.0 74.0 5.5 Annual Predominant

wind direction is from

West

Min. 28.6 20.5 3.3 0.2 59.0 56.0 11.6

Avg/Total 33.2 24.4 1442.0 60.5 74.2 65.2 8.2

(Source: IMD)



3.3.1 TEMPERATURE, RELATIVE HUMIDITY & WIND SPEED

The site-specific data were collected for March, 2021 to May, 2021. Data are tabulated in

Table 3.2.

TABLE - 3.2

SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA (PERIOD: March, 2021 to May, 2021)

METEOROLOGICAL PARAMETER MONTH

MARCH, 2021 APRIL, 2021 MAY, 2021

Temperature (0C)

Min.

Max.

Avg.

23

34

29

26

36

30

28

39

32

Relative Humidity (%)

Min.

Max.

Avg.

62

78

69

56

71

63

52

79

70

Wind Speed (km/h)

Min.

Max.

Avg.

0

8

5

0

12

8

0

14

11

There was no rainfall during the study period.



3.3.2 WIND ROSE

Wind rose is a graphical representation of the magnitude and direction of wind speed

considering all the directions. With the help of wind rose diagram one can easily predict

the direction and extent of spreading of the gaseous and particulate matter from the

source. Wind rose diagrams & stability class distribution are prepared for the study area

and presented in Figures - 3.1A & 3.1B respectively.

FIGURES - 3.1A

WIND ROSE DIAGRAM



FIGURE-3.1B

STABILITY CLASS DISTRIBUTION



3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with National Ambient

Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was

carried out at eight locations during the study period.

The air quality status in the impact zone is assessed through a network of ambient air

quality monitoring locations. The tropical climatic conditions mainly control the transport

and dispersion of air pollutant emissions during various seasons.

The conventional and project specific parameters such as Suspended Particulate Matter,

Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM10), Respirable Suspended

Particulate Matter (RSPM- PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx),

Ammonia (NH3), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Benzene (C6H6), Hydro

Carbon (HC), Carbon Monoxide (CO) were monitored at site.

The values for mentioned concentrations of various pollutants at all the monitoring

locations were processed for different statistical parameters like arithmetic mean,

minimum concentration, and maximum concentration and percentile values. The

baselines levels of Suspended Particulate Matter, Respirable Suspended Particulate

Matter (RSPM-PM10), Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM2.5), Sulphur

Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ammonia (NH3), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Arsenic

(As), Nickel (Ni), Benzene (C6H6), Hydro Carbon (HC), Carbon Monoxide (CO) are

expressed in terms of various statistical parameters.

To establish the baseline status around the project site of the study region monitoring

was conducted at 8 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) Stations in and around the

study region during March 1, 2021 to May 31, 2021.



FIGURE - 3.2

LOCATIONS OF THE AMBIENT AIR, NOISE, WATER AND SOIL



TABLE - 3.3

LOCATIONS OF THE AMBIENT AIR, NOISE, WATER AND SOIL

SR.

NO.

NAME OF VILLAGE BEARING

W.R.T.

PROJECT

SITE

APPROXIMATE

RADIAL

DISTANCE

FROM

PROJECT

SITE (KM)

AMBIENT

AIR

NOISE WATER SOIL TYPE OF

AREA

1. Project Site -- -- A1 N1 GW1 S1 Industrial

2. Village:

Sathyavedu

NNW 8.57 A2 N2 GW2 S2 Residential

3. Village:

Madanamjeri

NW 3.60 A3 N3 GW3 S3 Residential

4. Village:

Uthukkottai

SW 8.75 A4 N4 GW4 S4 Residential

5. Village: Nelvoy SE 5.90 A5 N5 GW5 S5 Residential

6. Village:

Lachivakkam

SW 5.00 A6 N6 GW6 S6 Residential

7. Village: Siruvada NE 3.60 A7 N7 GW7 S7 Residential

8. Village: Thervoy NE 1.84 A8 N8 GW8 S8 Residential

9. Kannakottai

Reservoir

SSW 2.54 -- -- SW1 -- --

10. Thervoykandigai

Reservoir

NE 1.76 -- -- SW2 -- --

11. Telungu Ganaga

Canal Near

Uthukkottai

SW 8.55 -- -- SW3 -- --

12. Arani River

upstream

SE 8.06 -- -- SW4 -- --

13. Arani River

Downstream

S 7.45 -- -- SW5 -- --



TABLE - 3.4

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS (MARCH, 2021 TO MAY, 2021)

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

SAMPLING

DURATION

SPM PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx NH3 O3

g/m3

1. Project-site (A1) 24 hours 83.78 46.54 21.89 6.55 13.42 BDL 10.67

2. Village:

Sathyavedu (A2)

24 hours 99.24 54.63 25.67 7.39 15.45 BDL 12.83

3. Village:

Madanamjeri (A3)

24 hours 91.68 50.42 24.00 6.65 14.74 BDL 12.24

4. Village:

Uthukkottai (A4)

24 hours 92.06 51.13 23.88 7.10 16.70 BDL 13.04

5. Village: Nelvoy

(A5)

24 hours 83.56 46.25 21.75 6.61 13.86 BDL 11.30

6. Village:

Lachivakkam (A6)

24 hours 87.00 48.92 22.92 6.58 14.85 BDL 12.13

7. Village: Siruvada

(A7)

24 hours 97.58 53.92 25.83 8.11 17.45 BDL 13.70

8. Village: Thervoy

(A8)

24 hours 94.76 52.38 24.79 6.87 15.57 BDL 12.67

NAAQS 500 100 60 80 80 400 100

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

As Pb Ni C6H6 BaP CO HC VOC

ng/m3 g/m3 ng/m3 g/m3 ng/m3 mg/m3 ppm

1. Project-site (A1) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.15 BDL BDL

2. Village:

Sathyavedu (A2)

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.15 BDL BDL

3. Village:

Madanamjeri (A3)


4. Village:

Uthukkottai (A4)


5. Village: Nelvoy

(A5)


6. Village:

Lachivakkam (A6)



(A7)


8. Village: Thervoy

(A8)


NAAQS 6 1 20 5 1 4 -- --

Note: BDL = Below Detectable Limit



The Minimum Detectable Limits for various parameters are as below:

3.4.1 SUMMARY

The statistical interpretation of observed ambient air quality concentrations is presented

in Table-3.4. They represent the cross-sectional distribution of the baseline air quality

status of the study region.

The maximum concentration of PM10 (54.63 g/m3), PM2.5 (25.83 g/m3), SO2 (8.11

g/m3), NOx (17.45 g/m3), O3 (13.70 g/m3) was recorded in study area. The minimum

concentration of PM10 (46.25 g/m3), PM2.5 (21.75 g/m3), SO2 (6.55 g/m3), NOx (13.42

g/m3), O3 (10.67 g/m3) was recorded in study area.

Sr.

No.

Criteria

Pollutants

Unit Maximum

Value

Minimum

Value

Prescribed

Standard

1. PM10 g/m3 54.63 46.25 100

2. PM2.5 g/m3 25.83 21.75 60

3. SO2 g/m3 8.11 6.55 80

4. NOx g/m3 17.45 13.42 80

5. O3 g/m3 13.70 10.67 100

3.4.2 INTERPRETATION:

The PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations at all the AAQM locations were primarily caused by

local phenomena including industrial & vehicular activities and natural dust getting air

borne due to manmade activities and blowing wind. PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations were

observed below stipulated standards of CPCB for Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other

Area at all air quality monitoring locations during the monitoring period. Results of all

parameters are found within limit. Result of all other parameters i.e. NH3, Pb, As, Ni,

C6H6, BaP & HC were found below detectable limit. The interpretation relates to the

results found for particular locations and date of monitoring.

Parameters Value

Ammonia (as NH3) 5 g/m3

Lead (as Pb) 0.1 g/m3

Nickel (as Ni) 1 ng/m3

Benzene (as C6H6) 0.1 g/m3

Arsenic (as As) 1 ng/m3

Benzo (α) Pyrene (BaP) 0.01 ng/m3

Hydrocarbon (HC) 1 ppm

VOC (Aeroqual Series 300 (Sensor VOC 0 – 25 ppm)) 0.1 ppm



3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The objective of the noise level survey around the project site was to identify existing -

noise sources and to measure background noise levels. Major noise sources in the study

area are industries, commercial, and vehicular movements. The noise monitoring

locations are given in Table - 3.3 and shown in Figure - 3.2 while the results of noise

monitoring are given in Table - 3.5.

3.5.1 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING

The noise monitoring was carried out at eight locations in day time during (6 am to 10

pm) and at night time (10 pm to 6 am) in the study area covering all the areas i.e.

industrial, commercial, residential and silence zones as mentioned in Noise

(Pollution and Control) Rules, 2000. CPCB Recommendations for community noise

exposure are attached as Annexure – 2. Hourly Equivalent noise levels Leq (day) and Leq

(night) were measured at each monitoring locations. monitoring ranging from

March 03, 2021 to March 09,2021 during day and night time was carried out at all the

locations.

Ambient Noise Standards

Zone Classification Lday dB(A) Lnight dB(A)

Industrial Area 75 70

Commercial Area 65 55

Residential Area 55 45

Silence Zone 50 40



TABLE - 3.5

BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS

SR.

NO.

LOCATION NOISE LEVEL IN dB(A) CPCB LIMIT dB(A)

DAY TIME NIGHT TIME LEQ DAY

TIME

NIGHT

TIME

MAX. MAX.

A) RESIDENTIAL AREA

1. Project-site (N1) 49.3 42.9 48.0 <75 <65

2. Village: Sathyavedu (N2) 54.5 45.8 53.0 <55 <45

3. Village: Madanamjeri (N3) 51.5 43.7 50.1 <55 <45

4. Village: Uthukkottai (N4) 53.8 45.1 52.3 <55 <45

5. Village: Nelvoy (N5) 48.2 43.5 47.1 <55 <45

6. Village: Lachivakkam (N6) 50.1 43.9 48.8 <55 <45

7. Village: Siruvada (N7) 53.9 44.2 52.4 <55 <45

8. Village: Thervoy (N8) 53.4 44.8 51.9 <55 <45

3.5.2 Interpretation

Based on noise level data obtained during the survey for residential area and industrial

area, it is interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by CPCB.

Looking towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is

need to apply noise reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public

awareness.



3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The annual rainfall in the region was 1442 mm. The baseline water quality status in the

region is established by analyzing surface water and ground water. Water requirement at

site would be met through SIPCOT water supply.

3.6.1 METHODOLOGY FOR WATER QUALITY MONITORING

8 nos. of ground water and 5 nos. of surface water samples were collected from the

study area. These samples were analyzed for physic-chemical parameters to ascertain

the baseline status in the existing surface water and ground water bodies. Samples

were collected during the study period of March 03, 2021 to March 09, 2021 and

analyzed as per the Standard Methods of Water and Wastewater Analysis (APHA).

SUMMARY

The statistical interpretation of observed ground water & surface water quality is

presented in Table-3.6.



TABLE - 3.6

GROUND & SURFACE WATER QUALITY

S.

No. Parameter Unit

Results

Test procedure

Acceptable

limit as per

IS 10500 :

2012 GW1 GW2

1 Colour Hazen <1 <1 IS 3025(part 4)1983(RA 2017) 5

2 Odour - No Odour

Observed

No Odour

Observed IS 3025(part 8)1984(RA 2017) Agreeable

3 Turbidity NTU 0.7 0.6 IS:3025 Part 10-1984(Reaff:

2017) 1

4 pH at 25 °C - 7.96 7.68

IS :3025 Part 11-1983(Reaff:

2017) 6.5-8.5

5 Conductivity at 25 °C μS/cm 1575 1088

IS :3025 Part 14- 1984

(Reaff:2017) Not Specified

6 Total dissolved solids mg/l 936 611 IS :3025 Part 16-1984(Reaff:

2017) 500

7 Total Suspended solids mg/l <2 <2 IS :3025 Part 17-1984(Reaff:

2017) Not Specified

8 Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3 mg /l 354 210

IS : 3025 Part 23-1986(Reaff:

2019) 200

9 Total Hardness as

CaCO3 mg/l 727 240 IS : 3025 Part 21-2009 200

10 Calcium as Ca mg/l 141 71 IS : 3025 Part 40-1991(Reaff:

2019) 75

11 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 91 15 APHA 23rd EDN -3500 Mg B 30

12 Chloride as Cl- mg/l 137 157 IS :3025 Part 32-1988(Reaff:

2019) 250

13 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 296 62 APHA 23rd EDN -4500-SO42- E 200

14 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 26 5 APHA 23rd EDN -4500- NO3- B 45

15 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.05 0.11 IS 3025(part 53)1987(Reaff:

2019) 1

16 Manganese as Mn mg/l BDL(<0.0

1)

BDL(<0.01

) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.10

17 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.27 0.17 APHA 23rd EDN -4500-F B&D 1.00



S.

No. Parameter Unit

Results

Test procedure

Acceptable

limit as per

IS 10500 : 2012 GW1 GW2

18 Sodium as Na mg/l 80 110 IS : 3025 Part 45-1993


19 Potassium as K mg/l 5 2.4 IS : 3025 Part 45 -1993


20 Barium as Ba mg/l BDL(<0.1) BDL(<0.1) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 D 0.7

21 Residual Free Chlorine mg/l BDL(<0.1) BDL(<0.1) APHA 23rd EDN -4500-Cl

B 0.20

22 Aluminium as Al mg/l BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) APHA 23rd EDN 3500 Al

B 0.03

23 Cadmium as Cd mg/l BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.003

24 Lead as Pb mg/l BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) APHA 23rd EDN -3113 B 0.01

25 Copper as Cu mg/l BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.05

26 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.06 0.11 APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 5.00

27 Total Chromium as Cr mg/l BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.05

28 Arsenic as As mg/l BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) APHA 23rd EDN -3113 B 0.01

29 Cyanide as CN mg/l BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) APHA 23rd EDN -4500-

CN E 0.05

30 Selenium as Se mg/l BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) APHA 23rd EDN -3113 B 0.01

31 Mercury as Hg mg/l BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) IS APHA 23rd EDN -3112

B 0.001

32 Anionic Surfactants as

MBAS mg/l BDL(<0.025) BDL(<0.025) APHA 23rd EDN 5540 C 0.20

33 Phenolic Compounds as

Phenol mg/l BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001)

APHA 23rd EDN 5530

B,C 0.001

34 Pesticides mg/l Absent Absent APHA 23rd EDN -6630 B, C Absent

35 Total Coliforms MPN/

100ml <2 2

IS–1622-1981 (Reaff –

2019) Absent /100ml

36 E.coli MPN/

100ml <2 <2

IS–1622-1981 (Reaff–

2019) Absent /100ml



S.

No. Parameter Unit

Results

Test procedure

Acceptable limit

as per

IS 10500 : 2012 GW3 GW4


2 Odour - No Odour

Observed

No Odour


3 Turbidity NTU 0.8 BDL(<0.5) IS:3025 Part 10-1984(Reaff:

2017) 1

4 pH at 25 °C - 7.65 7.56 IS :3025 Part 11-1983(Reaff:

2017) 6.5-8.5

5 Conductivity at 25 °C μS/cm 1398 1515 IS :3025 Part 14- 1984



2017) 500

7 Total Suspended solids mg/l <2 <2 IS :3025 Part 17-1984(Reaff:

2017) Not Specified

8 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg /l 310 374 IS : 3025 Part 23-1986(Reaff:

2019) 200

9 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 420 556 IS : 3025 Part 21-2009 200


2019) 75



2019) 250



15 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.05 BDL (<0.05) IS 3025(part 53)1987(Reaff:

2019) 1

16 Manganese as Mn mg/l BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.10




S.

No. Parameter Unit

Results

Test procedure

Acceptable

limit as per

IS 10500 : 2012 GW3 GW4



19 Potassium as K mg/l 5.5 3.6 IS : 3025 Part 45 -1993



21 Residual Free Chlorine mg/l BDL(<0.1) BDL(<0.1) APHA 23rd EDN -4500-Cl B 0.20

22 Aluminium as Al mg/l BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) APHA 23rd EDN 3500 Al B 0.03







29 Cyanide as CN mg/l BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) APHA 23rd EDN -4500-CN E 0.05


31 Mercury as Hg mg/l BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) IS APHA 23rd EDN -3112 B 0.001




Phenol mg/l BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) APHA 23rd EDN 5530 B,C 0.001



100ml 2 <2

IS–1622-1981 (Reaff –

2019) Absent /100ml

36 E.coli MPN/

100ml <2 <2 IS–1622-1981 (Reaff–2019) Absent /100ml



S.

No. Parameter Unit

Results

Test procedure

Acceptable

limit as per

IS 10500 : 2012 GW5 GW6

1 Colour Hazen <1 1 IS 3025(part 4)1983(RA 2017) 5

2 Odour - No Odour

Observed

No Odour


3 Turbidity NTU 7.84 7.98 IS:3025 Part 10-1984(Reaff: 2017) 1

4 pH at 25 °C - 1 0.7 IS :3025 Part 11-1983(Reaff: 2017) 6.5-8.5

5 Conductivity at 25 °C μS/cm 978 910 IS :3025 Part 14- 1984 (Reaff:2017) Not Specified

6 Total dissolved solids mg/l 594 537 IS :3025 Part 16-1984(Reaff: 2017) 500

7 Total Suspended solids mg/l <2 <2 IS :3025 Part 17-1984(Reaff: 2017) Not Specified


CaCO3 mg/l 206 325 IS : 3025 Part 23-1986(Reaff: 2019) 200



2019) 75


12 Chloride as Cl- mg/l 132 96 IS :3025 Part 32-1988(Reaff: 2019) 250



15 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.10 BDL(<0.05) IS 3025(part 53)1987(Reaff: 2019) 1





S.

No. Parameter Unit

Results

Test procedure

Acceptable

limit as per

IS 10500 :

2012

GW5 GW6


(Reaff:2019)

Not

Specified

19 Potassium as K mg/l 3.7 1.8 IS : 3025 Part 45 -1993

(Reaff:2019)

Not

Specified



















100ml <2 <2 IS–1622-1981 (Reaff –2019) Absent /100ml

36 E.coli MPN/




S.

No. Parameter Unit

Results

Test procedure

Acceptable

limit as per

IS 10500 : 2012 GW7 GW8


2 Odour - No Odour

Observed

No Odour


3 Turbidity NTU BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) IS:3025 Part 10-1984(Reaff: 2017) 1

4 pH at 25 °C - 7.58 7.74 IS :3025 Part 11-1983(Reaff:

2017) 6.5-8.5

5 Conductivity at 25 °C μS/cm 417 1615 IS :3025 Part 14- 1984 (Reaff:2017) Not Specified


2017) 500

7 Total Suspended solids mg/l <2 <2 IS :3025 Part 17-1984(Reaff: 2017) Not Specified


CaCO3 mg/l 118 482 IS : 3025 Part 23-1986(Reaff: 2019) 200



2019) 75

11 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 13.3 37 APHA 23rd EDN -3500 Mg B 30


2019) 250



15 Iron as Fe mg/l BDL(<0.05) 0.05 IS 3025(part 53)1987(Reaff: 2019) 1





S.

No. Parameter Unit

Results

Test procedure

Acceptable

limit as per

IS 10500 : 2012 GW7 GW8



19 Potassium as K mg/l 1 2.7 IS : 3025 Part 45 -1993




















100ml <2 <2 IS–1622-1981 (Reaff –2019) Absent /100ml

36 E.coli MPN/




SURFACE WATER QUALITY:

S.

No Parameter Unit

Results Test procedure

Acceptable

limit as per

IS 10500 :

2012

SW1 SW2

1 Temperature C 26.5 25.6 APHA 23rd EDN -2550B Not Specified

2 Colour Hazen 15 8 APHA 23rd EDN-2120 C 5

3 Odour - No Odour

Observed

No Odour

Observed APHA 23rd EDN -2150 B Agreeable

4 pH at 25°C - 7.94 8.04 IS : 3025 Part 11- 1983 (Reaff: 2017) 6.5-8.5

5 Electrical Conductivity μS/cm 390 472 IS : 3025 Part 14- 1984 (Reaff: 2019) Not Specified

6 Turbidity NTU 1.9 2.1 IS : 3025 Part 10-1984 (Reaff: 2017) 1

7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 215 266 IS : 3025 Part 16-1984 (Reaff: 2017) 500

8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 124 140 IS : 3025 Part 21-1983 (Reaff: 2019) 200

9 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 116 113 IS : 3025 Part 23- 1986(Reaff: 2019) 200

10 Chloride as Cl mg/l 44 70 IS : 3025 Part 32-1988 (Reaff: 2019) 250

11 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 18 20 APHA 23rd EDN - 4500- SO42- E 200

12 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.10 0.21 APHA 23rd EDN - 4500-F B&D 1.00

13 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 4 7 APHA 23rd EDN - 4500- NO3- B 45

14 Ammonia as NH3 mg/l 0.05 0.05 APHA 23rd EDN - 4500- NH3 B&C 0.5

15 Phosphate as PO4 mg/l 0.14 0.02 IS : 3025 Part 31-1988 (Reaff: 2019) Not Specified

16 Sodium as Na mg/l 35 40 IS:3025 Part 45-1993(Reaff: 2019) Not Specified

17 Potassium as K mg/l 1.6 3 IS:3025 Part 45-1993(Reaff: 2019) Not Specified

18 Calcium as Ca mg/l 27 27 IS:3025 Part 40-1991(Reaff: 2019) Not Specified

19 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 13 17 APHA 23rd EDN 3500 Mg B 30



S.

No Parameter Unit

Results

Test Procedure

Acceptable

limit as per

IS 10500 :

2012

SW1 SW2

20 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.10 0.15 IS : 3025 Part 53-2003(Reaff: 2019) 1

21 Manganese as Mn mg/l BDL(<0.02) 0.01 APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.10

22 Anionic Surfactants as MBAS mg/l BDL(<0.025) BDL(<0.025) APHA 23rd EDN -5540 C 0.20

23 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 3 4 IS:3025 Part 17-1984(Reaff: 2017) Not

Specified

24 Dissolved Oxygen as O2 mg/l 6.1 5.9 IS:3025:Part-38:1989(Reaff: 2019) Not

Specified

25 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l 12 14 IS:3025:Part-58:2006(Reaff: 2017) Not

Specified

26 Bio-Chemical Oxygen

Demand @ 27°C for 3 days mg/l <2 <2 IS:3025:Part-44:1993(Reaff: 2019)

Not

Specified

27 Phenolic compounds as

C6H5OH mg/l BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) APHA 23rd EDN 5530 B,C,D 0.001


29 Mercury as Hg mg/l BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) APHA 23rd EDN -3112 B 0.001



32 Total Arsenic as As mg/l BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.01

33 Cyanide as CN mg/l BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) APHA 23rd EDN-4500-CN E 0.05




37 Nickel as Ni mg/l BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.02

38 Oil & Grease

mg/l BDL(<1) BDL(<1) IS:3025:Part-39:1991(Reaff: 2019) Not

Specified

39 Mineral oil mg/l BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) IS:3025:Part-39:1991(Reaff: 2019) 0.5

40 Poly Chlorinated Biphenyls

(PCBs) mg/l

BDL

(<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) APHA 23rd EDN -6630 B 0.0005

41 Poly Nuclear Aromatic

Hydrocarbon as PAH mg/l

BDL

(<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) APHA 23rd EDN -6440 B 0.0001

42 Total Coliform MPN/

100ml 1100 700 IS – 1622 -1981 (Reaff – 2019) -

43 Fecal Coliform MPN/

100ml 80 40 IS – 1622-1981(Reaff – 2019) -



S.

No Parameter Unit

Results Test procedure

Acceptable

limit as per

IS 10500 : 2012

SW3 SW4 SW5

1 Temperature C 27.1 25.5 25.5 APHA 23rd EDN -2550B Not Specified

2 Colour Haze

n 20 25 25 APHA 23rd EDN-2120 C 5

3 Odour - No Odour

Observed

No Odour

Observed

No Odour

Observed APHA 23rd EDN -2150 B Agreeable

4 pH at 25°C - 8.07 7.62 7.62 IS : 3025 Part 11- 1983 (Reaff:

2017) 6.5-8.5

5 Electrical Conductivity μS/c

m 365 298 312

IS : 3025 Part 14- 1984 (Reaff:

2019) Not Specified

6 Turbidity NTU 4.6 4.1 4.1 IS : 3025 Part 10-1984 (Reaff:

2017) 1

7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 225 158 168

IS : 3025 Part 16-1984 (Reaff:

2017) 500

8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 110 75 82 IS : 3025 Part 21-1983 (Reaff:

2019) 200

9 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 96 68 70 IS : 3025 Part 23- 1986(Reaff:

2019) 200

10 Chloride as Cl mg/l 63 41 47 IS : 3025 Part 32-1988 (Reaff:

2019) 250

11 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 15 8 11 APHA 23rd EDN - 4500- SO4

2-

E 200

12 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.10 0.10 0.12 APHA 23rd EDN - 4500-F B&D 1.00

13 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 1 5 3 APHA 23rd EDN - 4500- NO3

-

B 45

14 Ammonia as NH3 mg/l 0.17 0.08 0.11 APHA 23rd EDN - 4500- NH3

B&C 0.5

15 Phosphate as PO4 mg/l 0.22 0.05 0.07 IS : 3025 Part 31-1988 (Reaff:

2019) Not Specified

16 Sodium as Na mg/l 42 26 28 IS:3025 Part 45-1993(Reaff:

2019) Not Specified

17 Potassium as K mg/l 3.9 2.2 3 IS:3025 Part 45-1993(Reaff:

2019) Not Specified

18 Calcium as Ca mg/l 21 17 19 IS:3025 Part 40-1991(Reaff:

2019) Not Specified

19 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 14 7.89 8.3 APHA 23rd EDN 3500 Mg B 30



BDL - Below Detection Limit

S.

No Parameter Unit

Results

Test Procedure

Acceptable

limit as per

IS 10500 : 2012 SW3 SW4 SW5

20 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.18 0.12 0.14 IS : 3025 Part 53-

2003(Reaff: 2019) 1

21 Manganese as Mn

mg/l BDL(<0.02) BDL

(<0.02)

BDL

(<0.02) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.10


MBAS mg/l BDL(<0.025) BDL(<0.025) BDL(<0.025) APHA 23rd EDN -5540 C 0.20

23 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 8 7 8 IS:3025 Part 17-

1984(Reaff: 2017) Not Specified

24 Dissolved Oxygen as O2 mg/l 5.2 6.2 6.1 IS:3025:Part-

38:1989(Reaff: 2019) Not Specified

25 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l 22 17 19 IS:3025:Part-


26 Bio-Chemical Oxygen

Demand @ 27°C for 3 days mg/l 3.1 2.3 2.6

IS:3025:Part-


27 Phenolic compounds as

C6H5OH mg/l BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001)

APHA 23rd EDN 5530

B,C,D 0.001

28 Copper as Cu mg/l BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.05

29 Mercury as Hg mg/l BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) APHA 23rd EDN -3112 B 0.001

30 Cadmium as Cd mg/l BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.003

31 Selenium as Se mg/l BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) APHA 23rd EDN -3113 B 0.01

32 Total Arsenic as As mg/l BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.01

33 Cyanide as CN

mg/l BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) APHA 23rd EDN-4500-CN

E 0.05

34 Lead as Pb mg/l BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.01

35 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.09 0.11 0.15 APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 5.0

36 Total Chromium as Cr mg/l BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.05

37 Nickel as Ni mg/l BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.02

38 Oil & Grease

mg/l BDL(<1) BDL(<1) BDL(<1) IS:3025:Part-


39 Mineral oil mg/l BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) IS:3025:Part-

39:1991(Reaff: 2019) 0.5

40 Poly Chlorinated Biphenyls

(PCBs) mg/l

BDL

(<0.0001)

BDL

(<0.0001)

BDL

(<0.0001) APHA 23rd EDN -6630 B 0.0005

41 Poly Nuclear Aromatic

Hydrocarbon as PAH mg/l

BDL

(<0.0001)

BDL

(<0.0001)

BDL

(<0.0001) APHA 23rd EDN -6440 B 0.0001

42 Total Coliform MPN/

100ml >1600 >1600 >1600

IS – 1622 -1981 (Reaff –

2019) -

43 Fecal Coliform MPN/

100ml 240 110 170

IS – 1622-1981(Reaff –

2019) -



3.6.2 BASELINE GROUND WATER QUALITY

pH of ground water samples varied from 7.56 to 7.98. Turbidity was found 0.5 to 1.0 NTU,

Total Dissolved Solids varied in the range of 245 to 936 mg/L. Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

varied from 120 to 727 mg/L. Total Alkalinity varied from 118 to 482 mg/L. Chlorides and

Sulfates are found in the range of 45 to 292 mg/L and 39 to 296 mg/L respectively.

Sr.

No.

Criteria Pollutants Unit Maximum

Value

Minimum

Value

Desirable

Limit

Maximum

Permissible

Limit

1. pH pH Scale 7.98 7.56 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

2. Total Suspended Solids mg/L <2 <2 80 120

3. Total Hardness mg/L 727 120 300 600

4. Fluoride mg/L 0.17 0.42 1 1.5

5. Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 936 245 500 2000

6. Chlorides mg/L 292 45 250 1000

7. Zinc mg/L 0.05 0.15 5 15

3.6.3 BASELINE SURFACE WATER QUALITY

pH of surface water samples was found 7.62 to 8.04. Turbidity was found 1.9 to 4.6 NTU,

Total Dissolved Solids was found 158 to 266 mg/L. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) are found

75 to 140 mg/L. Total Alkalinity varied from 68 to 116 mg/L. Chlorides and Sulfates are

found 41 to 70 mg/L and 8 to 20 mg/L respectively.

Sr.

No.

Criteria

Pollutants

Unit Maximum

Value

Minimum Value

1. pH pH Scale 8.04 7.62

2. Total

Alkalinity

mg/L 116 68

3. Total

Hardness

mg/L 140 75

4. Total

Dissolved

Solids

mg/L 266 158

3.6.4 INTERPRETATION:

Ground Water Quality: Based on comparison study with drinking water standards, it is

interpreted that water samples collected from the villages should not be directly used in

drinking but can be used in other domestic purposes like washing, bathing and irrigation.

Results of copper, lead in the water sample of all the villages are found below detectable.



It can be observed that ground water qualities in terms of various essential and desirable

characteristics are found within the limits specified by IS 10500:2012.

Surface Water Quality: There are three ponds considered in the study area. However,

this water is not used for domestic/industrial activities; as the raw water is easily

available through pipelines of local authorities. These water sources cannot be utilized

for drinking but the water of these ponds can be used in irrigation. The water quality is

good and it was observed that all the parameters are well within the range of acceptance

criteria as per IS: 10500.

3.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.7.1 SOIL QUALITY

Soil samples were collected from 8 locations during March 03, 2021 to March 09, 2021

within the study area to assess its physico-chemical characteristics. The analysis results

of soil samples are given in Table 3.7.

TABLE – 3.7

PHYSICO-CHEMICALS CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL

S.

No. Parameters Test Methods S1 S2 S3 S4

1 pH IS -2720(Part 26) 1987(RA 2011) 7.85 8.11 7.98 8.25

2 Bulk Density, g/cc FAO Chapter 3, ABCTL/SOIL/SOP 1 1.41 1.32 1.42 1.29

3 Electrical Conductivity,

mS/cm IS -14767:2000 (RA 2010) 0.096 0.134 0.071 0.116

4 Total Nitrogen, kg/ha IS -14684:1999, Reaff:2008 184 235 178 203

5 Available Phosphorous,

kg/ha FAO Chapter 3, ABCTL/SOIL/SOP 2 32.8 21.5 19.8 38.5

6 Available Potassium, kg/ha FAO Chapter 3, ABCTL/SOIL/SOP 7 265 352 274 390

7 Exchangeable Calcium as

Ca,m.eq/100g FAO Chapter 3, ABCTL/SOIL/SOP 4 12.2 14.8 11.5 15.1

8 Exchangeable Magnesium

as Mg, m.eq/100g FAO Chapter 3, ABCTL/SOIL/SOP 5 3.71 4.53 3.91 4.66

9 Exchangeable Sodium as

Na, m.eq/100g FAO Chapter 3, ABCTL/SOIL/SOP 6 0.85 1.41 0.96 1.29

10 Organic matter (%) IS 2720 (Part 22):1972, Reaff:2010 1.12 1.47 1.09 1.52

10 Texture Classification

Robinson Pipette Method

Loam Clay

Loam Loam

Clay

Loam

11 Sand (%) 39.6 38.6 40.5 41

12 Clay (%) 25 33.5 26 32.8

13 Silt (%) 35.4 27.9 33.5 26.2



S.

No. Parameters Test Methods S5 S6 S7 S8

1 pH IS -2720(Part 26) 1987(RA 2011) 8.34 8.04 8.25 7.74

2 Bulk Density, g/cc FAO Chapter 3, ABCTL/SOIL/SOP 1 1.21 1.38 1.33 1.42

3 Electrical Conductivity,

mS/cm IS -14767:2000 (RA 2010) 0.178 0.105 0.151 0.088

4 Total Nitrogen, kg/ha IS -14684:1999, Reaff:2008 295 181 224 182

5 Available Phosphorous,

kg/ha FAO Chapter 3, ABCTL/SOIL/SOP 2 41 32.8 36 21.9

6 Available Potassium, kg/ha FAO Chapter 3, ABCTL/SOIL/SOP 7 348 266 384 331

7 Exchangeable Calcium as

Ca,m.eq/100g FAO Chapter 3, ABCTL/SOIL/SOP 4 19.6 12 15.1 11.3

8 Exchangeable Magnesium

as Mg, m.eq/100g FAO Chapter 3, ABCTL/SOIL/SOP 5 5.05 3.98 4.33 3.15

9 Exchangeable Sodium as Na,

m.eq/100g FAO Chapter 3, ABCTL/SOIL/SOP 6 1.48 1.09 1.67 1.18

10 Organic matter (%) IS 2720 (Part 22):1972, Reaff:2010 1.37 0.97 1.15 1.32

10 Texture Classification

Robinson Pipette Method

Clay Loam Clay

Loam Loam

11 Sand (%) 28.7 36.6 35.4 42.8

12 Clay (%) 51.4 25.3 36.1 27.1

13 Silt (%) 19.9 38.1 28.5 30.1

3.7.2 SUMMARY OF SOIL QUALITY

Parameters like Potassium, Calcium, Total Nitrogen, Bulk Density, etc. were considered.

Based on the soil analysis report, the following can be concluded:

Sr. No. Criteria Pollutants Unit Maximum Value Minimum Value

1. pH pH Scale 8.34 7.74

2. Potassium (K) mg/kg 390 265

3. Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.42 1.21

4. Calcium mg/kg 19.6 11.3

5. Total Nitrogen Kg/ha 295 178

6. Organic matter % 1.52 0.97

7. Available Phosphorus KG/HA 41 19.8

3.7.3 INTERPRETATION

The porosity of soils can be considered as moderate too good for air and water

movement in the soil and the pH of soils are slightly alkaline. The concentration of

available Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potassium in the soil samples signifies that the soil

of the area is fertile.



3.7.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

The soil of the district is mostly sandy, mixed sandy. In a few other places the soil is mixed

with soda or other alkaline or stony. Rocks found in and near the surface are in detached

masses. Altogether the soil of the district cannot be considered rich or very fertile. The

alluvial soil - the most fertile type, is found on the banks of Kosasthalaiyar and Araniyar

and other major rivers. The soil found nearer the sea coast is of the inferior type which is

most suited for raising casurina. Laterite soil is the predominant soil type in Thiruvallur

district accounting for 63.2% of the total area under cultivation. Red loam and black soil

account for 28% in the district soil map. Over 13.7% of soils suffer from salinity/alkalinity.

13.2% of soil are with problems of water logging and marshy land. Sands, desert/coastal

soils account for 3.0%.

FIGURE-3.3

SOIL CHARACTERISTICS



3.8 GEOLOGICAL, HYDROLOGICAL & DRAINAGE DATA

The Thiruvallur district can be geologically classified into hard rock and sedimentary

(alluvial) formation. This district is principally made up of Archaean, upper Gondwana and

the tertiary formations. These are over laid by laterites and alluvium. The oldest of the

crystalline rocks of Archaean age are of Biotite and Hornblende Gneiss, Charnockite and

granite. These are intruded by Amphibole dykes, and occasionally with veins of quartz

and pegmatites.

FIGURE-3.4

MAJOR GEOLOGICAL FEATURES



3.8.1 HYDROLOGY

Dams and reservoir: The only dam in the district is across the river Kosasthalaiyar river

named as Sathiyamoorthi sagar and was constructed in 1994. The designed capacity of

the dam is 97.98MCM. There are three reservoirs at Red hills, Cholavaram,

Chembarambakkam with the capacity of 93.46, 25.30, 103.23 MCM respectively. Water

at Sathiyamoorthy dam and all the three reservoirs are used for only chennai city water

supply.

River basins: Araniyar, Kusasthalaiyar, Adyar and Cooum are the four rivers in the

district. Araniyar and Kosasthaliyar originate in Andra Pradesh, whereas Cooum and

Adyar originate from surplus courses of Cooum of tank in Thiruvallur taluk and

Chembarambakkam tank in Sriperumpudur taluk respectively. In respect of basinwise

ground water availability the average annual rainfall of the four river basin is 1039mm.

FIGURE-3.5

HYDROLOGY PATTERN



3.8.2 DRAINAGE PATTERN

Araniyar, Korattalayar, Cooum, Nagari and Nandhi are the important rivers. The drainage

pattern, in general, is dendritic. All the rivers are seasonal and carry substantial flows

during monsoon period. Korattaliar river water is supplied to Cholavaram and Red Hill

tanks by constructing an Anicut at Vellore Tambarambakkam. After filling a number of

tanks on its further course, the river empties into the Ennore creek a few kilometres

north of Chennai. The Cooum river, flowing across the southern part of the district, has

its origin in the surplus waters of the Cooum tank in Tiruvallur taluk and also receives the

surplus waters of a number of tanks. It feeds the Chembarambakkam tank through a

channel. It finally drains into the Bay of Bengal.

FIGURE-3.6

DRAINAGE PATTERN



3.9 LAND USE PATTERN

AREAS UNDER DIFFERENT LAND USE

Sr. No LU Class Area in Ha Area in %

1 Agriculture 16593.75 51

2 Forest 5397.69 16.6

3 Industrial Area 463.84 1.4

4 Residential Area 3769.08 12.0

13 Scrubland 5025.96 15.5

14 Water body 3352.56 10.3

TOTAL 32510.53 100

FIGURE – 3.7

LAND USE / LAND COVER



3.10 TOPOSHEET (KEY INFRASTRUCTURE)

FIGURE 3.8

TOPOSHEET (KEY INFRASTRUCTURE)



3.11 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Introduction: The climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex

interrelationship and composition of the species, which are adapted to these variations,

have resulted in different vegetation cover, characteristic of each region. The ecology of

the study area is briefly discussed in this subsection. The study is mostly surrounded by

the rural area.The fallow land prevails majority occupancy in study area following

agriculture land and industries.

Environmental Impact Assessments have become an integral part of development project

to formulate policies and guidelines for environmentally sound economic development.

Proper assessment of biological environment and compilation of its taxonomical data is

essential for the impact prediction.

A base line Survey has been carried out to appraise the terrestrial flora and fauna within

study areas of 10 km radius around the industry project site.

Methodology: Floral and Faunal species were observed within the 10 km aerial radius

from the project site using point sampling method by random sampling.

Table 3.8: Methodology for evaluation of biodiversity status of study area

Plants

Tree Random Sampling by 10-meter radius circular plot

Shrubs Random Sampling by 10-meter radius circular plot

Herbs Random Sampling by 1-meter x 1-meter square

plot

Birds

Terrestrial Random Point centered quadrate in 10-meter

radius

Aquatic Random Line sampling - Total count &Flock count

Herpetofauna

Terrestrial/Aquatic Random Pint sampling 10-meter radius circular

plot

Indirect evidence Randomly Survey in the village with the help of

pictorial representation

Direct Evidence Through Random Survey and Direct Sightings.

Mammals Direct Count Random Line transect

Indirect evidence Surveys in the villages with the help of pictorial

representation

Ecological Information about the project site:

The study area is have different ecosystems such as Forests of Chittoor districts Andhra

Pradesh and Thiruvallur district of Tamilnadu. These are good biodiversity areas. Along

with this there are many seasonal water bodies and river present all over the study area.

There are big scrublands also present adjacent to forest as well as human settlements. All

these habitats is a home to different kind of Biodiversity and the details of the same is

given below:



Ecology of the study area:

Table 3.9 FLORA:

S.No Scientific Name Common Name

Tree

1 Azadirachta indica Neem

2 Ficus benghalensis Bargat

3 Acacia nilotica Babool

4 Cocos nucifera Coconut

5 Ficus amplissima Bat tree

6 Aegle marmelos Bel

7 Mangifera indica Mango

8 Tamarindus indica Tamarind

9 Albizzia lebbeck Kala Siras

10 Delonix regia Gulmohr

11 Citrus medica Stock Melon

12 Emblica officinalis Amla

13 Euphorbia tirucalli Pencil plant

14 Musa paradise Banana

15 Pongamia pinnata Karanja

16 Wattakaka volubilis Sneeze Wort

17 Syzygium cumini Jamun

18 Tectona grandis Teak

19 Sida cordifolia Country Mallow

Shrubs

1 Jatropha curcus Ratanjoti

2 Solanum indicum Ubhiringon

3 Lantana camara Wild Sage

4 Jatropha glandulifera Glandular Jatropha

5 Datura metel Dhutura

6 Abrus precatorius Coral bead vine

7 Asparagus racemosus Shatavari

8 Cressa cretica Rudravanti

9 Flueggea leucopyrus Bushweed

10 Jasminum sessiliflorum Kuruvilaangkodi

11 Morinda pubescens Indian Mulberry

12 Pavetta indica Indian Pavetta

13 Vitex trifolia Lagundi

14 Solanum pubescens Turkey berry

15 Tridax procumbens Tridax daisy

16 Cassia tora Chakvad

17 Neptunia oleracea Water mimosa

18 Ochna obtusata Golden champak

19 Euphorbia geniculata Fireplant

20 Plumba gozeylanica White leadwort

21 Opuntia dillenii Prickly pear



Herbs

1 Xanthium strumarium Common cocklebur

2 Dinebra retroflexa Viper grass

3 Cynodon dactylon Durba grass

4 Mimosa pudica Lajwanti

5 Parthenium hysterophorus Gajarghas

6 Phyllanthus amarus Bahupatra

7 Sporobolus fertilis Giant Parramatta Grass

8 Pancium paludosum Torpedo Grass

9 Schoeno plectusacutus Bulrush

10 Tridax procumbens Tridax Daisy

11 Oldenlandia corymbosa Daman pappad

12 Typha angustata Ramban

13 Tribulus terrestris Mithugokhru

14 Sida cordifolia Flannel weed

15 Aerva lanata Chaya

16 Ocimum bacillicum Sweet basil

17 Dactyloctenium aegyptium Crowfoot grass

18 Sporoboluscoro mandelianus Smut grass

Climbers

1 Coccin iaindica Kundru

2 Cissampelos pareira Abutua

3 Cardiospermum halicacabum Balloon Vine

4 Coccinia grandis Ivy Gourd

Table 3.10 FAUNA

FAUNA

Mammals

Sr.

No Local Name Scientific Name IUCN Status

WPA

Schedule

1 Small Indian civet Viverricula indica LC IV

2 Hanuman langur Presbytis entellus LC II

3 Common Indian hare Lepus nigricollis LC IV

4 Common Indian

mongoose Herpestes edwardsi LC II

5 Asian house shrew Suncus murinus LC IV

6 Five-striped palm

squirrel Funambulus pennantii LC IV

7 House mouse Mus musculus LC V

8 Indian flying fox Pteropus giganteus LC V

9 Lesser mouse-tailed

Bat Rhinopoma hardwickii LC

V

BIRDS

Sr.

No Common Name Scientific Name IUCN Status

WPA

Schedule



1 Lesser Whistling-Duck Dendrocygna javanica LC IV

2 Knob-billed Duck Sarkidiornis melanotos LC IV

3 Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus LC I

4 Common Quail Coturnix coturnix LC IV

5 Rain Quail Coturnix

coromandelica LC

IV

6 Gray Francolin Francolinus

pondicerianus LC

IV

7 Little Grebe Tachybaptus ruficolli LC IV

8 Rock Pigeon Columba livia LC V

9 Eurasian Collared-

Dove Streptopelia decaocto LC

IV

10 Red Collared-Dove Streptopelia

tranquebarica LC

IV

11 Laughing Dove Streptopelia

senegalensis LC

IV

12 Pied Cuckoo Clamator jacobinus LC IV

13 Asian Koel Eudynamys

scolopaceus LC

IV

14 Common Cuckoo Cuculus canorus LC IV

15 House Swift Apus affinis LC IV

16 Eurasian Moorhen Gallinula chloropus LC IV

17 Eurasian Coot Fulica atra LC IV

18 Gray-headed

Swamphen

Porphyrio

poliocephalus LC

IV

19 White-breasted

Waterhen

Amaurornis

phoenicurus LC

IV

20 Black-winged Stilt Himantopus

himantopus LC

IV

21 Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus LC IV

22 Greater Painted-

Snipe

Rostratula

benghalensis LC

IV

23 Common Sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos LC IV

24 Marsh Sandpiper Tringa stagnatilis LC IV

25 River Tern Sterna aurantia LC IV

26 Asian Openbill Anastomus oscitans LC IV

27 Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala Near-threatened IV

28 Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax

fuscicollis LC

IV

29 Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger LC IV

30 Great Cormorant Phalacrocorax carbo LC IV

31 Cinnamon Bittern Ixobrychus

cinnamomeus LC

IV

32 Gray Heron Ardea cinerea LC IV

33 Purple Heron Ardea purpurea LC IV

34 Great Egret Ardea alba LC IV



35 Intermediate Egret Ardea intermedia LC IV

36 Little Egret Egretta garzetta LC IV

37 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis LC IV

38 Indian Pond-Heron Ardeola grayi LC IV

39 Glossy Ibis Plegadis falcinellus LC IV

40 Black-headed Ibis Threskiornis

melanocephalus Near-threatened

IV

41 Red-naped Ibis Pseudibis papillosa LC IV

42 Oriental Honey-

buzzard Pernis ptilorhynchus LC

I

43 Shikra Accipiter badius LC I

44 Spotted Owlet Athene brama LC IV

45 Eurasian Hoopoe Upupa epops LC IV

46 Common Kingfisher Alcedo atthis LC IV

47 White-throated

Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis LC

IV

48 Pied Kingfisher Ceryle rudis LC IV

49 Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis LC IV

50 Coppersmith Barbet Psilopogon

haemacephalus LC

IV

51 Black-rumped

Flameback Dinopium benghalense LC

IV

52 Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri LC IV

53 White-browed Fantail Rhipidura aureola LC IV

54 Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus LC IV

55 Ashy Drongo Dicrurus leucophaeus LC IV

56 White-bellied Drongo Dicrurus caerulescens LC IV

57 Bay-backed Shrike Lanius vittatus LC IV

58 Long-tailed Shrike Lanius schach LC IV

59 Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius LC IV

60 Graceful Prinia Prinia gracilis LC IV

61 Ashy Prinia Prinia socialis LC IV

62 Booted Warbler Iduna caligata LC IV

63 Paddyfield Warbler Acrocephalus agricola LC IV

64 Dusky Crag-Martin Ptyonoprogne

concolor LC

IV

65 Barn Swallow Hirundo rustica LC IV

66 Wire-tailed Swallow Hirundo smithii LC IV

67 Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer LC IV

68 Greenish Warbler Phylloscopus

trochiloides LC

IV

69 Common Babbler Turdoides caudata LC IV

70 Large Gray Babbler Turdoides malcolmi LC IV

71 Jungle Babbler Turdoides striata LC IV

72 Brahminy Starling Sturnia pagodarum LC IV

73 Indian Robin Copsychus fulicatus LC IV



74 Oriental Magpie-

Robin Copsychus saularis LC

IV

75 Tickell's Blue

Flycatcher Cyornis tickelliae LC

IV

76 Bluethroat Luscinia svecica LC IV

77 Red-breasted

Flycatcher Ficedula parva LC

IV

78 Black Redstart Phoenicurus ochruros LC IV

79 Pied Bushchat Saxicola caprata LC IV

80 Purple Sunbird Cinnyris asiaticus LC IV

81 Black-breasted

Weaver Ploceus benghalensis LC

IV

82 Red Avadavat Amandava amandava LC IV

83 Indian Silverbill Euodice malabarica LC IV

84 Yellow-throated

Sparrow Gymnoris xanthocollis LC

IV

85 Gray Wagtail Motacilla cinerea LC IV

86 Western Yellow

Wagtail Motacilla flava LC

IV

87 Citrine Wagtail Motacilla citreola LC IV

88 White Wagtail Motacilla alba LC IV

89 Paddyfield Pipit Anthus rufulus LC IV

90 Long-billed Pipit Anthus similis LC IV

Reptilia

Sr.

No. Common Name Scientific Name IUCN Status

WPA

Schedule

1 Brooke's house gecko Hemidactylus brookii LC -

2 Yellow-bellied house

gecko

Hemidactylus

flaviviridis LC

IV

3 Oriental garden

lizard Calotes versicolor LC

IV

4 Common Indian

monitor Varanus bengalensis LC

IV

5 Rough-tailed sand

boa. Gongylophis conicus LC

II

6 Buff striped keelback Amphiesma stolatum LC II

7 Indian wolf snake Lycodon aulicus LC II

8 Indian ratsnake Ptyas mucosa LC II

9 Common krait Bungarus caeruleus LC II

10 Indian cobra Naja naja LC II

11 Russell's viper Daboia russelii LC II

12 Indian soft-shelled

turtle Lissemys punctata LC

I

Amphibia

Sr.


WPA

Schedule



1 Asian common toad Duttaphrynus

melanostictus LC

IV

2 Indian cricket frog Fejervarya limnocharis LC IV

3 Indian burrowing frog Sphaerotheca

breviceps LC

IV

Insects

Sr.


WPA

Schedule

1 Damselfly Ceriagrion

coromandelianum LC

IV

2 Katydid Microcentrum

rhombifolium LC

IV

3 Field cricket Gryllus domesticus LC IV

4 Mole cricket Gryllotalpa orientalis LC IV

5 Grasshopper Schistocerca gregaria LC IV

6 Cockroach Periplaneta americana LC IV

7 Termite Odontotermes obesus LC IV

8 Cicada Platypleura

octoguttata LC

IV

9 Mosquito Aedes species LC IV

10 Mosquito Anopheles species LC IV

11 Long-legged flies Condylostylus species LC IV

12 Flower fly Sphaerophoria

scutellaris LC

IV

13 Blow fly Lucilia illustris LC IV

14 House fly Musca domestica LC IV

15 Moth Syntomis passalis LC IV

16 Plain tiger Danaus chrysippus LC IV

17 Common tiger Danaus genutia LC IV

18 Common Indian crow Euploea core LC IV

19 Paper wasp Ropalidia variegata LC IV

20 Thread-waisted wasp Sphex lobatus LC IV

21 Carpenter bee Xylocopa virginica LC IV

22 Honey bee Apis dorsata LC IV

23 Honey bee Apis florea LC IV

24 Black ant Camponotus

compressus LC

IV

25 Weaver ant Oecophylla

smaragdina LC

IV

26 ant Crematogaster soror LC IV

27 Tent-weaver spider Cyrtophora citricola LC IV

28 Orb-web spider Argiope anasuja LC IV

29 Spiny-backed spider Thelacantha

brevispina LC

IV

30 Scorpion Orthochirus flavescens LC IV

31 Centipede Scolopendra cingulata LC IV



32 Earthworm Pheretima posthuma LC IV

Details of Presence of Schedule-I species

Study Area: M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD, Plot No:A7, SIPCOT Industrial Complex, Village:

Thervoykandigai; Taluk: Gummidipoondi; District: Thiruvallur; State: Tamil Nadu

a) Whether there is presence of schedule-I species?

The Schedule- I species as per Wildlife Protection Act -1972 are:

Sr.

No. Animal Type

Scientific Name

(Zoological Name) Local Name

WPA

Status IUCN Status

1 Oriental honey

buzzard Pernis ptilorhynchus Madhiyo baj I LC

2 Black kite Milvus migrans Samadi I LC

3 Shikra Accipiter badius Shakro I LC

4 Indian peafowl Pavo cristatus Mor I LC

5 Indian flapshell

turtle Lissemys punctata Kachbo LC I

b) Whether conservation plan for schedule-I species has been prepared?

Conservation Plan for Schedule – I species documented from project site

Introduction

A detailed biological survey of the core zone (Project site) and buffer zone (10 km

radius from periphery of the project site) was carried out giving details of flora

and fauna. However, peacock which belongs to Schedule I of the Wildlife

(Protection) Act 1972 are the only species of fauna found in the study area.

A detailed field survey was carried out for complete documentation of floral as well as

faunal biodiversity for the core zone which is at Project site and the buffer zone which is

10 km aerial circular area from the project site. The Oriental Honey Buzzard (Pernis

ptilorhynchus), Black Kite (Milvus migrans), Shikra (Accipiter badius), Indian Peafowl (Pavo

cristatus) among the birds, Indian flapshell turtle(Lissemys punctata) among the reptiles

was recorded from the study area and these faunal species belongs to Schedule – I of the

Wildlife Protection Act – 1972. Following are species wise conservation plans and also

generalized measures for their conservation.

- Oriental Honey Buzzard (Pernis ptilorhynchus)

Scientific classification

Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Chordata

Class: Aves

Order: Accipitriformes

Family: Accipitridae

Genus: Pernis

Species: P. ptilorhynchus



Binomial name

Pernis ptilorhynchus

General Description of the species

Despite its name, this species is not related to Buteobuzzards, and is taxonomically closer

to the kites. It appears long-necked with a small head (resembling that of a pigeon), and

soars on flat wings. The head lacks a strong superciliary ridge, giving it a facial appearance

very unlike a raptor. It has a long tail and a short head crest. It is brown above, but not as

dark as European honey buzzard, and paler below. A dark throat stripe is present.

Unusually for a large bird of prey, the sexes can be distinguished. The male has a blue-

grey head, while the female's head is brown. She is slightly larger and darker than the

male. The male has a black tail with a white band. It is larger and longer-winged than its

western counterpart, the European honey buzzard, Pernis apivorus.

Breeding of the species

It breeds in Asia from central Siberia east to Japan. It is a summer migrant to Siberia,

wintering in tropical Southeast Asia. Elsewhere, it is more-or-less resident.

Food Habits&Behaviour of the Species

It is a specialist feeder, living mainly on the larvae of social bees and wasps, and eating

bits of comb and honey. It takes other small insect prey such as cicadas. The crested

honey buzzard breeds in woodland, and is inconspicuous except in the spring, when the

mating display includes wing-clapping. The display of roller-coasting in flight and

fluttering wings at the peak of the ascent are characteristic of the genus Pernis.

Conservation and Its relationship with Humans

In present study area it is very common bird of prey and can be easily seen everywhere. It

have very good adaptability to every ecosystems such as Agro, Urban, Rural, Forest and

Wetlands. As it prefers the larvae of social bees and wasps, and eating bits of comb and

honey. It takes other small insect prey such as cicadas as food and so it is very much

associated to humans. But in this study area neither any such threat to the species

observed nor any harm by humans practiced. The species is well associated with human

habitations without any problem.

Probable Threats to the species

- This is large bird of prey and it prefers large trees for roosting and nesting so

decreasing amount of such trees is kind of direct threat to the species.

- It prefers social bees and wasps for food as well as bits of honey comb so the

indirect loss of such species can disturb the food availability of Honey buzzard. It

also prey upon small insects such as cicadas so application of various pesticides

can indirectly harm the species.

- Global Warming and Air pollution can harm this species in seasonal migration and

the health of the species.



Conservation Measures

Direct and indirect approach is required to provide effective conservation, which is

recommended as under:

- Increasing the tree cover in the study area which will provide shelter and roosting

to theHoney Buzzard. This can be achieved by planting of trees (a group of trees

that grow close together, generally without many bushes or other plants) in

buffer area. By encouraging people for plantation of some local species such as

Neem, Shirish, Khakhro, Haldu, Amli, Banyan, Peepal and Peeper or other Ficus

sp.Vacant places such as edges of agricultural fields, village Gauchar, Panchayat’s

common land, neighbourhood of people inhibiting, road side avenue tree

plantation, open scrubs, ravines, school compounds can be selected for practicing

the plantation activity.

- Awareness programmes (community and school level) for conservation of Bird of

Preys in the study area as well as negative effects of Chemical pesticide and how it

is harmful to the food chain of such species is very essential and the same can be

achieved through organizing competitions during “Wildlife Week” celebrations by

active involvement of local community.

- Some provision of rewards to informers for the control of poaching and illegal

trade in wildlife.

- Carrying out census and research projects to know the potential threats and

population status of the species in collaboration of local schools, colleges,

panchayats and forest department.

- Suggest strategies to minimize negative impacts of changing environment in

nearby area of OrientalHoney buzzard populations and to promote conservation

of habitats.

- Another way to help preserve the endangered species is to create society

dedicated to ecological ethics. All the conservation measures will be implemented

with the help of and in the consultation of the district forest department.

- With the objective of effectively protecting the wild life and to control poaching,

smuggling and illegal trade in wildlife and its derivatives, the Government of India

enacted Wild Life (Protection) Act 1972. The Act was amended in January 2003

and punishment and penalty for offences under the Act have been made more

stringent.



- Black Kite (Milvus migrans)


Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Chordata

Class: Aves



Genus: Milvus

Species: M. migrans

Binomial name

Milvus migrans


The black kite (Milvus migrans) is a medium-sized bird of prey in the family Accipitridae,

which also includes many other diurnal raptors. It is thought to be the world's most

abundant species of Accipitridae, although some populations have experienced dramatic

declines or fluctuations. Current global population estimates run up to 6 million

individuals. Unlike others of the group, black kites are opportunistic hunters and are

more likely to scavenge. They spend a lot of time soaring and gliding in thermals in search

of food. Their angled wing and distinctive forked tail make them easy to identify. They are

also vociferous with a shrill whinnying call. This kite is widely distributed through the

temperate and tropical parts of Eurasia and parts of Australasia and Oceania, with the

temperate region populations tending to be migratory. Several subspecies are recognized

and formerly had their own English names. The European populations are small, but the

South Asian population is very large.

The species is found in Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia. The temperate populations of

this kite tend to be migratory while the tropical ones are resident. European and central

Asian birds (subspecies M. m. migrans and black-eared kite M. m. lineatus, respectively)

are migratory, moving to the tropics in winter, but races in warmer regions such as the

Indian M. m. govinda (small Indian/pariah kite), or the Australasian M. m. affinis (fork-

tailed kite), are resident. In some areas such as in the United Kingdom, the black kite

occurs only as a wanderer on migration.

In India, the population of M. m. govinda is particularly large especially in areas of high

human population. Here the birds avoid heavily forested regions. A survey in 1967 in the

150 square kilometres of the city of New Delhi produced an estimate of about 2200 pairs

or roughly 15 per square kilometre. Another survey in 2013 estimated 150 pairs for every

10 square kilometres.


The breeding season of black kites in India begins in winter (mainly January and

February), the young birds fledging before the monsoons. The nest is a rough platform of

twigs and rags placed in a tree. Nest sites may be reused in subsequent years. The nests

may sometimes be decorated with bright materials such as white plastic and a study in

Spain suggests that they may have a role in signalling to keep away other kites. After



pairing, the male frequently copulates with the female. Unguarded females may be

approached by other males, and extra pair copulations are frequent. Males returning

from a foraging trip will frequently copulate on return, as this increases the chances of his

sperm fertilizing the eggs rather than a different male. Both the male and female take

part in nest building, incubation and care of chicks. The typical clutch size is 2 or

sometimes 3 eggs. The incubation period varies from 30–34 days. Chicks of the Indian

population stayed at the nest for nearly two months. Chicks hatched later in European

populations appeared to fledge faster. The care of young by the parents also rapidly

decreased with the need for adults to migrate. Siblings show aggression to each other

and often the weaker chick may be killed, but parent birds were found to preferentially

feed the smaller chicks in experimentally altered nests. Newly hatched young have down

(prepennae) which are sepia on the back and black around the eye and buff on the head,

neck and underparts. This is replaced by brownish-gray second down (preplumulae).

After 9–12 days, the second down appears on the whole body except the top of the head.

Body feathers begin to appear after 18 to 22 days. The feathers on the head become

noticeable from the 24th to 29th day. The nestlings initially feed on food fallen at the

bottom of the nest and begin to tear flesh after 33–39 days. They are able to stand on

their legs after 17–19 days and begin flapping their wings after 27–31 days. After 50 days,

they begin to move to branches next to the nest. Birds are able to breed after their

second year. Parent birds guard their nest and will dive aggressively at intruders. Humans

who intrude the nest appear to be recognized by birds and singled out for dive attacks.


Black kites are most often seen gliding and soaring on thermals as they search for food.

The flight is buoyant and the bird glides with ease, changing directions easily. They will

swoop down with their legs lowered to snatch small live prey, fish, household refuse and

carrion, for which behaviour they are known in British military slang as the shite-hawk.

They are opportunist hunters and have been known to take birds, bats, and rodents. They

are attracted to smoke and fires, where they seek escaping prey. Black kites in Spain prey

on nestling waterfowl especially during summer to feed their young. Predation of nests of

other pairs of black kites has also been noted. Kites have also been seen to tear and carry

away the nests of baya weavers in an attempt to obtain eggs or chicks.


This species is very commonly found in human settlements as well as around agricultural

habitats and scrublands near human habitations. This species is given special attention as

it is included under Schedule-I of the Wildlife Protection Act-1972.

The Indian populations are well adapted to living in cities and are found in densely

populated areas. Large numbers may be seen soaring in thermals over cities. In some

places, they will readily swoop and snatch food held by humans.The birds avoid heavily

forested regions. A survey in 1967 in the 150 square kilometres of the city of New Delhi

produced an estimate of about 2200 pairs or roughly 15 per square kilometre. Another

survey in 2013 estimated 150 pairs for every 10 square kilometres.




- Black kites often perch on electric wires and are frequent victims of electrocution.

- Their habit of swooping to pick up dead rodents or other roadkill leads to collisions

with vehicles.

- Instances of mass poisoning as a result of feeding on poisoned pests in agricultural

fields.

- As a large raptorial bird, the black kite has few natural predators. However, they do

have a single serious predator: the Eurasian eagle-owl (Bubo bubo).

- Like most bird species, they have parasites, several species of endoparasitic

trematodes are known and some Digenea species that are transmitted via fishes.

- In this study area there are no such threats have been observed for this species.





to theBlack Kite. This can be achieved by planting of trees (a group of trees that

grow close together, generally without many bushes or other plants) in buffer

area. By encouraging people for plantation of some local species such as Neem,

Shirish, Khakhro, Haldu, Amli, Banyan, Peepal and Peeper or other Ficus sp.Vacant

places such as edges of agricultural fields, village Gauchar, Panchayat’s common

land, neighbourhood of people inhibiting, road side avenue tree plantation, open

scrubs, ravines, school compounds can be selected for practicing the plantation

activity.







trade in wildlife.





nearby area of Black Kite populations and to promote conservation of habitats.








stringent.



- Shikra (Accipiter badius)


Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Chordata

Class: Aves



Genus: Accipiter

Species: A. badius

Binomial name

Accipiter badius


The shikra (Accipiter badius) is a small bird of prey in the family Accipitridae found widely

distributed in Asia and Africa where it is also called the little banded goshawk. The

African forms may represent a separate species but have usually been considered as

subspecies of the shikra. The shikra is very similar in appearance to other sparrow hawk

species including the Chinese goshawk and Eurasian sparrowhawk. They have a sharp two

note call and have the typical flap and glide flight. Their calls are imitated by drongos and

the common hawk-cuckoo resembles it in plumage.

The shikra is a small raptor (26–30 cm long) and like most other Accipiter hawks, this

species has short rounded wings and a narrow and somewhat long tail. Adults are whitish

on the underside with fine rufous bars while the upperparts are grey. The lower belly is

less barred and the thighs are whitish. Males have a red iris while the females have a less

red (yellowish orange) iris and brownish upperparts apart from heavier barring on the

underparts. The females are slightly larger. The mesial stripe on the throat is dark but

narrow. In flight the male seen from below shows a light wing lining (underwing coverts)

and has blackish wing tips. When seen from above the tail bands are faintly marked on

the lateral tail feathers and not as strongly marked as in the Eurasian sparrowhawk. The

central tail feathers are unbanded and only have a dark terminal band. Juveniles have

dark streaks and spots on the upper breast and the wing is narrowly barred while the tail

has dark but narrow bands. A post juvenile transitional plumage is found with very strong

barring on the contour feathers of the underside. The call is pee-wee, the first note being

higher and the second being longer. In flight the calls are shorter and sharper kik-ki ... kik-

ki. The Chinese sparrowhawk is somewhat similar in appearance but has swollen bright

orange ceres and yellow legs with the wing tips entirely black.


The breeding season in India is in summer from March to June. The nest is a platform

similar to that of crows lined with grass. Both sexes help build the nest, twigs being

carried in their feet. Like crows, they may also make use of metal wires. The usual clutch

is 3 to 4 eggs (when eggs are removed they lay replacements and one observer noted



that they could lay as many as 7 in a season) which are pale bluish grey stippled on the

broad end in black. The incubation period is 18 to 21 days.


The Shikra is found in a range of habitats including forests, farmland and urban areas.

They are usually seen singly or in pairs. The flight is typical with flaps and glides. During

the breeding season pairs will soar on thermals and stoop at each other. Their flight

usually draws alarms among smaller birds and squirrels. They feed on rodents (including

Meriones hurrianae), squirrels, small birds, small reptiles (mainly lizards but sometimes

small snakes) and insects. Small birds usually dive through foliage to avoid a Shikra and a

Small Blue Kingfisher has been observed diving into water to escape. Babblers have been

observed to rally together to drive away a Shikra. They will descend to the ground to

feast on emerging winged termites, hunt at dusk for small bats (such as Cynopterus

sphinx) and in rare instances they may even resort to feed on carrion. In one instance a

male was found feeding on a dead chick at the nest. Their calls are mimicked by drongos

and this behaviour is thought to aid in stealing food by alarming other birds that the

drongos associate with.


This species is very commonly found in human settlements as well as around agricultural

habitats and scrublands near human habitations. This species is given special attention as

it is included under Schedule-I of the Wildlife Protection Act-1972.The Shikra was a

favourite among falconers in India and Pakistan due to the ease with it could be trained

and was frequently used to procure food for the more prized falcons. They were noted

for their pluck and ability to take much larger birds including partridges, crows and even

young peafowl. The word shikra or shikara means hunter in the Hindi language (the male

was called chipak or chipka based on call) the word Shikra is borrowed from the Urdu

word which is derived from the word shikari meaning hunter. Hunting in Persian is

referred to as shikar and in Arabic the hunt master in the Mameluke era was known as

Ameer Shikar. The word Shikari may also be used in English in the sense of "hunter". An

Indian Navyhelicopter base was named INS Shikra in 2009. The shikra is also the mascot

for the 149 Squadron of the Republic of Singapore Air Force, which operates the F5S/T

Tiger IIs fighter jets


- The Shikra was a favourite among falconers in India and Pakistan due to the ease with

it could be trained and was frequently used to procure food for the more prized

falcons, so sometimes the illegal trade can be happen for the species.

- Shikra often perch on electric wires and are frequent victims of electrocution.



- Their habit of swooping to pick up dead rodents or other roadkill leads to collisions

with vehicles.

- Instances of mass poisoning as a result of feeding on poisoned pests in agricultural

fields.





to theShikra. This can be achieved by planting of trees (a group of trees that grow

close together, generally without many bushes or other plants) in buffer area. By

encouraging people for plantation of some local species such as Neem, Shirish,

Khakhro, Haldu, Amli, Banyan, Peepal and Peeper or other Ficus sp.Vacant places

such as edges of agricultural fields, village Gauchar, Panchayat’s common land,

neighbourhood of people inhibiting, road side avenue tree plantation, open

scrubs, ravines, school compounds can be selected for practicing the plantation

activity.







trade in wildlife.





nearby area of Shikra populations and to promote conservation of habitats.








stringent.

- Indian Peafowl (Pavo cristatus)

Classification

Kingdom : Animalia

Phylum : Chordata

Class : Aves



Order : Galliformes

Family : Phasianidae

Genus : Pavo

Species : Pavo cristatus

Common Name : Indian Peafowl

Vernacular Name : Mor


Peacock or Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) is a familiar and universally known large

pheasant. It is the National Bird of India. The term“Peacock” is commonly used to refer

to birds of both sexes. Technically, only males are Peacock, females are Peahens and

together they are called Peafowl.The male has a spectacular glossy green long tail

feathers that may be more than 60 percent of the bird’s total body length. These feathers

have blue, golden green and copper colored ocelli (eyes). The long tail feathers are used

for mating rituals like courtship displays. The feathers are arched into a magnificent fan

shaped form across the back of the bird and almost touching the found on both sides.

Females do not have these graceful tail feathers. They have the fan like crest with whitish

face and throat, chestnut brown crown and hind neck, metallic green upper breast and

mantle, white belly and brownback rump and tail. Their primaries are dark brown.

Life Cycle of the species

Call: Kee-ow, Kee- ow, Kee-ow, Ka- an, Ka- an, Ka- an, Kok- kok, Kok- kok, cain- kok

Breeding: April – September

Nest site: On ground in undergrowth (wild) on buildings by semi- feral birds in villages,

they also prefer Old Houses, Kachcha Houses

Average Body length: 180-230 cm

Average Weight: 2750-6000 gm

Habitat: Agricultural fields, Rural Settlements, Ravines, Tall trees for Roosting, Open

Scrubs

Behaviour of the Species

Peacocks are gregarious by nature. In the breeding season they are usually seen in small

parties of one male with three to five females whereas in the non-breeding season they

remain in separate parties of adult males and females with juveniles. Peacocks roost in

tall trees and emerge from the dense thickets to feed in fields and openings in forests

and fields.

Food Habits

Peacocks are ground feeders and omnivores in nature. Indian peafowl’s do most of their

foraging early in the morning and shortly before sunset. They retreat to the shade and

security of the trees for the hottest portion of the day. They make a meal of grains,

berries drupes wild figs and some cultivated crops. They can also eat insects, reptiles

especially snakes and small mammals.

Present study area have open agriculture fields surrounded with rural settlements where

peafowl can easily find the seeds such as grains, pulses etc. as well as plant parts, flower

petals, seed heads, insects and other arthropods, reptiles and amphibians very easily and

due to this easy availability of food they inhibits in the region and also reproduces easily.




Indian peafowl is a very common and popular throughout the region due to its beautiful

appearance so as its popularity and so Indian peafowl has ensured its protection through

most of its native ranges. Having an importance as National Bird this species is well

conserved throughout the region. The Indian peafowl is prominent in the Indian

mythology and folklore of the Indian people. The majority of the people inhibiting are

belongs to Hindu religion in which the bird is considered sacred because of its association

with Lord Krishna as their identical feature of appearance was from Peacock feather

Crown (Mor Mokut). It is also associated with the God Kartikeya, Son of the Lord Shiva

and Parvati and brother of Lord Ganesh who was having Indian Peafowl as his own

vehicle (Vahan).

Present survey of the peafowl in the buffer zone of the project site cleared that; peafowl

is using both, village adjacent habitats, agricultural habitats, scrub-forest habitats of the

buffer zone as well as the study area. However, the following points can give an insight

on the overall status of peafowl in the study area and thereby plan for better

management strategies related to proposed project activities. People of the surveyed

villages were well aware of the habits and habitats of peafowl in the study area.

Moreover, local people are against to hunting and poaching of the peacocks. In the buffer

zone, peafowl uses agriculture (adjacent to village) and scrubland-forest habitats as a

feeding and breeding ground. Some of the peacocks are taking shelter in the inside of the

village as well as adjacent habitats. It clearly indicated that, peafowl normally uses human

associated and natural habitats. Form above study, it has been visualized that, the

proposed project will not have any significant impact on peacock in terms of their normal

movements and other activities as the species is familiar among the people in the region

and the status of it is increasing eventually. However, it is necessity to take some

management optionslike habitat improvement in the villages located in the vicinity of the

project site. So, habitat improvement programme (plantation of local plant species) will

be undertaken indifferent villages located in the close vicinity of the project area. Under

this programme saplings will be distributed in the nearby villages with the consultation of

the local forest department. This program will provide trees for shelter to the species in

near future which will contribute for effective species conservation.




- Habitat loss, due to rapid growth of development in rural as well as agricultural sector

results in the shortage of tall trees in and around the villages which plays essential

role for roosting for the species. They also plays vital role by providing shelter during

hot summer months.

- Shortage of drinking water for the birds during the hot summer days. As there are

very few perennial water resources present in the study area.

- Casualties’ causes by eating chemically treated as well as contaminated agricultural

crop seeds.

- Illegal hunting by some communities In the study area, all the villages surveyed are

against hunting or poaching of the people and not found any such activity promoted

in this region.

- Peacock conservation plan has to address above listed threats.




1. Increasing the tree cover in the study area which will provide shelter and roosting to

the peacocks. This can be achieved by planting of trees (a group of trees that grow

close together, generally without many bushes or other plants) in buffer area. By

encouraging people for plantation of some local species such as Neem, Shirish,

Khakhro, Haldu, Amli, Banyan, Peepal and Peeper or other Ficus sp.Vacant places such

as edges of agricultural fields, village Gauchar, Panchayat’s common land,

neighbourhood of people inhibiting, road side avenue tree plantation, open scrubs,

ravines, school compounds can be selected for practicing the plantation activity.

2. Awareness programmes (community and school level) for conservation of peacocks in

the study area and also through organizing competitions during “Wildlife Week”

celebrations by active involvement of local community.

3. Some provision of rewards to informers for the control of poaching and illegal trade

in wildlife.

4. Carrying out census and research projects to know the potential threats and

population status of the species in collaboration of local schools, colleges, panchayats

and forest department.

5. Suggest strategies to minimize negative impacts of changing environment in nearby

area of peacock populations and to promote conservation of peacock habitats.

6. Another way to help preserve the endangered species is to create society dedicated

to ecological ethics. All the conservation measures will be implemented with the help

of and in the consultation of the district forest department.

7. With the objective of effectively protecting the wild life and to control poaching,


enacted Wild Life (Protection) Act 1972. The Act was amended in January 2003 and

punishment and penalty for offences under the Act have been made more stringent.

The proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 202500/-for the “Peacock” conservation plan

under the following heads:



S. No Work or Activity Approximate Cost. Rs.

1 Plantation-350 tree plants ( 5

feet heightas per the plant

species-Cost of sapling will be

changed per year)

52,500/-(@ 150/-per plant)

2 Small water tank or tanka –20 in

number @ 5000/-per tank

1,00,000/-

3 One awareness programme for

“Peacock” conservation

20,000/-

4 3 cash prizes @ 10000 in a year

will be awarded to the informer

of poachers.

30,000/-

TOTAL 202500/-

Indian Flapshell Turtle (Lissemys punctata)


Kingdom: Animalia

Phylum: Chordata

Class: Reptilia

Order: Testudines

Suborder: Cryptodira

Family: Trionychidae

Genus: Lissemys

Species: L. punctata

Binomial name

Lissemys punctata


The carapace of L. punctata viewed from above is broadly oval in adults, but more

circular in young, widest just anterior to hind limbs. The width of the disc is 77-86% of its

length, the carapace is moderately arched, shell height is 35.0-40.5% of carapace length,

the margin of the carapace is smooth and slightly flared posteriorly, the marginal bones

are not united with the pleurals, the plastron is large but mostly cartilaginous, and its

length is 88-97% of the carapace length. A pair of large flaps can be closed over the hind

limbs and a smaller flap over tail; seven plastral callosities are present, and the head is

large, its width is 21-25% of the carapace width. The proboscis is short and stout; the

nasal septum has no lateral ridge, the edges of the jaws are smooth, the alveolar surfaces

are expanded and granular. The claws are large and heavy; the penis is thick and oval,

with deep dorsal cleft and four pointed, soft papillae; the tail is very short in both sexes.



The carapace length of L. punctata has been known to range from 240 to 370 mm (9.4 to

14.6 in).

L. punctata lives in the shallow, quiet, often stagnant waters of rivers, streams, marshes,

ponds, lakes and irrigation canals, and tanks. Waters with sand or mud bottoms are

preferred because of the turtle's tendency to burrow. L. punctata turtle plays an

important role to reduce pollution in aquatic ecosystems by feeding on snails, insects,

and fragments of dead animalsL. punctata is very well adapted, both morphologically and

behaviorally, to drought conditions. The turtle uses mainly burrowing and moving from

water hole to water hole to avoid desiccation. The femoral flaps that cover the retracted

legs help the turtle survive dry conditions. During a time of drought, the turtles enter a

time of estivation in an attempt to survive the dry conditions. Although many turtles die

during drought conditions, some turtles have been reported to survive up to 160 days.

Food Habits

The Indian flapshell turtle is known to be omnivorous. Its diet consists of frogs, fishes,

shrimp, snails, aquatic vegetation, plant leaves, flowers, fruits, grasses, and seeds.

Reproduction

Courtship routines

L. punctatabecomes reproductively active at age 2 or 3. Courtship and mating behavior is

unique. Courtship begins when the male begins stroking the female's carapace with his

neck and limbs extended. When receptive, the female faces the male with her neck

extended and they begin bobbing their heads vertically three or four times. This behavior

is repeated, then mating begins when the female settles to the bottom and is mounted

by the male. Near the end of mating, the male releases his grip and rotates to face the

opposite direction from her. They remain attached in this position for as long as 15

minutes. During this time, the female may drag the male about. The pair then separates

and copulation ends.

Nesting

Nesting times of L. punctata occur during many periods in the year depending on habitat

and location. Generally starts during the late summer to the monsoon season which is

around June to November. Swampy areas with soil and exposure to sunlight are common

nesting sites. Eggs are usually laid two or three times per year in clutches of two to 16.

These eggs are buried in soil for protection.


- The shell of L. punctata is believed to be of medicinal value in both China and

India. The shell is burnt and ground with oil to produce a medicine in China used

to treat certain types of skin diseases. In India, the shell is used to make a remedy

believed to be a medicine for tuberculosis.

- In Bangladesh and India, this is especially evident as the Indian flapshell turtle is

larger and has more meat than other turtles in the area. The value of this meat

along with the efforts in the conservation of this species has driven the price of

meat higher and has led to an increase in the illegal international exploitation and



killing of these animals. But in present study area there are no any such evidences

observed not people practice such killings for food purpose.

- Changes to the turtle's natural habitat by the construction of dams and barrages,

cultivation along river banks, and pollution are also major threats to the survival

of this turtle




1. Awareness programmes (community and school level) for conservation of Reptiles

such as Turtles in the study area and also through organizing Presentations,

competitions during “Wildlife Week” celebrations by active involvement of local

community.

2. Some provision of rewards to informers for the control of poaching and illegal

trade in wildlife.

3. Carrying out census and research projects to know the potential threats and



4. Provision of veterinary care and Rescue for the species when it comes with direct

encounter to community inhibiting nearby.

5. Another way to help preserve the endangered species is to create society



With the objective of effectively protecting the wild life and to control poaching, smuggling

and illegal trade in wildlife and its derivatives, the Government of India enacted Wild Life

(Protection) Act 1972. The Act was amended in January 2003 and punishment and penalty for

offences under the Act have been made more stringent.

The proponent has proposed a sum of Rs. 50,000/-for the conservation plan under the

following heads

S. No Work or Activity Approximate Cost. Rs.

1 One awareness programme for

conservation

20,000/-

2 3 cash prizes @ 10000 in a year

will be awarded to the informer

of poachers.

30,000/-

TOTAL 50,000/-



3.12 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

An assessment of socio - economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study.

Therefore, baseline information for the same was collected during the study period. The

baseline socio - economic data collected for the study region, before the proposed

expansion project is operational, has been identified for the four major indicators viz.

demography, civic amenities, economy and social culture. The baseline status of the

above indicators is compiled in forthcoming sections.

A socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are dealing with

social and cultural conditions, and economic status in the study area. The study provides

information such as demographic structure, population dynamics, infrastructure

resources, and the status of human health and economic attributes like employment,

per-capita income, agriculture, trade, and industrial development in the study area. The

study of these characteristic helps in identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts

on socio-economic and parameters of human interest due to proposed project

developments. The parameters are:

Demographic structure

Infrastructure Facility

Economic Status

Health status

Cultural attributes

Awareness and opinion of people about the project and Industries in the area

3.12.1 DEMOGRAPHY

The population details (i.e. population distribution and population density) of the District

Thiruvallur and the study area within 10 km radius are presented in Table-3.11.



TABLE – 3.11

DEMOGRAPHIC DATA (1)

Sl. No Name

No of

House

holds

Total

Popula

tion

Person

Total

Populati

on Male

Total

Populati

on

Female

Population in

the age group

0-6 Person

Scheduled

Castes

population

Person

Scheduled

Tribes

population

Person

UTHUKOTTAI

1 Vadathillai 161 598 307 291 52 0 94

2 Mambakkam 495 1911 953 958 192 1019 17

3 Thamaraikuppa

m 281 1017 493 524 157 0 255

4 Senjiagaram 356 1394 651 743 175 377 418

5 Palavakkam 764 3013 1501 1512 324 1214 723

6 Sirunai 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

7 Sengarai 372 1368 670 698 178 427 123

8 Rallapadi 1030 4104 2067 2037 452 1122 158

9 Ellapuram 113 448 219 229 41 320 0

10 Ariapakkam 394 1596 784 812 135 547 34

11 Athupakkam 254 922 458 464 101 0 0

12 Vannankuppam 350 1390 699 691 160 360 0

13 Thoddareddykup

pam 76 242 120 122 17 25 0

14 Kaiyadai 73 306 161 145 39 248 5

15 Kilakarmanur 166 633 309 324 69 463 0

16 Soolaimani 337 1199 591 608 117 332 6

17 Lachivakkam 652 2481 1218 1263 249 646 104

18 Perandur 683 2502 1265 1237 246 987 45

19 Tharatchi 906 3187 1547 1640 316 1119 218

20 Panapakkam 518 1936 968 968 197 838 79

21 Sennankaranai 535 1821 887 934 170 98 21

22 Tholavedu 302 1099 532 567 110 681 3

23 Kakkavakkam 357 1337 668 669 122 764 0

24 Paruthimerikupp

am 106 371 177 194 38 0 0

25 Thumbakkam 155 553 265 288 66 0 0

26 Thandalam 419 1594 781 813 172 322 30

27 Chittraiyampakk

am 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

28 Melmaligaipattu 290 1113 560 553 137 905 0

29 Velagapauram 631 2372 1181 1191 239 1012 17

30 Enambakkam 168 629 300 329 84 0 49

31 Kalpattu 580 2050 1016 1034 237 482 8

32 Palavakkam R.F. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

GUMMIDIPOONDI

33 Chedilpakkam 329 1369 671 698 163 724 2

34 Nemalur 1106 4251 2086 2165 416 1724 476

35 Budur 495 1863 934 929 173 1160 30

36 DharkasthuKandi

gam 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

37 Varnasikuppam 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

38 Kannankottai 538 2008 987 1021 227 1256 75

39 Siruvada 196 795 393 402 82 524 0

40 Panchalai 417 1505 738 767 161 540 4

41 Vaniamallee 416 1518 755 763 165 672 112

42 Poovalambedu 268 1056 547 509 110 692 0



43 Periapuliyur 195 683 345 338 50 405 0

44 Kollanur 164 525 262 263 52 0 0

45 Thervoy 792 3122 1558 1564 359 2433 4

46 Karadipudur 500 1926 963 963 220 718 28

47 Madhavaram 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

48 Mukkarambakka

m 869 3488 1768 1720 420 1829 341

49 Nelvoy 476 1632 816 816 155 335 0

50 Sepedu 61 231 113 118 23 205 0

51 Madaharpakkam

(CT) 1109 4250 2082 2168 479 359 377

SATYAVEDU

52 ChinnaEetivakam 225 813 413 400 85 300 79

53 Kothamarikuppa

m 694 3230 1316 1914 262 1277 416

54 Narasaraju

Agraharam 259 977 485 492 95 7 59

55 Dalavai

Agraharam 508 2245 1024 1221 214 1164 23

56 Satyavedu 2897 11474 5799 5675 1145 2756 888

57 VenkatarajuKhan

driga 199 766 379 387 95 210 20

58 Madanambedu 1046 4045 1999 2046 407 1248 54

59 Madanamjeri 138 576 294 282 84 254 0

60 Peradam 161 609 278 331 73 63 124

61 Sirunambudur 377 1570 771 799 200 1290 13

62 Kadirvedu 394 1509 764 745 182 861 3

Total 26353 101222 49888 51334 10689 37314 5535

(Source: Census 2011)

Table 3.12

Summary of Socio-economic indicators within the study area

S.No Particulars Study Area Unit

1 Number of villages and Town in the Study Area 62 Nos.

2 Total Households 26353 Nos.

3 Total Population 101222 Nos.

4 Children Population (0-6 Years Old) 10689 Nos.

5 SC Population 37314 Nos.

6 ST Population 5535 Nos.

7 Total Working Population 48417 Nos.

8 Main Workers 39452 Nos.

9 Marginal Workers 8965 Nos.

10 Cultivators 4615 Nos.

11 Agricultural Labourers 28367 Nos.

12 Household Industries 1602 Nos.

13 Other Workers 13317 Nos.

14 Literates population 62496 Nos.



TABLE - 3.13

POPULATION DENSITY

S.No Social Indicators Thiruvallur District

1 Decadal variation % 35.30

2 Urban population % 65.14

3 Sex ratio 987

4 0-6 age group % 10.88

5 Population density (Persons per square Km ) 1098

6 Scheduled caste population % 22.03

7 Scheduled tribe population % 1.26

8 Literacy rate % 84.03

9 Work Participation rate % 41.26

10 Main Workers % 81.14

11 Marginal Workers % 18.86

12 Cultivators % 4.78

13 Agricultural labourers % 17.59

14 Workers in household industries % 3.79

15 Other workers % 73.84

(Courtesy: Census Dept., GOI)



3.12.2 EDUCATION FACILITIES

The district has recorded higher literacy rate (84%) as compared with the State literacy

rate of 80.1%.Thiruvallur stands at the sixth place in the case of percentage of literacy.

The Literacy rate of the district is 84% in 2011 which is increased from 76.9% in 2001,

against to the literacy rate of the state as 80.1%. The literacy of females stood at 78.3%

as compared to 89.7% for males. The female literacy rate is considerably increased in the

district from 68.4% in 2001 to 78.3% in 2011. It is interesting to note that urban literacy

of Thiruvallur district (85%) and the literacy of Chennai district (85.3%) is apparently

equal. The table below shows that rural literacy rate of 2011 among males and females

got considerably increased from 2001.

TABLE - 3.14

EDUCATION INFRASTRUCTURES IN THIRUVALLUR DISTRICT


Type of school Total schools Rural Schools

Government Private Government Private

Primary 941 487 815 252

Primary + Upper Primary 289 60 225 35

P + UP+ Secondary + Higher Secondary 33 192 12 55

UP only 2 1 2 0

UP + Secondary + Higher Secondary 100 36 69 13

P + UP + Secondary 22 126 11 53

UP + Secondary 147 18 117 7



3.12.3 EDUCATIONAL INFRASTRUCTURE WITHIN STUDY AREA

The district has good primary and secondary education infrastructure in urban and

rural areas. The people around the study area have well connected to educational

infrastructures

TABLE - 3.15

LITERACY RATE

Sl. No Name

Total

Populati

on

Person

Literates

Populati

on

Person

Literates

Population

Male

Literates

Population

Female

Illiterate

Persons

Illiterate

Male

Illiterate

Female

UTHUKOTTAI

1 Vadathillai 598 299 184 115 299 123 176

2 Mambakkam 1911 1194 690 504 717 263 454

3 Thamaraikuppam 1017 388 214 174 629 279 350

4 Senjiagaram 1394 741 400 341 653 251 402

5 Palavakkam 3013 1958 1065 893 1055 436 619

6 Sirunai 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

7 Sengarai 1368 811 438 373 557 232 325

8 Rallapadi 4104 2854 1585 1269 1250 482 768

9 Ellapuram 448 299 160 139 149 59 90

10 Ariapakkam 1596 1055 579 476 541 205 336

11 Athupakkam 922 556 338 218 366 120 246

12 Vannankuppam 1390 843 490 353 547 209 338

13 Thoddareddykuppam 242 159 91 68 83 29 54

14 Kaiyadai 306 167 98 69 139 63 76

15 Kilakarmanur 633 399 213 186 234 96 138

16 Soolaimani 1199 822 458 364 377 133 244

17 Lachivakkam 2481 1433 796 637 1048 422 626

18 Perandur 2502 1562 886 676 940 379 561

19 Tharatchi 3187 1840 1016 824 1347 531 816

20 Panapakkam 1936 909 517 392 1027 451 576

21 Sennankaranai 1821 1038 599 439 783 288 495

22 Tholavedu 1099 706 387 319 393 145 248

23 Kakkavakkam 1337 954 519 435 383 149 234

24 Paruthimerikuppam 371 233 125 108 138 52 86

25 Thumbakkam 553 366 207 159 187 58 129

26 Thandalam 1594 1210 632 578 384 149 235

27 Chittraiyampakkam 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

28 Melmaligaipattu 1113 660 368 292 453 192 261

29 Velagapauram 2372 1359 773 586 1013 408 605

30 Enambakkam 629 376 222 154 253 78 175

31 Kalpattu 2050 1113 657 456 937 359 578

32 Palavakkam R.F. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

GUMMIDIPOONDI

33 Chedilpakkam 1369 739 412 327 630 259 371

34 Nemalur 4251 2568 1393 1175 1683 693 990

35 Budur 1863 1048 595 453 815 339 476

36 DharkasthuKandigam 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

37 Varnasikuppam 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

38 Kannankottai 2008 1179 630 549 829 357 472



39 Siruvada 795 520 284 236 275 109 166

40 Panchalai 1505 784 441 343 721 297 424

41 Vaniamallee 1518 710 409 301 808 346 462

42 Poovalambedu 1056 688 412 276 368 135 233

43 Periapuliyur 683 427 241 186 256 104 152

44 Kollanur 525 369 203 166 156 59 97

45 Thervoy 3122 1906 1060 846 1216 498 718

46 Karadipudur 1926 1100 649 451 826 314 512

47 Madhavaram 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

48 Mukkarambakkam 3488 2084 1169 915 1404 599 805

49 Nelvoy 1632 1028 599 429 604 217 387

50 Sepedu 231 101 52 49 130 61 69

51 Madaharpakkam (CT) 4250 2776 1481 1295 1474 601 873

SATYAVEDU

52 ChinnaEetivakam 813 472 285 187 341 128 213

53 Kothamarikuppam 3230 2159 864 1295 1071 452 619

54 Narasaraju

Agraharam 977 613 349 264 364 136 228

55 Dalavai Agraharam 2245 1600 790 810 645 234 411

56 Satyavedu 11474 8040 4455 3585 3434 1344 2090

57 VenkatarajuKhandrig

a 766 485 272 213 281 107 174

58 Madanambedu 4045 2534 1436 1098 1511 563 948

59 Madanamjeri 576 291 155 136 285 139 146

60 Peradam 609 266 134 132 343 144 199

61 Sirunambudur 1570 903 506 397 667 265 402

62 Kadirvedu 1509 802 447 355 707 317 390

Total 101222 62496 34430 28066 38726 15458 23268



3.12.4 HEALTH FACILITIES

Primary Health Centers (PHCs) and Health Sub-centers (HSCs) are providing the

preventive, curative and rehabilitative health care services to the rural people. The

district has good number of public health systems accessible and affordable apart from

the private health facilities. Table 3.16 provides the health facilities data in all villages

falling within the area of interest.

TABLE - 3.16

MEDICAL FACILITIES AVAILABLE IN THIRUVALLUR DISTRICT

Name of

the

District

Type

of

Facilit

y

Facilities As on 05th November 2019

Total Facility Active Facilities

Total

[(A+B

) or

(C+D)

]

Public

[A]

Privat

e [B]

Urba

n [C]

Rura

l [D]

Tota

l

[(A+

B) or

(C+D

)]

Public

[A]

Privat

e [B]

Urba

n [C]

Rura

l [D]

Thiruvallu

r

SC 303 303 0 0 303 303 303 0 0 303

PHC 58 58 0 11 47 54 54 0 11 43

CHC 16 15 1 1 15 15 14 1 1 14

SDH 12 12 0 10 2 11 11 0 10 1

DH 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1

Total 390 389 1 22 368 384 383 1 22 362

Note: SC – Sub Center; PHC – Primary Health Center; CHC – Community Health Center;

SDH – Sub District Hospital; DH – District Hospital.

3.12.4.1 Health facilities within the study area

The majority of people visit nearby Hospitals/health services provided by the

Government. The area has good public health facilities at easily reachable distances..

Even for any minor ailments they contact medical facilities immediately as it is very

accessible. The local transport facilities and the communication facilities are the main

reasons to get immediate medical attention. The emergency medical service facility

“108” is very familiar and being used by the people in this area. The incidents of

institutional delivery are high due to awareness, education, economic development,

proximity to health delivery system. The Infant mortality rate and the maternal mortality

rate have significantly reduced.



TABLE - 3.17

HEALTH FACILITIES WITHIN THE STUDY AREA

Sl. No Type Study area

1 Community health centre 0

2 Primary health centre 3

3 Primary health sub-centre 24

4 Maternity and Child Welfare Centre 7

5 TB hospital/Clinic 3

6 Hospital Allopathic 0

7 Hospital Alternative Medicine 1

8 Dispensary 3

9 Veterinary hospital 10

10 Mobile health clinic 0

11 Family Welfare Centre 3

12 Non Government Medical facilities Out Patient 4




CHAPTER - 4

___________________________________________________________________________

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

Various sources of pollution with respect to wastewater, the flue gas / process emission,

hazardous waste and noise generation along with their qualitative and quantitative analysis

as well as measures taken to control them are discussed herein with details. The network

method was adopted to identify potential impact, which involves understanding of cause-

condition-effect relationship between an activity and environmental parameters.

4.2 PREDICTIONS AND EVALUATION OF IMPACTS

An impact can be defined as any change in physical, chemical, biological, cultural and/or

socioeconomic environment that can be attributed to activities related to alternatives under

study for meeting the project needs. Impact methodology provides an organized approach

for prediction and assessing these impacts.

Scientific techniques and methodologies based on mathematical modeling are available for

studying impacts of various project activities on environmental parameters.

The nature of the impacts due to said project activities are discussed here in detail. Each

parameter identified in the proceeding chapter, is singularly considered for the anticipated

impact due to various activities listed. The impact is quantified using numerical scores 0, 1,

2, 3, 4 and 5 in increasing order of activity. In order to assess the impact accurately, each

parameter is discussed in detail covering the following:

1) Project activities likely to generate impact

2) Quantification and prediction of impact



TABLE - 4.1

__________________________________________________________________________

CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION STAGE POTENTIAL IMPACTS & MITIGATIVE MEASURES

ENVIRONMENTAL

COMPONENTS

SOURCES OF IMPACT MITIGATIVE MEASURE

Water

Environment

During Construction Phase:

Construction activity & abstraction

of water for construction

requirement and sanitation in

housing for workers.

1. Contamination of

watercourses by leakage from

fuel and materials storage

areas.

2. Oil and suspended solids in

run-off from vehicles and

access roads.

3. Use of heavy machineries and

vehicles causes compaction of

topsoil due to which a change

in the surface water drainage

pattern may occur.

Proper management of surface water

runoff shall be made.

Soak pit will provide to dispose of

domestic waste water.

1. SIPCOT/Private Tankers are the

only source of water during the

construction phase.

2. Storehouse will be located away

from the water storage area to

prevent accidental release or

spillage.

3. Proper management of rain water

run-off during monsoon and

creating bunds to utilize the rain

water for construction purpose.

During Operation Phase:

1. Generation of sewage.

2. Generation of industrial

effluent & domestic waste

water

1. Sewage will be treated in mobile

STP.

2. Industrial effluent will be treated

in ETP then treated effluent will

be reused in plant premises.

The sewage generated will be

treated in STP of 50KLD and the

treated sewage will be used for

green belt development.

Air Environment During Construction Phase:

In the construction phase,

activities like site clearance, site

leveling, movements of workers

and material, construction of road,

transportation activities will

generate dust, gaseous pollutants

and particulate matter and affect

the air quality.

Barricading the construction area and

minimizing exposed areas to reduce

dust generation.

Areas generating dust during dry

weather will be sprayed with water.

Appropriate enclosed areas for

storage of construction materials.

Facilitating the workers with required

Personal Protective Equipments.


1. Flue gas emission

1. Provide Adequate stack height to



2. Process gas emission

control flue gas emission

2. Product gases laden with carbon

black particle from manufacturing

process are filtered at process bag

collector and vapor bag collector

for separation of carbon black

particles from process gases. Off

gases filtered through bag

collectors are utilized as fuel in

steam boiler and dryer combustor.

Fugitive emission Control equipment for fugitive

emissions


Transfer of the material for

proposed plant shall be

through pipeline

Leak detectors shall be installed

near by the source of leakage

Sweeping on roads.

Proper monitoring system shall

be established once the

operation starts.

Bitumen roads are laid inside

the plant premises.

Land Environment During Construction Phase:

The activities carried out during

the construction phase will involve

a change in the land use from

vacant industrial land to a built up

industrial land, which will pose the

following impacts on the land

environment.

1. Compaction of soil and a

change in the soil structure

due to the use of heavy

construction vehicles and

machineries.

2. Removal of soil from the site.

3. Mixing of the topsoil and

subsoil.

4. Dispersion of dust.

1. The removed soil will be properly

stored for subsequent

reinstatement.

2. Reuse of excess excavated

material for road development,

green belt development and

landscaping.

3. A well designed closed depository

for storage of construction

materials to prevent land/soil

pollution.

4. Effective stabilization of altered

landforms to minimize soil

erosion and the potential for

water pollution (e.g.vegetation).

5. Reuse of construction wastes such

as sand, brick, gravel, cement for

developing internal road and

project structures.

During Operation Phase: The various hazardous waste



Generation of Hazardous Waste &

solid waste from process

generated from the process will be

stored in a separate hazardous waste

storage area and properly disposed as

per the Hazardous and Other Wastes

(Management and Trans boundary

Movement) Amendment Rules, 2016.

The Solid Wastes generated during

construction and operation phases

will be segregated to organic and

inorganic wastes. The organic wastes

will be disposed to Municipal bins and

inorganic waste will sell to TNPCB

authorized vendors.

Noise Environment During Construction Phase:

During construction phase, the

noise will mostly be generated

from building activities and

machineries used for carrying out

construction. Construction

activities mainly involve diesel

generators, laying of foundation,

erection of superstructure, clearing

of obstruction and trees if any

from the proposed area. Activities

such as construction of labour

camps, onsite office, pneumatic

hammers, compressors, concrete

mixers, construction material

plants however does not cause

significant noise pollution but if the

work continues for longer

duration, it can affect the health of

local people and workers involved

in the project work.

1. Selection of equipment’s of high

quality.

2. Transportation activities will be

carried out only during the day

and only in case of emergency,

the transportation activities will

be permitted in night time.

3. The vehicles used for construction

activities and transportation of

materials will be provided with

the horn of low noise level as

recommended by RTO/ concerned

authorities.

4. Minimization of operation time of

noisy equipment and operation of

machineries/equipment that

generate high levels of noise only

during day time.

5. Inadequate use of plant and

equipment, namely, running on

full power when the work does

not necessitate it will be avoided.



6. Personal Protective Equipment’s,

education and public awareness

and exposure control through

rotation of work will be provided

to the workers engaged in

construction activities in the area

generating high levels of noise.

7. Development of green belt during

construction stage itself.


Project operation

Oiling and lubrication, Earplugs and

Earmuffs will be provided

Infrastructure &

Services

Project Development shall be gradual

Environmental

Hazards

Handling and storage of chemicals

& fuels

On site & Off-site Disaster

management plan & Safe practices.

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological

parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level, etc.

A number of models have been developed for the prediction of pollutant concentration at

any point from an emitting source. The Industrial Source Complex – Short Term (ISCST3)

dispersion model is a steady-state Gaussian plume model. It is most widely accepted for its

interpretability. It gives reasonably correct values because this obeys the equation of

continuity and it also takes care of diffusion, which is a random process. For the present

study, this model is used for the prediction of maximum ground level concentration (GLC).

The proposed air emissions at M/s. PCBL (TN) Ltd. are SPM, SO2, Nox etc. The site specific

and monitored details considered for input data for the software “ISC-AERMOD View” by

Lakes Environmental, Canada for prediction of impact on air environment are given in Table

4.2. In order to conduct a refined air dispersion modeling using ISCST3 and ISC-PRIME short-

term air quality dispersion models, the site specific hourly meteorological data measured at

site is pre-processed using the U.S. EPA PCRAMMET and U.S. EPA AERMET programs. Before

starting air dispersion modeling with ISC-AERMOD View, a building downwash analysis using

BPIP View was done. BPIP View is a graphical user interface designed to speed up the work



involved in setting up input data for the U.S. EPA Building Profile Input Program (BPIP) and

Building Profile Input Program – Plume Rise Model Enhancements (BPIP-PRIME).

The air pollution caused by the gaseous emissions from a single or small group of stacks is a

local phenomenon. Its impacts will occur at a distance ranging from within the immediate

vicinity of the stack to several kilometers away from the stack. Maximum ground level

concentration will occur within this range. All plumes at more downwind distances from the

source by stack emission become so diluted by diffusion in the ambient atmosphere, that

concentrations of pollutants become negligible. The maximum ground level concentration

for different parameters is given in Table 4.3. Equal concentration contour plots for SPM,

SO2, NOx etc. are given in Figure 4.1. Adequate measures shall be taken to minimize air

pollution by providing air pollution control equipment. Flue gases are discharged from

stacks at adequate height (as per CPCB norms).



TABLE – 4.2

DETAILS OF EMISSION FROM STACK & VENTS

Details of Flue Gas Stacks

S

No Source Capacity

Fuel

used

Stack Details Emission (g/s)

No of

Stack

Height

(m) AGL

Dia

(m)

Exit

Temp

(°C)

Ext

Velocity

(m/s)

SPM SO2 NOX

1 DG 1300 KVA

HSD 1 30 0.3 220 10 0.016 0.015 0.226

1200 KVA 1 30 0.3 220 10 0.015 0.014 0.209

2 Boiler

1x 54 TPH Waste

gas

based

1 90 2.5 205 15.58 4.37 42.66 2.67

1 x 54 TPH 1 90 2.5 205 15.58 4.37 42.66 2.67

1 x 54 TPH 1 90 2.5 205 15.58 4.37 42.66 2.67

3

Process

Stack

(Vapor Bag

Collector)

10190

Nm3/hr

Water

Vapor &

Flue gas

1 60 0.7 205 10.74 0.354 0.475 0.020

10190

Nm3/hr 1 60 0.7 205 10.74

0.354 0.475 0.020

10190

Nm3/hr 1 60 0.7 205 10.74

0.354 0.475 0.020

16317

Nm3/hr 1 60 0.9 205 10.40

0.567 0.825 0.032

10190

Nm3/hr 1 60 0.7 205 10.74

0.354 0.475 0.020

10190

Nm3/hr 1 60 0.7 205 10.74

0.354 0.475 0.020

4

Process

Stack

(Dryer

Collector)

29694

Nm3/hr

Flue gas

1 60 1.2 300 12.76 0.687 4.274 0.421

29694

Nm3/hr 1 60 1.2 300 12.76

0.687 4.274 0.421

29694

Nm3/hr 1 60 1.2 300 12.76

0.687 4.274 0.421

48899

Nm3/hr 1 60 1.5 300 13.45

1.132 7.429 0.693

29694

Nm3/hr 1 60 1.2 300 12.76

0.687 4.274 0.421

29694

Nm3/hr 1 60 1.2 300 12.76

0.687 4.274 0.421

5

Process

Stack

(Dedusting

& Rerun

bag

Collector)

13200

Nm3/hr Air 12 20 0.5 90 11.29 0.25 - -

S

No.

Type of

Vehicle No. of. Vehicle(Based on maximum operation capacity) PM10 SO2 NOX

1 Bike 50 2.8E-06 2.8E-

07

1.1E-

02

2 Car/Bus 25 3.5E-04 1.4E-

07

3.5E-

03

3

Raw

Material

(HSD/LDO)

2 1.1E-05 5.6E-

09

1.9E-

03

4 Raw

Material 45 2.5E-04

1.3E-

07

4.4E-

02



Truck

(Carbon

Black Feed

Stock /

Dehydrate

d Coal Tar

/ Raw Coal

Tar/

Carbon

Black

Oil/Anthra

cite Oil)

5

Product

Truck

(Carbon

Black)

45 2.5E-04 1.3E-

07

4.4E-

02

Total(g/s) 4.630 160.0

07

11.46

5



FIGURE - 4.1

ISOPLETHS OF PM




ISOPLETHS OF SO2




ISOPLETHS OF NOx



TABLE - 4.3

SUMMARY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT

SR.

NO.

LOCATIONS X, Y

CO-ORDINATES

CONCENTRATION

PM

(g/m3)

SO2

(g/m3)

NOx

(g/m3)

1. Project-site (A1) (0,0) 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000

2. Village:

Sathyavedu (A2)

( -7604,2188) 0.03851 0.25083 0.02457

3. Village:

Madanamjeri (A3)

(-1042, 4167)

0.07751 0.48675 0.04871

4. Village:

Uthukkottai (A4)

(-3438, -9375)

0.06476 0.43078 0.04111

5. Village: Nelvoy

(A5)

(3333,-5625)

0.05039 0.30785 0.03191

6. Village:

Lachivakkam (A6)

(-5104,-1979)

0.03759 0.22901 0.02388


(A7)

(3958,1354) 0.43999 2.65795 0.27433

8. Village: Thervoy

(A8)

(1354,1563) 0.54876 3.37372 0.34073



4.3.1 Conclusion

Maximum pollutant concentrations of PM10, SO2 and NOx observed due to proposed

project for an 24hr-average period have been studied. The predictions were made using

CPCB permissible limit as these concentrations will in no case be exceeded. Ground level

concentrations calculated for proposed activities are superimposed on existing ambient air

quality monitoring results and combined values (Table 4.4) are found within permissible

National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

TABLE - 4.4

PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY Unit: g/m3

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING LOCATION SPM SO2 NOx

AVERAGE

1. Project-site (A1) 83.78000 6.55000 13.42000

2. Village: Sathyavedu

(A2) 99.27851 7.64083 15.47457

3. Village: Madanamjeri

(A3) 91.75751 7.13675 14.78871

4. Village: Uthukkottai

(A4) 92.12476 7.53078 16.74111

5. Village: Nelvoy (A5) 83.61039 6.91785 13.89191

6. Village: Lachivakkam

(A6) 87.03759 6.80901 14.87388

7. Village: Siruvada (A7) 98.01999 10.76795 17.72433

8. Village: Thervoy (A8) 95.30876 10.24372 15.91073

NAAQS 500 80 80

4.3.2 Mitigation Measures

Vehicles will be regularly maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations to maximize fuel efficiency and help minimize emissions and also will

use fuel that has low sulphur content of 0.1%.

A strict Project speed limit of 30 km /hr will be enforced for vehicles moving within the

project boundary.

Water spraying on the roads and adjacent area at regular intervals.

Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations in the

predicted maximum impact zone in order to check and compare the predicted

concentrations with the measured concentrations.



Greenbelt of adequate width will be developed along the boundary of project area

(wherever possible) to minimize the likely impacts due to air pollution.

Boiler stacks are connected with online monitoring system with connecting to SPCB

/CPCB.

4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The impacts of the proposed project on the noise levels of the surrounding areas were

assessed. All equipments in the plant is designed/operated to have a noise level not

exceeding 85 dBA as per the requirement of Occupational Health and Safety Administration

Standard (OHSAS). In addition, since most of the noise generating equipment would be in

closed structures, the noise transmitted outside would be lower.

4.4.1 Impacts

Major sources of noise generation in the unit during operational phase are classified into

two categories:

Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machinery at the project site like

Boilers, Compressors, DG sets, Pumps etc.

Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,

materials, material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc.

The impact of vibrations beyond the site would be negligible during normal operation

phase. However, the impacts on workers engaged in the plant area would be considerable

due to occupational exposure. The fixed major equipment/units such as boiler house,

compressors, pumps, DG sets etc., also generate vibrations during operational phase and

may cause exposures to the workers/operators engaged at these units.


The major noise generating equipment like Compressors, DG sets, Boiler Feed water

pumps etc. will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for an insertion loss of

25 dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc.

Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring

cumulative noise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A).



The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly times

weighted average will be maintained well within the prescribed Occupational Safety

and Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits.

Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary.

Acoustic design with sound proof glass panelling will be provided for critical operator

cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central control facilities.

Use of personal protective equipments/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs etc. will

be strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.

33.47% greenbelt will be developed along the periphery and at various locations

within the industry.

Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational phase

of the project. Workplace monitoring will also be carried out at regular intervals to

ensure that noise levels are well within the standards prescribed by the Factories

Act.

4.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase: Water requirement will be 50 KLD from Private tanker/SIPCOT.

Operation Phase: The total water requirement for proposed manufacturing unit is 3583

KLD. Fresh water requirement is 2785 KLD (In ToR application- 3731 KLD) will be sourced

from SIPCOT and total recycle water will be 814 KLD.

4.5.1 Impact due to Waste Water Generation

The source of wastewater generation from the project is as follows:

Industrial effluent

cooling water blow down

Sewage

Equipment cleaning and floor washings, etc.

The untreated wastewater if discharged into nearby surface water may affect the surface

water and/or if disposed off on land without treatment may pollute the ground and surface

water.




Various mitigation measures are proposed to minimize the impact on the water

environment due to the wastewater/runoff generation during the operation phase of the

project.

Treatment of sewage and effluent to ensure Zero Liquid Discharge and reusing

treated effluent for utilities and treated sewage for gren belt development.

Institutional arrangement for monitoring of treated sewageand treated effluent

quality.

4.5.3 Sewage Treatment

The domestic Sewage generate of approximately 42 KLD will be treated in BA model of

Daiki Sewage Treatment Plant with capacity of 50 KLD. The characteristics of raw and

treated sewage water are given in Table 4-5.

Table 4-5 Characteristics of raw and treated sewage water

S. No. Parameter STP Inlet STP Outlet

1 pH 6.5-7.5 5.5-9.0

2 BOD 250-300 mg/L <20 mg/L

3 COD 680-750 mg/L <100 mg/L

4 TDS 750-900 mg/L <30 mg/L

Process Description of STP

The schematic diagram of process flow in STP is given in Figure 4-2.



Figure 4-2 Process Flow Diagrams of STP

4.5.4 Effluent Treatment

Process Effluent: Effluent generation will be treated through ETP (180 KLD) followed by Oil

skimmer, clarifier and Filter. Treated effluent will send to secondary treatment followed by

UF, RO and MEE / ATFD. Permeate will be reused within the system.

Utility Effluent: Effluent will send to secondary treatment followed by UF, RO and MEE /

ATFD. RO Permeate will be send to WTP for reused within the system. Salt from MEE/ATFD

will be disposed through TSDF. Thus Zero liquid discharge will be accomplished.

The characteristics of raw and treated effluent are given in Table 4-6. The schematic

diagram of process flow in STP is given in Figure 4-3.



Table 4-6 Characteristics of raw and treated Effluent water

S.No. Parameter Unit ETP Inlet ETP Outlet UF Outlet RO Outlet

1 pH -- 6.0 – 9.0 7.0 – 9.0 7.0 – 9.0 7.0 – 9.0

2 COD Mg/l 400 - 500 < 100 < 50 < 30

3 BOD Mg/l 10 - 20 < 10 -- --

4 TDS Mg/l 1000-1500 1200-1800 3500-4000 500

5 TSS Mg/l 800 -1000 30 < 2 Nil

6 O&G Mg/l 50 -100 < 20 Nil Nil

Treated Effluent from Secondary treatment RO will be sent to WTP followed by RO and EDI

Unit. RO and EDI permeate will be reused within the system. The characteristics of inlet and

outlet from WTP are given in Table 4-7.

Table Error! No text of specified style in document.-7 Characteristics of inlet and outlet

from water treatment plant

S.No. Parameter Units UF Inlet UF Outlet RO Outlet EDI Outlet

1 pH 6.5 - 8.5 6.5-8.5 7.0 – 9.0 7.0 – 9.0

2 TDS Mg/l 800 -900 1000-1200 < 1 < 1

3 BOD Mg/l 5 < 5 - -

4 COD Mg/l 20 < 20 < 5 <5

5 TSS Mg/l 25 < 2 Nil Nil

Figure: 4.3 Flow Diagram of ETP:



4.6 HAZARDOUS WASTE DETAILS

The source of waste are metal pieces, cardboards, wooden scrap, sand, gravels etc.,

generation of chemical waste by general site practices (e.g. vehicle and plant

maintenance/servicing), municipal waste generated by site workers.

4.6.1 Mitigation measures

1. Recycling/reusing/recovering materials where possible and thereby reducing the

disposal requirements.

2. Separation of construction material for reuse- either to be used on onsite filling or

can be used as public fill.

3. Training the staff in waste minimizing practices.

4. Chemical waste should be stored in separate area having impermeable lining, so as

to avoid leaching of harmful chemicals in the soil or nearby water bodies (If any).

4.6.2 Solid waste management

Impacts

During operation phase the type of solid wastes generated can be broadly categorized as

Hazardous Waste and Municipal Solid Waste. Further, the generated Municipal Solid Waste

generation includes biodegradable, recyclable and inert compounds. If the solid waste

generated is not properly managed and disposed in unauthorised manner, it will impact on

soil quality; groundwater and air quality.

Solid waste Management

Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation during

the operational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines will be to

ensure adopting recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid waste at source into

organic and inorganic wastes.



Solid Waste Management Concept

4.6.3 Hazardous waste Management

Used or Spent Oil @ 6.0 MT/Annum which shall be Collected, Stored, Transported &

Disposed by sale to TNPCB authorized Recyclers or reuse in process.

Discarded Drums & containers @ 12 MT/Annum & Discarded liners, waste Paper bags,

waste plastic bags& cardboards @ 6 MTPM which shall be Collected, Stored,

decontaminated, recycled/Reused & transported back to the supplier for reuse or sold to

TNPCB authorized vendor.

ETP Sludge, WTP Sludge & MEE Sludge @ 3350 MT/Annum shall be Collected, Stored &


Used filter cloth @ 2 MT/Annum shall be Collected, Stored, Transported & Disposed by

sale to TNPCB authorized Recyclers.

Used Oily cotton waste/weather hand gloves/cotton hand gloves@ 2 MT/Annum shall

be Collected, Stored & Transported & Disposed to authorized TSDF for land filling.

Discarded filter medium (bag filter) @ 12 MT/Annum shall be Collected, Stored &


Ceramic wool/waste insulation material @ 12 MT/Annum shall be Collected, Stored &


Spent Ion exchange Resins @ 1 MT/Annum shall be Collected, Stored & Transported &

Disposed to authorized TSDF for land filling.



Oily Sludge Emulsion @ 15 MT /Annum shall be Collected, Stored & Transported &


Used Batteries @ 0.1MT/annum shall be Collected, Stored & Transported & Disposed to

authorized TSDF for land filling.

Spent Acid Batteries @ 0.024 MT/annum shall be Collected, Stored & Transported &




4.6.4 Discharges on land impact

The sewage generated will be treated in STP of 50KLD and the treated sewage will be used

for green belt development. Solid waste will be disposed through authorized vendors.

Hence there will be no discharge on land premises.

Mitigation measures

1. Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines

2. Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken parts of

the conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected.

3. Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as surface RCC channels

along the pipelines are adopted.

4. Lining of effluent collection tank/ETP common guard pond.

5. Treated wastewater quality will be ensured as per standards before using it for various

requirements.

6. There will be institutional arrangement to check the efficiency of Zero Liquid Discharge.

4.6.5 Soil Contamination

Impacts

Soil contamination takes place due to movement of vehicles and solid waste generated.

Soil – mitigation measures

Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling shall be adopted to

eliminate/minimize the risks of soil contamination. Hazardous waste generated due to the

proposed activity is sludge from waste-water treatment plant and wastes like oil and grease

from machinery which will be disposed off after proper treatment as per hazardous waste

(management and handling) Amendment rule 2000. The wastes generated will be stored in

temporary storage facility and will be sending to TNPCB Authorized vendor for safe disposal.



4.7 Impact of Traffic and Transportation

Project site is located near to the SIPCOT road connected to SH- 51 (Korthalaiyar Bridge –

Palavakkam –Puthur Road). The Google image of road connectivity for the project site is

given in Figure 4-5. The vehicular movement for the proposed project is given in Table 4-8.

Figure 4-4 Google image of road connectivity to the project site

Table 4-8 Existing & Proposed Vehicular movement per hour (SH- 51 (Korthalaiyar

Bridge –Palavakkam –Puthur Road))

S.

No

Type of

Vehicle

Existin

g

vehicle

s

Existi

ng

PCU

Propos

ed

vehicle

s

Propos

ed PCU

Total

vehicles

after

project

implemen

tation

PCU

Factors

IRC (SP

41)

Total

PCU

after

project

impleme

ntation

1.

Motor Cycles

or Scooters

etc.

156 117.0 56 42.0 212 0.75 159.0

2.

Three

Wheelers/

Auto

Rickshaw

36 72.0 0 0 36 2.0 72.0

3.

Four

Wheelers/

Cars

97 97.0 27 27.0 124 1.0 124.0

4. Truck/Bus 74 273.8 21 77.7 95 3.7 351.5



S.

No

Type of

Vehicle

Existin

g

vehicle

s

Existi

ng

PCU

Propos

ed

vehicle

s

Propos

ed PCU

Total

vehicles

after

project

implemen

tation

PCU

Factors

IRC (SP

41)

Total

PCU

after

project

impleme

ntation

5. Agricultural

Tractor 16 64.0 0 0 16 4.0 64.0

6.

Light

Commercial

Vehicle

14 19.6 4 5.6 18 1.4 25.2

Total 393 643.4 108 152.3 501 -- 795.7

Based on the traffic for the proposed project, the expected LOS due to the project is given in

Table 4-9.

Table 4-9 Traffic Volume after Implementation of the Project

For the Road Volume

of Traffic

Volume

(V)

Capacity

(C)

V/C

Ratio

LOS

Category*

Traffic

Classification

Existing 393 643.4 1500 0.43 “B” Stable Traffic

Flow

After

implementation 501 795.7 1500 0.53 “B”

Stable Traffic

Flow

*LOS categories are A-Free Flow, B- Reasonably Free Flow, C-Stable Flow, D-Approaching

unstable flow, E- Unstable flow, F- Forced or breakdown flow.

Due to proposed project there will be slight increment in the vehicle movement but the

level of service (LOS) anticipated will be free flow.

4.8 Ecology

Air emissions, liquid effluent disposal and solid waste generation are likely to have some

impact on terrestrial ecosystem. However, there will be no net increase in air pollution.

Plant will maintain a ZLD system and the solid wastes will be collected and disposed off

properly. Hence, negligible impact on ecology is expected.

Proposed plot will have greenbelt of 81315.00Sq.m (33.47 %) of total land area

(242892.53Sq.m). Greenbelt will be developed along the periphery and at various locations

within the industry thereby negating impacts of noise and gaseous emissions.



4.9 Socio-Economic Environment

Various modes of indirect employment i.e. increased business opportunities will reflect in

the improved quality of life of the people in the study area.

Thus, it can be said that the proposed project will have significant beneficial impact on the

socio economic scenario in the study area.

4.10 MATRIX REPRESENTATION

The parameters discussed are presented in the form of a matrix in Table 4.10. The impact

matrix relating the parameters to the activities during operation phase and construction

phase is presented in Table 4.1. The quantification of impact is done using numerical scores

0 to 5 as per the following criteria.

Score Severity criteria

0 No impact

1 No damage

2 Slight/ Short-term effect

3 Occasional reversible effect

4 Irreversible/ Long-term effect

5 Permanent damage

The scores for various parameters and activities are presented in Table 4.11.

4.10.1 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART

The total negative impact of various activities on any one parameter is represented as a

cumulative score and the cumulative scores of various parameters are given in the form of a

cumulative impact chart presented in Table 4.12. Any particular parameter having an

individual score greater than 5 or cumulative score of 20 implies serious effects due to the

project and calls for suitable mitigation measures. It is evident from the matrices that the

resultant impact is beneficial to the local population and due to export (and import

substitution) the resultant impact is beneficial to our country.



TABLE - 4.10

___________________________________________________________________________

IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX (CONSTRUCTION PHASE)

TABLE - 4.10 (CONTD.)

___________________________________________________________________________

IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX (OPERATION PHASE)

ACTIVITIES

DURING

CONSTRUCTION

PHASE

Air

Quality

Noise

&

Odour

Water

Quality

Land

Quality

Infra-

structure

Services Environ

-mental

Hazards

Terrestrial

Ecology

Land use

Socio-

Economic

Status

Aquatic

Ecology

Water

Requirement x

Material Storage

/ Transport

Utilities

Effluent

Discharge X

Gaseous

Emissions

Fugitive Emissions X

Solid Waste

Disposal x

Spills & Leaks

Shutdown /

Startup

Equipment

Failures x

Transport

ACTIVITIES

DURING

CONSTRUCTION

PHASE

Air

Quality

Noise

&

Odour

Water

Quality

Land

Quality

Infra-

structure

Services Environ

-mental

Hazards

Terrestrial

Ecology

Land use

Socio-

Economic

Status

Aquatic

Ecology

Water

Requirement x x

Material Storage

/ Transport

Utilities

Effluent

Discharge

Gaseous

Emissions

Fugitive Emissions X X

Solid Waste

Disposal X x

Spills & Leaks X

Shutdown /

Startup X X X X X

Equipment

Failures X 0 X x X

Transport



TABLE - 4.11

___________________________________________________________________________

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX

Activities Environmental Parameter

Air

Quality

Noise &

Odour

Water

Quality

Land

Environ

ment

Infrastru

cture

Servi

ces

Environ

mental

Hazard

Terrestrial

Ecology/

Land use

Socio

economic

Status

Aquatic

Ecology

Water

Requirement -1 0 -2 -1 -2 2 0 0 0 0

Material

Storage /

Transport

-2 -1 0 0 1 2 -1 0 2 0

Utilities -2 -2 -1 -1 -2 2 0 0 2 0

Effluent

Discharge 0 0 -2 0 -2 2 -1 0 1 0

Gaseous

Emissions -2 -1 0 0 -1 2 -1 0 0 0

Fugitive

Emissions -2 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Solid Waste

Disposal 0 0 -1 -2 -2 2 -1 0 2 0

Spills & Leaks -1 0 -2 -1 0 0 -1 0 0 0

Shutdown /

Startup -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 2 0 0 2 0

Equipment

Failures -1 -1 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 2 0

Transport -1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0

Cumulative

score -14 -6 -10 -8 -9 15 -5 0 12 0



TABLE - 4.12

___________________________________________________________________________

CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART

ENVIRONMENTAL

PARAMETER

TOTAL CUMULATIVE

SCORE

Air Quality -14

Noise and Odour -6

Water Quality -10

Land Requirement -8

Infrastructure -9

Service 15

Environmental Hazards -5

Terrestrial Ecology / Land use 0

Socio Economic Status 12

Aquatic Ecology 0



4.11 CONCLUSION

During the environmental assessment study, all possible environmental aspects have been

adequately addressed and necessary control measures have been suggested to meet as per Norms.

Environmental monitoring is a successful tool for the management for implementation of adequate

& effective environmental measures.

It is concluded from the EIA study, that there will be negligible impact in buffer zone due to

operational Carbon Black plant. There will be marginal impact in the buffer zone during operation

phase. Workers from nearby villages shall be given priority for employment as per their skills. The

proposed project will contribute to economic growth in indirect way. Considering the above

overwhelming positive impact on the community, there shall be overall development of the area.

PCBL (TN) Ltd. provides a complete portfolio of products to meet the specific end requirements

across Rubber, Plastics, Coatings, Inks and other niche industries globally. The Company has been

continuously reinventing itself in order to make the best in class products. Additionally, PCBL's after

sales service and strong technical support ensures a fiercely loyal base of customers from around

the world. PCBL has etched its global footprints and has a market presence in more than 30 nations

with decanting stations, warehouses located near customer locations. A few of the Company's

prized customers are CEAT, MRF, Michelin, Yokohama, Birla Tyres, Goodyear, Sumitomo Tires,

Bridgestone, Kumho Tires, etc.



CHAPTER - 5

____________________________________________________________________________

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY)

Manufacturing of carbon black mainly involve various unit operations like heating, cooling

and drying. Off gases generated in the manufacturing process of carbon black are utilized as

fuel in the steam boiler to generate high pressure steam and also utilized for power

generation.

The research and development activities of PCBL are supported by a pool of experienced and

qualified product and process scientists and engineers along with comprehensive

infrastructure and equipment facilities for feedstock development, new carbon black

development and to assist in evaluation of colloidal properties, morphological

characteristics, elemental and microscopic analysis of carbon blacks; physico-chemical,

rheological, thermal, mechanical, dynamic mechanical properties, colour performances of

rubber compounds, plastics compounds, inks and coating.

Oil furnace process is used in this project to manufacturing Carbon Black. In this process:-

The oil furnace process, based on the partial combustion of liquid aromatic

residual hydrocarbons, was first introduced in the U.S. at the end of World War II. It

rapidly displaced the then dominant channel (impingement) and gas-furnace

processes because it gave improved yields & better product qualities.

It was also independent of the geographical source of raw materials, a limitation

on the channel process and other processes dependent on natural gas, making

possible the worldwide location of manufacturing closer to the tyre customers.

Environmentally it favored elimination of particulate air pollution and was more

versatile than all other competing processes.



The main equipments are the Process Air Blowers, Air Preheaters, Oil Preheaters,

Reactors, Waste Heat Recovery Boilers, Quench Tower, Agglomerators, Bag Filters,

Pelletizer, Pin Mixers, Pulverizer, Rotary Dryer, Elevators, CO Boiler & Power Plant.

The basic process consists of atomizing the feedstock into the combustion zone of

the reactor where the combustion of natural gas/carbon black feedstock oil (CBFS)

takes place with excess oxygen in the primary combustion stream & the desired

temperature of about 1850 - 1950 degree centigrade is achieved. . A second stream

of CBFS is fed to the reactor which is converted to carbon primary black. In some

reactors a number of feedstock streams are atomized radially into high velocity

combustion gases.

The reaction products must be quenched rapidly with water sprays to lower the

temperature to prevent loss of the carbon black product through reaction with water,

products of the combustion reactions. The hot, carbon black and gas from the

reactors enters the air preheater where thermal energy is transferred to preheat the

primary combustion air.

From the Air Preheater the carbon black along with gas generated in the reactor

enters the Oil preheater where the thermal energy is transferred to preheat the

feedstock before it enters the reactor. After the Oil Preheater the carbon black along

with gas enters the Waste heat recovery Boiler where the thermal energy is utilized

for steam generation; which is used in the process for heating purposes.

Finally after sufficient thermal energy transfer, the carbon black along with gas

temperature is lowered in the quench tower; if required. Subsequently the carbon

black along with gas enters the Bag Filters which separates the carbon black product

from the tail gases.

Since the tail gases are composed mainly of water, nitrogen, carbon monoxide,

carbon dioxide, & hydrogen, they have low calorific heating value and is used as a

fuel to operate a boiler that generates steam used for power generation and also

used for heating the carbon black pellet in dryers.



Unused tail gas is effectively used to produce power to meet Carbon Black plant

demand & balance is exported to grid.

The above process being a highly efficient and widely tasted one, and the waste gas energy

generation being self developed process of PCBL (TN) Limited, no other alternatives is

necessary for the project.

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE)

Proposed project site is located in Plot No. A-7 Survey No: 32/2Pt Thervoy Kandigai SIPCOT

Industrial Park, Thervoy Kandigai village, Gummidipoondi Taluk, Thiruvallur District, Tamil

Nadu -601202.

Table 5.1 Alternative Site analysis:

State District Locations Reason for project location abandonment

Andhra

Pradesh Nellore

Naidupeta

Industrial park

1. Nearest road connectivity not in good condition for

smooth movement of Finished goods & raw material

containers.

2. Site located far from Major tyre customers units

located in Southern part of India and therefore increase

in Finished goods logistics cost.

Andhra

Pradesh Nellore

Attivaram

Industrial park

Telangana Nalgonda Miryalaguda

Industrial park

1. Long distance between plant and nearest seaport for

transportation of Raw material and Finished goods and

therefore increase in logistics cost.

2. Site located far from Major tyre customers units

located in Southern part of India and therefore increase

in Finished goods logistics cost

3. Basic Infrastructure ( Road connectivity , water

supply , Electricity supply ) not available, unreadiness

for new Carbon Black plant setup

Telangana Suryapet Suryapet

Industrial park

Based on the above comparison, SIPCOT Thervoykandigai site (Tamil Nadu) was selected

based on the following benefits:

1. Site is ~ 37.11 km (E) away from Kattupalli Port since 95% of raw materials will be

imported and 60% of product will be exported by sea. It is very important to locate near the

port.

2. Site is located very near to major tyres industries (Michellin tyre is located next to the site

and other major Tyres companies like Apollo, JK, bridgestone etc).



3. Site is well connected by road (~5.06 km, S), railways (~15.73 Km, ENE) and Airway (~43.13

km, SSE).

4. Adequate land is available within the SIPCOT.

5. 100% assurance of water supply by SIPCOT

The project site is located at SIPCOT Industrial Park , ThervoykandigaiVillage, Gummidipoondi

Taluk, Thiruvallur District, Tamil Nadu and the connectivity is given in Table 5-2.

Table Error! No text of specified style in document.-2 Connectivity to the site

Nearest Highway NH 16(Kharagpur–Gummidipoondi- Chennai) ~ 15.10 km (

ENE)

Nearest State Highway SH 51 (Korthalaiyar bridge-Palavakkam-puthur Road) ~5.06 km

(S)

Nearest Railway

Station Gummidipoondi Railway station ~15.73 km (ENE)

Nearest Airport Chennai International Airport~ 43.13 km (SSE)

Nearest Port (by

road)

Ennore Kamarajar Port ~ 38.45 km (ESE)

Kattupalli Adani Port ~ 37.11 km (E)

Chennai Port ≃43.75 km (SE)

Nearest Habitation Gopalareddikandigai ~0.92 km (NW)

Connectivity to the project site and availability of all the required infrastructures, in the

SIPCOT industrial area and the location being an industrial area are the major advantages for

the project.



CHAPTER - 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

M/s. PCBL (TN) Ltd. shall adopt comprehensive environmental monitoring plan which is

essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The objective of monitoring

is:

To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new

developments.

To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical

To check or assess the efficiency of controlling measures

To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment

study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new project.

To monitor effectiveness of Control Measures:

Monitor daily, Assess effectiveness of the Control Measures being implemented,

Explore the need to modify or add new Control Measures particularly if a violation is

observed & Report weekly.

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters will be made to find out any

deterioration in environmental quality.

Monitoring of the proposed project area will be regularly conducted. The attributes,

which merit regular monitoring, are specified underneath.



6.2 OBJECTIVES

Ensure day to day operational activities are conducted in a manner in compliance with the

applicable regulatory approvals including legislation and industry standards.

Evaluate the adequacy of mitigation and pollution control measures implemented for

reducing the adverse impacts caused during the construction and operation stage and

suggest additional mitigation measures, if appropriate, in the light of the results.

Define a detailed framework to monitor and document for achieving full compliance with

statutory requirements.

Encourage good environmental management practices through planning, commitment

and continuous improvement.

Develop clearly defined environmental monitoring program designed to assess the nature

and extent of environmental impacts of the proposed operations and progressively refine

such programs against the targets

Define roles and responsibilities of site personnel and ensure that all people onsite are

fully informed of their responsibilities and accountabilities with regard to the

environment.

To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)/

State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) related to air emission and liquid effluent discharge

as per air and water pollution control act/ laws.

To handle hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Rules

1989and Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement)

Rules, 2016 and subsequent amendments.

Review, improve and update environmental management procedures and standards.

Establish response procedures for actual/potential environmental impacts including

community complaints and ensure corrective action is taken.

Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environmental management

expenditure, Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a

cleaner and better environment.



6.3 DOCUMETATION & RECORDS

The environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facility is

being/will maintain following records:

Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control equipments.

Log sheet for self-monitoring of pollution control equipments.

Manual for monitoring of Air, water for ambient conditions.

Instruction manual for monitoring of water, solid and gaseous parameter discharged

from the factory and also for various parameters of pollution control facilities.

Stationary records as per the Environmental Acts.

Monthly and annual progress reports.

Regularly these documents & records shall be reviewed for necessary improvement of

the monitoring plan/mitigation measures/environmental technologies as well as for

necessary actions of Environmental Management Cell.



6.4 POST PROJECT MONITORING PLAN

Environment monitoring plan for proposed plant has described in Table-6.1 along with

Environment Components, parameter, standards to be followed, location and frequency.

COMPONENTS OF POST-PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME



6.4.1 Environmental Monitoring Program

It is imperative that the Project Authorities set up regular monitoring stations to assess the

quality of environment during construction phase and after commissioning of the project. An

environmental monitoring programme is important as it provides useful information and

helps to:

Verify the predictions on environmental impacts presented in this study assist in

detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus,

provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures, and identify the

effectiveness of mitigative measures suggested in the EMP.

Environmental Monitoring Program – Operation Phase

After commissioning of the project, post project monitoring of environmental parameters

will be carried out at regular intervals. The monitoring programme in different areas of the

environment has been based on the findings of the impact assessment studies. The post

project monitoring programme including areas, number and location of monitoring stations,

frequency of sampling and parameters to be covered is summarized in Table 6-1.



TABLE - 6.1

PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

S.

No

Area of

Monitoring

Number of Sampling

Stations

Frequency of

Sampling Parameters to be Analyzed

1. Micro

Meteorology One

Hourly and

Daily basis.

Wind speed and direction,

Temperature, Relative

Humidity, Atmospheric

pressure, Rainfall.

2. Ambient Air

Quality

2 Stations (one in up

wind and one in

down wind)

Twice a

week:24

hourly period

All the 12 parameters as per

NAAQ Standards, VOC and

Hydrocarbons

3. Noise

2 (one within plant

premises and one

outside plant

premises)

Once a month

Ambient Equivalent

continuous Sound Pressure

Levels (Leq) at day and Night

time.

4. Water

One surface and

ground water sample

near the site

Once a month All the parameters as per IS

10500:2012

5. Soil

2 (one within plant

premises and one

outside plant

premises)

Once in six months

Physicochemical properties, Nutrients and Heavy metals

6.

Liquid

Effluents

Effluent inlet and

outlet Weekly

pH, Temp, Conductivity, Oil

and Grease,TSS, TDS, BOD..

STP inlet and outlet Monthly pH, TSS, BOD & COD

7. Exhaust from

DG set Stack of DG set Monthly PM, SO2, NOx& CO

8. Vehicular

Emissions Parking area

Periodic

monitoring of

vehicles

Air emission and noise, PCU

9

Solid waste /

Hazardous

waste

Solid and hazardous

waste storage area Once a week Quantity



6.4.2 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be collected as per the guidelines provide by

MoEF&CC/ CPCB/ TNPCB. The method followed shall be recommended/standard method

approved/recommended by MoEF&CC/ CPCB.

Method of Environmental Sampling & Analysis

Attributes Method

Sampling / Preservation Analysis

A. Air Environment

1. Micro meteorological

data

2. Ambient Air Quality

Mechanical/automatic

1. Mechanical or automatic

weather station/

Meteorological Department

2. Samplers (Designed as per

USEPA) to collect PM2.5, PM10

and the gaseous samples

--

Standard methods such

as IS - 5182 & CPCB

guideline, ASTM, etc.

B. Noise Instrument: Noise level meter --



6.5 ENVIRONMENT POLICY



6.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Apart from having an environmental management plan, it is also necessary to have a

permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring effective implementation.

In this effect, M/s. PCBL (TN) Ltd. will assign responsibilities to officers from various

disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of

environment control measures.

An organogram of Environment management cell is shown in Figure 6.1. This department

shall undertake the monitoring of environment pollution level by measuring stack emissions,

Ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, Noise level, etc. either departmentally or by

appointing external agency whenever necessary.

M/s. PCBL (TN) Ltd. shall carry out the regular monitoring in future as well as ensure that

pollution is limited below prescribed limits and shall take corrective action by providing new

pollution control equipment if required. In case the monitored results of environment

pollution are found to exceed the prescribed limits, remedial actions are taken through the

concerned plant authorities. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control

equipment of each department is under respective department heads.

The environmental department shall also look after preparation and submission of Water

Cess Return, Environmental statement and Consolidated Consent & Authorization

application/ renewal under water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air

(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Ambient Air Quality as per NAAQS

Standards, 2009 and Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 under Environment Protection Act, 1986.



FIGURE - 6.1

ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

Responsibilities of EMC

The responsibilities of the EMC include the following:

Environmental monitoring of the surrounding area.

Commissioning of pollution control equipment.

Specification and regulation of maintenance schedules for pollution control

equipment.

Ensuring that standards of housekeeping in the plant are maintained.

Developing the green belt.

Ensuring proper use of water.

Carrying out the Environmental Management Plan.

Organizing meetings of the Environmental Management Committee and reporting to

the committee.



Ensuring legal compliance by properly undertaking activities as laid down by various

regulatory agencies from time to time.

6.7 COMPANY HAS A SYSTEM OF REPORTING OF NON-COMPLIANCES / VIOLATIONS OF

ENVIRONMENTAL NORMS TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY AND / OR

SHAREHOLDERS OR STAKEHOLDERS AT LARGE

An organogram to report of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the

Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders:

Operator

EHS Incharge

EHS - Head

Plant Head

Director/CEO



6.8 Compliance Reports

As a part of environmental monitoring programme, following compliance report will be

submitted to TNPCB and Regional Office of MoEF&CC.

Half yearly compliance reports of Environmental Clearance terms and conditions on

1stJune and 1stDecember every calendar year.

Environmental statement (Form-V) for the financial year ending March 31 to TNPCB

on or before September 30 every year.

Format for maintaining records of hazardous waste in Form-3 as per Hazardous and

other Wastes (Management and Handling and Transboundary movement) Rules,

2008.

Safety data sheet for hazardous chemicals will be maintained as per schedule-9 of

MSIHC rules, 1989 (amended 2000).

Format for maintaining notification of major accident in schedule-6 as per MISHC

rules, 1989 (amended 2000).

6.9 On-site Mock Drills Requirements

On-site mock drills are very important as it helps employees to be aware of the safety

procedures and how to react during the time of crisis. Conducting mock drills at regular

intervals enhances preparedness and checks the viability of environmental/disaster

management plan. Mock drills are essential for the following reasons:

Helps in revising/improving the environmental/disaster management plan

Helps to evaluate whether the responsible officials are trained efficiently for

the unforeseen event

Helps in evaluating whether the emergency equipment are being maintained

at premises

To ensure efficient environmental/disaster management, EHS department/EMP cell shall

conduct periodic on-site mock drills in case of occurrence of the following activities:

Fire, Natural calamities (cyclones, floods, earthquakes)



Power break down

Bomb threats; War alerts/terrorist attacks

Mock drills should also involve fire department, police, municipal authorities, hospitals and

other department/agencies that are mandated to provide emergency support. Documenting

the outcome of mock drills is an important aspect as this helps in revising the existing plan

more efficiently. In all safety programmes the right personnel need to be employed and this

is of utmost importance.


194

CHAPTER – 7

RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment management

plan, following additional studies have been included in the report.

Risk assessment

Disaster Management Plan

On-site and off-site emergency action plan

Occupational Health and Safety Management System

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT

7.1.1 INTRODUCTION

M/S. PCBL (TN) LIMITED is a wholly owned subsidiary of M/s Phillips Carbon Black Limited

(PCBL). PCBL is the first Carbon Black Company in the world to receive carbon credits. PCBL


gas or waste product from the carbon black manufacturing process thus creating a

sustainable green movement. The gas, a by-product of carbon black production, is

harnessed for generating electricity at the PCBL's Captive Power Plants (CPP), at Palej,

Durgapur, Mundra and Kochi. The Company has heavily cut down on carbon and gas

emission, and serves green power to Large Private industrial units and State Electricity

utilities. At present, the combined production capacity is 5.71 lakh Ton/Annum. Now, PCBL

(TN) LIMITED planned to set up a unit in SIPCOT industrial park, Thervoy Kandigai. Proposed

facility will be located at Plot No A7 of Thervoy Kandigai Village, SIPCOT Industrial Complex,

Gummidipoondi Taluk, Tiruvallur District and Tamil Nadu. The allotted land area is 60.02

Acres (242892.32 Sq.m). The land allotted from SIPCOT industrial complex to the proponent

for this proposed project.

Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards (unsafe

conditions). On the other hand, risk assessment deals with recognition and computation of

risks, the equipment in the plant and personnel are prone to due to the accidents resulting

from the hazards present in the plant.


195

Risk assessment follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and

assessment of risks to which the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of

hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident

scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or

generate. Consequently, the risk assessment is often confined to maximum credible

accident studies. It provides basis for what should be type and capacity of its on-site and off-

site emergency plan also what types of safety measures shall be required.

7.1.2 APPROACH TO THE STUDY

Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents consisting of an

event or sequence of events. The risk assessment study covers the following:

Identification of potential hazard area;

Identification of representative failure cases;

Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire and explosion;

Assess the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the

impact zones form the accidental scenarios;

Furnish the recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident possibilities

Preparation of Disaster Management Plan;

Emergency Plan, which includes Occupational and Health Safety Plan;

7.1.3 METHODOLOGY

Quantitative risk assessment (QRA) is a means of making a systematic assessment of the

risks from hazardous activities, and forming a rational evaluation of their significance, in

order to provide input to a decision-making process. The term ‘quantitative risk assessment’

is widely used, but strictly this refers to the purely numerical assessment of risks without

any evaluation of their significance. The study has been conducted based on the premises of

a traditional Quantitative Risk Assessment. The key components of a QRA are explained

below, and illustrated in Figure-7.1 and Figure-7.2.


196

FIGURE–7.1

QRA METHODOLOGY

TASK 1: SYSTEM DEFINITION

TASK 2: HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

TASK 3: FREQUENCY ANALYSIS TASK 4: CONSEQUENCE MODELING

TASK 5: RISK CALCULATIONS

TASK 6: RISK ASSESSMENT

TASK 7: RISK REDUCING MEASURES


197

FIGURE–7.2

FLOW CHART FOR QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

Start Identify Risk Areas

Select a Risk Area

Identify Failure Cases

Select a Failure Cases

Identify Consequence Outcomes

Select Consequence Outcomes

Determine Frequency

Estimate Consequence

Record Frequency and Consequence in a summary Table

Have all Consequence outcomes been studied?

Have all failure cases been studied?

Have all risk areas been studied?

Draw Risk Contours Finish

Yes

Next Next


198

7.1.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Identification of hazards in the proposed project activity is of primary significance of the

analysis, and quantification. Hazard states the characteristics of system/ plant/ process that

present potential for an accident. All the components of a system/ plant/ process need to

be thoroughly examined to assess their potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned

event/ sequence of events, which can be termed as an accident.

7.1.4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS AREAS

The procedure for QRA starts with identification of major risk areas in the installation.

Operation carried out in specialty chemicals Industries usually come under certain board,

general categories. At M/s. Philips Carbon Black Limited major risk areas are as follows:

Bulk storage area for Raw Materials at ambient temperature and atmospheric

pressure.

Process Plant

7.1.4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF FAILURE CASES FOR HAZARDOUS AREAS

Release due to catastrophic failure of storage tanks or process vessels.

Rupture of connected pipe with storage tank or process vessels.

Continuous release at significant rates for long durations transfer pipelines caused by

sudden, major break of the pipeline.

Continuous release at low rate through small holes or cracks in piping and vessels, flange

leaks, and leakage from pump glands and similar seals.

It is to be noted that for Quantitative Risk Assessment, worst case scenarios has been

considered, though their frequency of occurrence is much lower than the cases of small

leaks.


199

7.1.4.3 MAJOR HAZARDOUS AREASAND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

The hazardous chemical storage area is shown in Figure-7.3. The major Hazardous chemicals

to be stored, transported, handled and utilized within the plot area are summarized in the

Table-7.1. Other hazards and control measures are summarized in Table-7.2.Facilities /

System for process safety, transportation, fire fighting system and emergency capabilities to

be adopted are stated below.

FIGURE-7.3

HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL STORAGE AREA

Tank Farm

Area


200

TABLE-7.1

STORAGE AND HANDLING DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

SR.

NO.

RAW

MATERIAL

CAS NO. STATE HAZARD

INVOLVED

MODE OF

STORAGE

NO. OF

TANKS

/VESSELS /

BAGS

CAPACITY OF

EACH STORAGE

TANKS/ VESSEL/

BAGS

1.

Carbon Black

Feedstock

(CBFS)

64741-62-4 Liquid Flammable MS Tank 2 6000

1 3000

8 2000

1 600

2. Anthracene

(ATO)

90640-80-5 Liquid Toxic/

Flammable

MS Tank 2 2000

3. High Speed

Diesel

(HSD)/Light

Diesel Oil (LDO)

68476-30-2 Liquid Flammable MS Tank 1 150

4. Molasses

NA Thick

Liquid

Toxic Epoxy

Coated

CS

Cylindrica

l Tanks

1 140

5. Hydrochloric

Acid

7732-18-5 Liquid Corrosive Rubber

Lined CS /

FRP

Vessels

1 40

6. Sodium

Hydroxide

1310-73-2 Liquid Corrosive Rubber

Lined CS /

FRP

Vessels

1 20

7. Potassium

Nitrate /

Potassium

Carbonate

7757-79-1/

584-08-7

Powder Corrosive /

Corrosive

Bags 100 20


201

TABLE-7.2

OTHER HAZARDS AND CONTROL

SR.

NO.

NAME OF THE

POSSIBLE HAZARD

OR EMERGENCY

ITS SOURCES

&

REASONS

ITS EFFECTS ON

PERSONS, PROPERTY

& ENVIRONMENT

PLACE OF

ITS EFFECT

CONTROL MEASURES PROVIDED

1 BOILER

(1) Burning

(2) Physical injury

(3) Explosion

Over pressure in the

boiler if safety valve

not working. Water

level indicator not

working. Low water

level indicator fails.

High temp. System

fails.

Minor/Major Injury

Loss of human life

Loss of property (Loss

of Main/ Machine

Material)

Boiler

House and

surrounding

places

Lower & Upper Level Indication System provision. Safety

valves for pressure control fixed temp. & pressure

indicator provided. Blow down & blowing system

provided for cleaning tube and shell. Soft water used.

Inter locking provided on pumps, FD fan, and ID fan.

Periodical checking & inspection maintenance done.

Yearly inspection done by Boiler Inspector.

2 ELECTRICITY

(1) Burning

(2) Fire

(3) Shock

Loose Contacts, Weak

earthling Short Circuit

Improper Insulation

Burning, Shock, Death Surroundin

g the

accident

area

Proper Earthing, Periodical Checking of joints, proper

insulations of Equipments, etc. Flame proof fitting in

solvent storage area, bounding and jumpers to all

solvent barrier lines provided.

3 HOUSE KEEPING

(1) Physical

(2) Burning

(3) Fire

(4) Chemical

Exposure

Bad House keeping Physical / Chemical

Thermal Burn Injury

(Major / Minor)

In all

surrounding

areas i.e.

Storage,

Plants

Proper Handling, regular cleaning, Proper placement of

material (RIGHT THING AT THE RIGHT PLACE)

4 PIPE LINE LEAKAGES

Spillages etc.

(1) Corrosion

(2) Toxic gas release

Leaking of pipe line

due to corrosion,

Loose contact etc.

Physical / Chemical

Thermal Burn Injury

(Major / Minor)

Plant area Proper maintenance, Proper Selection of Material for

pipe lines, Immediate attention, Earthing provided,

flame proof fitting, NO SMOKING Boards displayed.

5 Structural Failure Inside the factory

(Corrosion)

Injury/Death to

persons, damage to

property

Within the

factory

Automatic operation Periodic Testing of safety valves

Regular Inspection and Maintenance


202

6 Toxic Release from

outside

Outside the factory Injury/Death Within &

outside the

unit

Alarm, Evacuation rescue & shelter/ Welfare

7 Natural Calamity Nature Injury / Death to

persons, damage to

property

Within &

outside the

unit

Alarm, Evacuation rescue & shelter/ Welfare

TABLE-7.3

HAZARDOUS PROPERTIES OF THE CHEMICALS, COMPATIBILITIES, SPECIAL HAZARD AND ANTIDOTES

NO RAW MATERIAL S/L

TANKS

NFPA WATER SOL FP °c BP °c L E L

U E L

VP VD SG TWA IDLH

1 Carbon Black Feedstock

(CBFS)

Liquid 2 2 0 Insoluble in

Water

110°c 420°c NA NA NA 1.09-1.10

g/cm3

3.5

mg/m3

None

estab.

2 Anthracene (ATO) Liquid 2 2 0 Insoluble in

cold water

121°c 342°c 0.6% NA 6.15 1.09-1.12

g/cm3

0.2

mg/m3

NA

3 High Speed Diesel

(HSD)/Light Diesel Oil

(LDO)

Liquid 1 2 0 Insoluble in

Water

32°c 215-376°c 0.6%

6%

2.12 to 26 mm

Hg at 21°c

3-5 0.86-0.90 800 PPM NA

4 Molasses

Liquid NA Highly Soluble Not

determined

107°c Not determined 1.4 NA NA

5 Hydrochloric Acid

Liquid 3 0 0 Soluble in cold

water, hot

water

NA 108.58°C (for

20.22% HCl) 83 °C

(for 31% HCl )

50.5°C (for 37%

HCl)

NA 25 kPa at 25°C 1.267 1.1-1.9 NA NA

6 Sodium Hydroxide

Liquid 3 0 1 1.260 g/l at 20

°C

NA 1.390°C NA NA 1.38 NA 2

mg/m3

10

mg/m3

7 Potassium Nitrate /

Potassium Carbonate

Powder 1 0 1

2 2 0

NA NA 400°C @ 760

mmHg

NA NA NA 2.11 NA NA


203

7.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS

CHEMICALS

LIQUIDS

Vendor will be asked to provide MSDS to Truck Driver.

Truck will have clearly marked identification of material being contained with mentioning

Safety Card.

Driver to have concerned Safety Officer’s contact details to contact him in case of

emergency.

SOP to cover routine checking of Hazardous chemical storage area to be carried out for

checking any spillage / leakage.

Hazardous chemical storage area will be inspected physically daily for having any visual

abnormality.

Readings of Temperature & Pressure will be noted, recorded & reported immediately for

abnormality.

Safety instruments will be checked at defined duration for intakeness.

Barrels to be checked for proper fixing of bungs before sending it outside the premises.

Barrels to be monitored physically daily for developing any pressure or vacuum within it on

long storage.

Concerned persons will be trained properly to use spill kit in case of observing any spillage

inside warehouse.

SOLIDS

Vendor will be asked to provide MSDS to Truck Driver.

Driver to have concerned Safety Officer’s contact details to contact him in case of

emergency.

Provide muffler on exhaust while entering truck within premises.

SOP to cover routine checking of Bags & Containers for checking any damage.

Containers to be tested for safe racking & transportation.

Proper PPE to be used while handling the material & concerned persons to be trained for

usage of the same.

Concerned persons will be trained properly to use spill kit in case of observing any spillage

inside warehouse.


204

THE MAJOR HAZARDS IN THE M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD ARE DESCRIBED BELOW.

Fire and Explosive hazard due to leakage of chemicals like Carbon Black Feedstock,

Anthracene, HSD & LDO etc.

Corrosive hazard due to leakage of chemicals like HCl

Electrical hazards due to the electrical major equipment/ machinery, operations, welding,

motors, and heavy lift devices, cabling, human intervention (short circuit possibility),

maintenance work (due to machinery breakdown etc.), plant lighting related electrical

hazards.

Possibility of human injury due to working with mechanical machines, manual handling etc.

Possibility of injury during chemicals handled, during operations and due to intoxication.

Major dropped objects hazard due to large number of physical handling steps / operations

involved with crane/ overhead lifting/ hoisting equipment.

Fires in any part of the plant working areas – there is a possibility of rapid escalation if it is

not brought under control quickly.

Possibilities of fire hazards at transformers, switchgear and other electrical equipment etc.

FOR ABOVE GROUND NON PESO STORAGE TANK FARM:

SS storage tank provided as per IS code.

Dyke wall provided to storage tank.

Level gauge provided with low level high level auto cut-off provision.

Fire hydrant monitor with foam trolley facility provided.

FLP type pump provided.

Double static earthing provided to storage tank.

Double Jumper clip provided to all pipeline flanges.

Road tanker unloading procedure prepared and implemented.

Lightening arrestor, PPEs provided.

Safety shower, eye wash provided.

NFPA labeling system adopted for drums as well as storage tanks.


205

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS MEASURES FOR FLAMMABLE STORAGE &TANK FARM AREA:

Isolated storage area, away from process area.

Fully fledged fire hydrant system with fire water storage tank will be provided

Water sprinkler system/ hydrant system will be provided at all flammable material storage

area.

Static dissipation points for control of static hazards will be provided.

Fire extinguishers and foam trolleys will be provided at strategic locations.

Online gas detectors system will be provided near underground tank farm.

Safety instruction boards will be displayed for handling & emergency response.

Dyke walls will be provided for containment of liquid spills.

PLC based safety interlocks, control valves and emergency relief system will be provided.

Flame proof fitting will be installed at all areas as per Hazardous Area Classification.

Double earthing & grounding to the system will be provided.

Earthing relays with interlock will be provided to stop transfer of material if earthing

continuity is not there.

Lock & key arrangements will be provided for critical chemicals pipeline valves.

Tanker loading stations with retractable life lines will be provided.

SAFETY MEASURES FOR ACID STORAGE TANK AREA:

Storage tank will be stored away from the process plant.

Tanker unloading procedure will be prepared and implemented.

Caution note and emergency handling procedure will be displayed at unloading area and

trained all operators.

NFPA label will be provided.

Required PPEs like full body protection PVC apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, Respiratory mask

etc. will be provided to operator.

Neutralizing agent will be kept ready for tackle any emergency spillage.

Safety shower, eye wash with quenching unit will be provided in acid storage area.

Material will be handled in close condition in pipe line.

Dyke wall will be provided to all storage tanks, collection pit with valve provision.

Double drain valve will provided.


206

Level gauge will be provided on all storage tanks.

Safety permit for loading unloading of hazardous material will be prepared and

implemented.

TREM CARD will be provided to all transporters and will be trained for transportation

Emergency of Hazardous chemicals.

Fire hydrant system with jockey pump as per IS 13039 will be installed.


207

SAFETY MEASURES IN PLANT AREA

SPECIAL DESIGN CRITERIA

All processes will be made inherently safer through HAZOP studies at the design freeze stage.

All equipment will be made to relevant standards and tested through competent agencies. All

processes will be PLC based and hence a little chance is left to human error.

CONTROLS AND ALARMS

All hazardous processes and equipment will be DCS operated. Respective audio-visual alarm

and DCS based controls will be provided.

PRESSURE RELIEF SYSTEMS

Wherever pressure systems are there, the rupture disc and pressure relieving safety valves will

be provided. These valves give positive relief during over-pressurization, even at low

temperature (possible cause for over-pressurization are fire, excessive nitrogen pressure for

unloading and overheating during thawing procedures for frozen alkyls) Use of the relief valve

also allows reseating after the over pressurization is relieved.

COLLECTING TANK / DUMP TANKS/ BUFFER VESSELS

All liquid storages will be provided with dyke containment for collection of leakage material

from the storage tank. All plants will be having collection sumps so that if there is any spill in

the plant it is getting collected in sumps.


208

7.3 HANDLING OF TOXIC/CORROSIVE CHEMICALS

When in contact with human tissues, most corrosive substances produce chemical burns,

while certain other substances produce deep ulceration. Many corrosive substances have a

defeating action on the skin and may cause dermatitis.

THE SAFEGUARDS AGAINST THESE HAZARDS WILL BE:

Preventing or minimizing contact between corrosive substances and skin, mucous

membranes and eyes.

Corrosive substances will not be allowed to come in contact with materials that may react.

All the containers, pipes, apparatus, installations and structure used for the manufacture,

storage, transport or use of these substances will be protected by suitable coatings,

impervious to and unaffected by corrosives.

All containers or receptacles will be clearly labelled to indicate their contents and should

bear the danger symbol for corrosives.

A high standard of maintenance and good housekeeping will be essential.

Adequate ventilation and exhaust arrangement whether general or local, will be provided

whenever corrosive toxic gases or dust are present.

Personal protective devices will be used depending upon the nature of work viz.

O Corrosion-resistant and impervious suits, or hand-gloves, aprons etc.

O Respirator, gas mask or self contained breathing apparatus.

O Barrier cream when exposure will not be severe.

First aid treatment facilities will be provided and all concern are instructed to follow safe

Practices such as

O Prolonged washing with water

O Removing contaminated clothing

O Seeking immediate medical help

Safety showers and eye washers will be provided


209

HAZARD CONTROL MEASURES

A) Hazard Control Measures:

1) Fire Hazard 2) Others Hazard 3) Chemical / Solvent

leakage

Flameproof electrical

apparatus installed at

probable fire hazard area.

Well maintained Fire

Fighting Apparatus (fire

extinguisher, fire hydrant

system) in sufficient

quantity.

Well defined storage facility

for fire hazard substances.

Copper Jumpers are

provided on solvent

transferring lines.

Earthing/Bonding system is

provided at designated

areas.

Smoke detectors and fire

alarm system installed at

site.

Process / operation

handling by competent

person only.

Permit to work system.

Round the clock availability

of qualified Safety Officer &

Paramedic.

Mutual aid with nearby

industries and Disaster

Preventive Management

Centre.

WH & Solvent Building

located away from other

plants.

Online flammable gas

detection meters with

audible alarm / hooter.

Explosion proof wall &

doors of process area

where such hazards are

apparent.

Copper Jumpers are

provided on solvent

transferring lines.

Earthing/Bonding system is

provided at designated

areas.

Process operated by

competent person only.

Regular testing / inspection

of pressure vessels by

competent person

Installation of safety valve

on probable explosion

hazards vessels.

Permit to work system.

Handling of chemicals

with confined containers

/ drums only.

Availability of spillage

control kit & sand

buckets on specific

locations.

Regular monitoring of

VOC level of plant by

internally and externally

agency and precaution

are taken to avoid

exposure.

PPEs like organic

cartridge mask, air

bubbler and full body

pressure suit with

breathing air provision

are provided as and

when required.

People in vicinity of area

are trained to use

spillage control kit.

SCBA set is readily

available at designated

locations for emergency

scenario.


210

7.4 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard arises due to storage, handling & use

of these chemicals. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they may cause

damage due to resulting fires or vapour clouds. Blast Overpressures depend upon the reactivity

class of material between two explosive limits.

OPERATING PARAMETERS

Potential vapour release for the same material depends significantly on the operating

conditions. Especially for any liquefied gas, the operating conditions are very critical to assess

the damage potential. If we take up an example of ammonia, if it is stored at ambient

temperature, say 30oC, and then the vapour release potential of the inventory is much higher as

compared to the case if it is stored at 0oC.

INVENTORY

Inventory Analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards and short listing of

release scenarios. Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard.

Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of potential release. The

potential vapour release (source strength) depends upon the quantity of liquid release, the

properties of the materials and the operating conditions (pressure, temperature). If all these

influencing parameters are combined into a matrix and vapour source strength estimated for

each release case, a ranking should become a credible exercise.

LOSS OF CONTAINMENT

Plant inventory can get discharged to Environment due to Loss of Containment. Certain

features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly understood to firstly list out

all significant release cases and then to short list release scenarios for a detailed examination.

Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous. Failure of a vessel leading to an

instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden appearance of such a major crack that practically all

of the contents above the crack shall be released in a very short time. The more likely event is

the case of liquid release from a hole in a pipe connected to the vessel. The flow rate is

depending on the size of the hole as well as on the pressure, which was present, in front of the

hole, prior to the accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on the pressure in the vessel.


211

The vaporisation of released liquid depends on the vapour pressure and weather conditions.

Such consideration and others have been kept in mind both during the initial listing as well as

during the short listing procedure. In the study, Maximum Credible Loss accident methodology

is to be used, therefore, the largest potential hazard inventories have been considered for

consequence estimation.

7.4.1 DAMAGE CRITERIA

In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate the

physical effects of an accident (spill of hazardous material) and to predict the damage (lethality,

injury, material destruction) of the effects. The calculations can roughly be divided in three

major groups:

a) Determination of the source strength parameters;

b) Determination of the consequential effects;

c) Determination of the damage or damage distances.

The basic physical effect models consist of the following.

SOURCE STRENGTH PARAMETERS

* Calculation of the outflow of liquid, vapour or gas out of a vessel or a pipe, in case of

rupture. Also two-phase outflow can be calculated.

* Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation and of the

dimensions of the remaining liquid pool.

* Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material, pool

dimensions and wind velocity.

* Source strength equals pump capacities, etc. in some cases.


212

CONSEQUENTIAL EFFECTS

* Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source strength, relative

density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical situation of the surrounding area.

* Intensity of heat radiation [in kW/ m2] due to a fire or a BLEVE, as a function of the distance

to the source.

* Energy of vapour cloud explosions [in N/m2], as a function of the distance to the distance of

the exploding cloud.

* Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of evaporated

chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.

It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study strongly

depend upon the type of material involved:

- Gas, vapour, liquid, solid

- Inflammable, explosive, toxic, toxic combustion products

- Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure

- Controlled outflow (pump capacity) or catastrophic failure?

SELECTION OF DAMAGE CRITERIA

The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects (exposure) and the

percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due to those effects. The knowledge

about these relations depends strongly on the nature of the exposure. For instance, much more

is known about the damage caused by heat radiation, than about the damage due to toxic

exposure, and for these toxic effects, the knowledge differs strongly between different

materials.

In Consequence Analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous effects are

distinguished:

1. Heat radiation, from a jet, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE.

2. Explosion

3. Toxic effects, from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.

In the next three paragraphs, the chosen damage criteria are given and explained.

HEAT RADIATION

The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:


213

The radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m2];

The exposure duration [sec];

The protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).

The limits for 1% of the exposed people to be killed due to heat radiation, and for second-

degree burns are given in the table herein:

DAMAGES TO HUMAN LIFE DUE TO HEAT RADIATION

Exposure

Duration

Radiation for 1%

lethality (kW/m2)

Radiation for 2nd degree

burns (kW/m2)

Radiation for first

degree burns (kW/m2)

10 Sec 21.2 16 12.5

30 Sec 9.3 7.0 4.0

Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat radiation in case

of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can be assumed that people

would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal radiation in 10 sec. time. Furthermore,

100% lethality may be assumed for all people suffering from direct contact with flames, such as

the pool fire, a flash fire or a jet flame. The effects due to relatively lesser incident radiation

intensity are given below.

EFFECTS DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITY

INCIDENT RADIATION

kW/m2

TYPE OF DAMAGE

0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation

1.6 No discomfort for long exposure

4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. Blistering of skin (first

degree burns are likely)

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. second degree burns after 20

sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting

plastic tubing etc.

EXPLOSION

In case of vapour cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:

* a flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;

* a blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.

As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the cloud

proper.

For the blast wave, the lethality criterion is based on:


214

* A peak overpressure of 0.1 bar will cause serious damage to 10% of the

housing/structures.

* Falling fragments will kill one of each eight persons in the destroyed buildings.

The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak overpressures

resulting from a blast wave:

DAMAGE DUE TO OVERPRESSURES

Peak Overpressure Damage Type

0.83 bar Total Destruction

0.30 bar Heavy Damage

0.10 bar

0.03 bar

Moderate Damage

Significant Damage

0.01 bar Minor Damage

From this it may be concluded that p = 0.17 E+5 pa corresponds approximately with 1%

lethality. Furthermore it is assumed that everyone inside an area in which the peak

overpressure is greater than 0.17 E+ 5 pas will be wounded by mechanical damage. For the gas

cloud explosion this will be inside a circle with the ignition source as its centre.

INTOXICATION

The consequences from inhalation of a toxic vapour/gas are determined by the toxic dose.

This dose D is basically determined by:

- Concentration of the vapour in air;

- Exposure duration.

Furthermore, of course, the breathing rates of the victim, as well as the specific toxic

mechanism unto the metabolism play an important role.

The dose is defined as D = Cn.t, with:

C = concentration of the toxic vapour, in [ppm] or [mg/m3];

t = exposure duration, in [sec] or [min];

n = exponent, mostly > 1.0; this exponent takes into account the fact that a high

concentration over a short period results in more serious injury than a low concentration over a

relatively longer period of exposure. The value of n should be greater than zero but less than 5.

The given definition for D only holds if the concentration is more or less constant over the

exposure time; this may be the case for a (semi) continuous source. In case of an


215

instantaneous source, the concentration varies with time; the dose D must be calculated with

an integral equation:

D = Cn.dt

For a number of toxic materials, so-called Vulnerability Models (V.M.) has been developed. The

general equation for a V.M. (probit function) is:

Pr = a + b.ln (Cn.t), with

Pr = probit number, being a representation of the percentage of people suffering a

certain kind of damage, for instance lethality

Pr = 2.67 means 1% of the population;

Pr = 5.00 means 50% of the population;

a and b material dependent numbers;

Cn.t = dose D, as explained above.

The values for a and b are mostly derived from experiments with animals; occasionally,

however, also human toxicity factors have been derived from accidents in past. In case only

animal experiments are available, the inhalation experiments with rats seem to be best

applicable for predicting the damage to people from acute intoxication. Although much

research in this field have been done over the past decades, only for a limited number of toxic

materials consequence models have been developed. Often only quite scarce information is

available to predict the damage from an acute toxic exposition. Data transformation from oral

intoxication data to inhalation toxicity criteria is sometimes necessary. Generally, in safety

evaluations pessimistic assumptions are applied in these transformation calculations. The

calculated damage (distance) may be regarded as a maximum. For the purposes of a response

to a major incident, the IDLH value level has been chosen for the ‘wounded‘ criteria. This type

of injury will require medical attention.

7.4.2 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS

A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterised as the worst credible accident. In

other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum consequence distance that is

still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not include a quantification of the probability

of occurrence of the accident. Another aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MCA

studies appears, is the atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion calculations. As per the

reference of the study, weather conditions having an average wind speed have been chosen.


216

The Maximum Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility. The MCL

cases considered, attempt to include the worst “Credible” incidents- what constitutes a credible

incident is always subjective. Nevertheless, guidelines have evolved over the years and based

on basic engineering judgement, the cases have been found to be credible and modelling for

assessing vulnerability zones is prepared accordingly. Only catastrophic cases have been

considered and not partial or small failures (as is the case in Quantitative Risk Assessment

where contributions from low frequency - high outcome effect as well as high frequency - low

outcome events are distinguished). The objective of the study is emergency planning, hence

only holistic & conservative assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence though the

outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind

whilst interpreting the results.

7.4.2.1 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS CALCULATIONS

The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios. This has been done for

weather conditions having wind speed. In Consequence Analysis, geographical location of the

source of potential release plays an important role. Consideration of a large number of

scenarios in the same geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario has

been identified and duly considered.

7.4.2.2 SOFTWARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS

PHAST MICRO: Phast is the most comprehensive software available for performing Process

Hazard Analysis (PHA), Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) and Financial Risk Analysis (FRA).

Our extensively validated software for consequence and risk assessment is used by

governments and industry helping them to comply with local safety regulation and their own

corporate best practice. Phast contains all the discharge, dispersion, effects and risk models you

will need to accurately assess all your major hazards and associated risks. Phast Consequence

provides you with comprehensive hazard analysis facilities to examine the progress of a

potential incident from the initial release to its far-field effects.

TOXIC AND FLAMMABLE IMPACT

It calculates the initial discharge, as the material expands from its storage conditions to

atmospheric, through dispersion, as the material mixes with air and dilutes, and the


217

subsequent toxic or flammable effects. Phast includes a wide range of models for discharge

and dispersion as well as flammable, explosive and toxic effects.

DISCHARGE

Phast requires basic information about storage or process conditions and material

properties in order to perform discharge calculations

The software comes with an integrated material property database containing more

than 1,600 pre-defined pure component chemicals

Various discharge scenario options have been implemented to represent common

process failures, and model their behavior. These include:

Leaks and line ruptures from long & short pipelines

Catastrophic ruptures

Relief valve and disc ruptures

Tank roof collapse

Vent from vapour spaces

In building release effects

DISPERSION

The dispersion models within Phast are able to model the following phenomena

Dispersion of gas, liquid and two-phase releases

Liquid droplet thermo dynamics calculations and liquid droplet rainout

Pool spreading and vaporization

Building wake dispersion effects for vapour releases

FLAMMABLE EFFECTS

For releases of flammable material Phast calculates

Radiation profiles and contours from a range of fire scenarios including pool fires, flash

fires, jet fires and fire balls, including cross-wind effects on a jet fire

Vapour Cloud Explosion modeling using industry standards models including the TNO

Multi-energy, Baker Strehlow Tang and TNT Equivalence models

Overpressure contours from Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosions


218

TOXIC EFFECTS

Graphs of toxic concentration profile

Indoor and outdoor toxic dose prediction

Reporting of distance to specific dose and concentration

Calculated exposure time and use as “averaging time” for passive dispersion effects

PHAST RISK

Phast Risk allows you to combine the flammable and toxic consequences from each scenario in

your QRA model with their likelihood to quantify the risk of fatalities. Phast Risk allows you to

take account of local population distribution, sources of ignition, land usage and local

prevailing weather conditions. It is designed to perform all the analysis, data handling and

results presentation elements of a QRA within a structured framework.

Phast Risk allows you to quickly identify major risk contributors so that time and efforts can be

directed to mitigating these highest risk activities. Based on effects calculations and population

vulnerabilities, Phast Risk can integrate over all scenarios and weather conditions to estimate

the total risk. The established individual and societal risk indicators are predicted by Phast Risk

across your facility and surrounding area using the classical QRA methodology. Risk ranking

reports can be produced at points of strategic importance to show the relative influence of the

various failure scenarios and their contribution to both the individual and societal risk metrics.

A key benefit of Phast Risk is the ability to identify major risk contributors and differentiate

these from incidents with worst case consequences which might otherwise dominate the

safety reviews. Whilst medium scale incidents have lesser consequences, they may have a

higher frequency, which, when combined with their hazardous effects, generate a higher level

of risk. Time and effort directed to mitigating high consequence but often low frequency

events may not be well spent. Phast Risk helps you direct this effort more effectively.

Phast Risk also provides facilities to help you manage large quantities of input data, including

scenarios, parameters, wind roses, ignition and population, and combine these in many ways.

This is critical when looking at sensitivity analyses and assessing the merits of a range of risk

reduction measures.


219

BENEFITS

Facilitates cost reduction in terms of losses and insurance

Allows optimization of plant and process design

Assist in compliance with safety regulators

Enables quicker response to hazardous incidents

Improve engineer’s understanding of potential hazards

Regular software upgrades incorporate industry experience and expertise, and

advances in consequence modeling technology


220

7.5 SCENARIOS

TABLE-7.4

POSSIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIOS

SCENARIO MCL SCENARIO QUANTITY

1 Release of Carbon Black feedstock 6000 KL

2 Release of High Speed Diesel 150 KL

3 Release of HCl 40 KL


221

SCENARIO-1

RELEASE OF CARBON BLACK FEEDSTOCK

Catastrophic Rupture

Input Data

Stored quantity - 6000 KL

Molecular weight – 12.011

Wind speed - 2.42 m/s

Density – 1.1 g/cm3

Results of Computations

Maximum distance at over pressure

Over Pressure 0.02068 1031.06 m



FLASH FIRE ENEVELOPE:-


222

RADIATION VS DISTANCE FOR JET FIRE

CENTERLINE CONCENTRATION VS DISTANCE


223

SCENARIO-2

RELEASE OF HSD


Input Data


Molecular weight - 175.18


Density– 820 kg/m3

Results indicate

Flash Fire

Radiation Level

(KW/m2)

Distance in meter

37.5 Not Reached

12.5 Not Reached

4 Not Reached

CLOUD FOOT PRINT


224

MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION FOOT PRINT

FLASH FIRE ENEVELOPE


225

SCENARIO-3

RELEASE OF HCL


Input Data


Molecular weight -36.46


Density– 1180 kg/m3

Results indicate

LC50 – 149 ppm 53.63 meter

IDLH – 5 ppm 1839.19 meter

TLV –0.75 ppm 3531.6 meter

RESULTS


226

MEASURES TO BE TAKEN TO PREVENT SUCH ACCIDENT

Priority will be given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage premises at site and will not

be kept waiting near the gate or the main road.

Security person checks License, TREM CARD, Fire extinguisher condition, required PPEs as per

SOP laid down.

Store officer will take sample as per sampling SOP from sampling point.

After approval of QC department unloading procedure is allowed be started.

FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WILL BE ADOPTED DURING UNLOADING

Wheel stopper is provided to TL at unloading platform.

Tanker unloading procedure is followed according to check list and implemented.

Flexible hose connection is done at TL outlet line and checked for no leakage.

The quantity remaining in the hose pipeline is drained to a small container, which will be

subsequently transferred to the main storage tank thus ensuring complete closed conditions

for transfer from road tanker.

All TL valves will be closed.

FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WILL BE ADOPTED STORAGE OF SUCH CHEMICALS

Storage tank is stored away from the process plant.

Tanker unloading procedure is prepared and implemented.

Caution note and emergency handling procedure is displayed at unloading area and trained

all operators.

NFPA label is provided.

Required PPEs like full body protection PVC apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, Respiratory mask

etc. is provided to operator.

Neutralizing agent is kept ready for tackle any emergency spillage.

Safety shower, eye wash with quenching unit is provided in acid storage area.

Material is handled in close condition in pipe line.

Dyke wall is provided to all storage tanks, collection pit with valve provision.

Drain valve is provided.

Level gauge is provided on all storage tanks.

Safety permit for loading unloading of hazardous material is prepared and implemented.

TREM CARD is provided to all transporters and trained for transportation Emergency of

Hazardous chemicals.

Fire hydrant system with jockey pump as per TAC norms is installed.

MITIGATION MEASURES TO CONTROL EMERGENCY:

Safety Shower and eye wash is provided away from the tank and unloading station.

Sand bags/ buckets is provided near tank area.

Neutralizing medium (Lime and dry sand) is kept ready near tank farm.

Emergency siren and wind sock is provided.

Tele Communication system and mobile phone is used in case of emergency situations for

communication.

First Aid Boxes and Occupational health center is made at site.

Emergency organization and team is prepared.


227

Full body protection suite and other PPEs will be kept ready in ECC at site.

Emergency team is prepared and trained for scenario base emergency. Like Toxic control

team, Fire control team, First aid team, communication and general administration team,

Medical team etc.

EMERGENCY RESPONSE

SPILL OR LEAK

· Do not touch damaged containers or spilled material unless wearing appropriate protective

clothing.

· Stop leak if you can do it without risk.

· Use water spray to reduce vapors; do not put water directly on leak, spill area or inside

container.

· Keep combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) away from spilled material.

SMALL SPILL

· Cover with DRY earth, DRY sand or other non-combustible material followed with plastic sheet

to minimize spreading or contact with rain.

· Use clean non-sparking tools to collect material and place it into loosely covered plastic

containers for later disposal.

· Prevent entry into waterways, sewers, basements or confined areas.

MEASURES TO BE TAKEN TO PREVENT SUCH ACCIDENT:

The installation of all the equipments will be as per guidelines of provision of Gujarat

Factories Rule 1963.

Priority will be given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage premises at site and will not

be kept waiting near the gate or the main road.

Plant Operator will take sample as per sampling SOP from sampling point.

After approval of QC department unloading procedure will be allowed be started.

In case of fire emergency, standard type of Firefighting equipments and fire extinguishers will

be provided in the storage area as well as required places in the plant.

Personnel protective equipment‘s will be provide to workers.

First Aid facility and First-aid trained person will be available at the time of chemical handling

operation.

FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WILL BE ADOPTED DURING UNLOADING

Wheel stopper will be provided to TL at unloading platform.

Static earthing will be provided to road tanker.

Tanker unloading procedure will be followed according to check list and implemented.


228

Flexible SS hose connection will be done at TL outlet line.

The quantity remaining in the hose pipeline will be drained to a small underground storage

tank, which will be subsequently transferred by nitrogen pressure to the main storage tank

thus ensuring complete closed conditions for transfer from road tanker.

All TL valves will be closed in TL.

Finally earthing connection and wheel stopper will be removed.

Only day time unloading will be permitted.

FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WILL BE ADOPTED STORAGE OF SUCH CHEMICALS

Storage tank will be stored away from the process plant.

Tanker unloading procedure will be prepared and implemented.

Caution note and emergency handling procedure will be displayed at unloading area and

trained all operators.

NFPA label will be provided.

Required PPEs like full body protection PVC apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, Respiratory mask,

Nomex suit etc. will be provided to operator.

Neutralizing agent will be kept ready for tackle any emergency spillage.

Safety shower, eye wash with quenching unit will be provided in acid storage area.

Material will be handled in close condition in pipe line.

Dyke wall will be provided to all storage tanks, collection pit with valve provision.

Double drain valve will be provided.

Level gauge will be provided on all storage tanks.

Safety permit for loading unloading of hazardous material will be prepared and

implemented.

TREM CARD will be provided to all transporters and will be trained for transportation

Emergency of Hazardous chemicals.


229

7.5.1 RISK ASSESSMENT SUMMARY

From the Risk Assessment studies conducted, it would be observed that by and large, the

risks are confined almost within the factory boundary walls.

Based on these studies company has been proposed to plan its facility sitting as well as

location of operator cabin, open area, etc.

Company has to increase awareness programme in the surrounding vicinity and educate

people for safe evacuation at the time of toxic release.

Induction safety course to be prepared and trained all new employees before starting duties

in plant.

A HAZOP study to be carried out for all product plant and storage facilities.


230

7.6 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.6.1 OBJECTIVE

To establish a method of systematic, safe and orderly evacuation in the least possible time,

to a safe area or by the nearest safe means of way out.

Control the accidents.

Rapid control and containment of hazardous situation.

Rescue and treatment of casualties.

Safeguard people (both at site and neighborhood).

Minimize damage to property and environment.

Identify casualties, notify their relatives and render necessary help to them.

Proper training of the concerned person.

Prevent recurrence.

Be capable of dealing with largest incident that can reasonably be foreseen.

Have sufficient flexibility with a view to handling the emergency efficiently and avoiding

unnecessary calling external agencies like fire brigade services.

7.6.2. BASIC FORMS OF EMERGENCY

Fire

Explosion

Toxic release

Natural disaster (earth quake, flooding, tsunami etc.)

A combination of more than one

7.6.3. TYPES OF EMERGENCY

7.6.3.1 ON-SITE EMERGENCY

An accident/ incident that take place in a factory, with effects being confined to the factory

premises, involving only the persons working in the factory and the property inside the factory

is called On-site Emergency. It can further be classified as minor and major emergency based on

severity of the incident.

7.6.3.2. MINOR EMERGENCY (EVACUATION IS NOT REQUIRED)

In the case of minor emergency there is no need for an evacuation siren and the respective

department personnel will handle the same with assistance of Safety Squad.

7.6.3.3. MAJOR EMERGENCY (EVACUATION IS REQUIRED)

In case of major emergency, there must be an emergency siren and situation is tackled as per

the plan.


231

7.6.3.4. OFF-SITE EMERGENCY

If the accident is such that it affects inside the factory uncontrolled and it may spread outside

the factory premises, it is called as Off-site Emergency.

Assessment reveals that an Off-site emergency is a very remote possibility in the factory. If

situation dictates, local police may be availed to warn and advice the local public on mitigation

in an emergency situation.

7.6.4. ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN IN PLACE WITH PCBL

7.6.4.1. PURPOSE

The main purpose of preparing “On-Site Emergency plan” is to define responsibility for

individuals and teams to control and mitigate emergency situation in a systematic way without

affecting adjacent building, neighboring industry and public of the surrounding vicinity.

7.6.4.2. EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION

The effective control of emergency situations depends upon the way in which the individual

and team acting during emergency in an appropriate time. So this is very essential to identify

key individual and teams for fixing specific responsibility as part of emergency organization to

avoid confusion.

The following are the important key persons and team identified as part of emergency

organization.

1. Emergency Identifier.

2. Incident controller

3. Chief controller.

4. Works Controller.

5. Liaison Team.

6. Fire and Safety Team.

7. First aid Team.

8. Environmental Team.

9. Internal communication Team.

10. Task force team.

7.6.4.3. INDIVIDUAL AND TEAMS ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The following are the individual and team responsibility of emergency organization. PCBL (TN)

LIMITED may assign the following roles to their responsible employees as applicable. Some

suggested responsibility bearers may be Plant Manager, Head-MAINTENANCE, Head-QC, Head-

E&I, Head-OPERATION, Head-HSE, etc.


232

INCIDENT IDENTIFIER

The person who is noticing an incident is called “Incident Identifier”. After noticing the incident

he has to take the following action immediately.

1. In case of major incident, to inform the shift in charge about the incident. While informing,

he has to tell his,

Name: ----------------

Location: ----------------

And nature of Incidents likes Fire, Solvent leakage and Gas leak, etc.

2. Shout about the Incident like “Fire! Fire or “Leak! Leak” to gather people for help.

SHIFT IN CHARGE /MANAGER

After receiving the information from Incident Identifier, the following are the action to be taken

by Shift in Charge or Manager of the particular location:

1. Assess the situation and inform the Works controller.

2. Try to evacuate the people in that area including contract workers.

3. Act as the incident controller till works controller reaches the spot.

4. After handing over the charge to works controller, he should take the lead of controlling the

situation with the available resource.

Note: In the absence of shift in charge the next responsible person should act as shift in charge.

CHIEF CONTROLLER

The following are the roles and responsibility of Chief controller during an emergency:

1. After receiving the communication about the emergency he should reach the emergency

control centre and take the control actions to control the overall incident.

2. Keep communicating to works controller about the action to be taken to control the

emergency either directly or through internal communication team.

3. Send the required team to the emergency site to attend the emergency as per the

requirement of works controller.

4. Inform external agencies like fire brigade, ambulance or other vehicles through coordinator

for liaison team.

5. Arranging additional protective equipment through mutual help scheme through liaison

coordinator.

6. Instruct security department to close the gate and stop loading and unloading activities

inside the plant and move the vehicles to safe location.

7. Keep informs higher authorities either through liaison coordinator or by himself. Keep inform

to kith and skin of the affected victims through liaison coordinator.


233

8. Keep informs all the necessary statutory authorities through liaison coordinator.

9. Keep inform to respective hospitals for arranging treatment for victims through liaison

coordinator.

10. Instruct liaison coordinator to receive press and media and keep them in conference hall.

WORKS CONTROLLER

After receiving the communication from incident controller and ensuring the incident to be a

major one, he has to report to the chief controller about the incident and ask him to declare an

emergency.

1. Arrange for the evacuation of the people.

2. Instruct shift in charges of respective plant and adjacent plant to stop the operation if

needed.

3. Instruct electrical department to isolate the power.

4. Guiding the people to control and content incident.

5. Directing the team leader to take action according to their responsibility.

6. Communicating various actions taken to control the incident to Chief controller either

directly by phone or through internal communication coordinator.

7. Informing to Chief controller about the external help as per mutual agreement.

8. Informing to Chief controller about help of external fire brigades.

9. Instruct environmental team to contain the effluent water without getting mixed with storm

water gutter.

10. Instruct safety and firefighting team to use right type of extinguishers and use hydrant

system for fighting fire.

11. Instruct safety and firefighting team to supply sufficient numbers of personal protective

equipment to meet the emergency.

LIAISON TEAM

Immediately after receiving the communication about emergency, he should reach the

emergency control centre and act as follows:

1. Carefully receive the instruction from Chief controller and act accordingly.

2. Instruct security to regularize the manpower at the assembling point.

3. Instruct security to close the gate and restrict unwanted movement.

4. Inform kith and skin of the affected victim as per the instruction of Chief controller.


234

5. Receive representative from Press and Media and ask them to stay in conference hall and

inform to chief controller.

6. Inform all the statutory authorities as per the instruction from Chief controller.

7. Arrange additional transport including ambulance as per the instruction of Chief Controller.

8. Arranging food and other facilities for emergency team members and others.

9. Keep informed hospital authorities for necessary arrangements for treating the victims.

10. Make way for moving ambulance.

11. Instruct security guards to move lorry/ tankers to safe location.

12. Instruct security guards to evacuate contractor workers available inside the plant to

assembling Point I or II depending upon the wind direction.

13. Receive statutory authorities and inform to chief controller.

FIRE AND SAFETY TEAM

After receiving the communication about the emergency, he should reach the Emergency

control centre along with Fire Squad and Fire Guards and report to the chief controller and act

as follows:

1. Try to extinguish the fire using suitable type of fire extinguishers or fire hydrant system or

foam (AFFF) depending upon the material involved.

2. Instruct fire guard to barricade the area.

3. Ensure supply of necessary personal protective equipment and inform works controller to get

additional equipment as per the mutual scheme.

4. In case of leakage of chemicals, instruct people to contain the leakage by provide barricade

using sand without mixing into storm water gutter by using necessary personal protective

equipment.

5. Helping first aid team to shift the victims.

6. Instruct one of the fire squad to ensure fire water pump is running.

7. Inform different action taken to control the emergency to works controller.

8. Note: In the absence of Head safety, the person next to him will act as the coordinator.

FIRST AID TEAM

After receiving the communication about the emergency, he should reach the Emergency

control centre along with first aid team and report to the Chief controller and act as follows:

1. Organize the first aid team and arrange first aid treatment to the affected persons.


235

2. To arrange for immediate medical attention.

3. After getting head count details search for missing person.

4. Coordinate with Liaison coordinator for transporting the victims to the hospital.

5. To arrange for required medicines.

ENVIRONMENT TEAM

After receiving information about the emergency, he should reach the spot of emergency along

with his team and report to chief controller and take the following action.

1. Contain the effluent generated during emergency and divert it to ETP without getting mixing

up with storm water.

2. Monitor the surrounding area and inform to works controller in case of any deviation.

3. Mobilize suitable neutralizing agent through raw material stores.

4. Ensure ETP collection tank is empty.

Note: In the absence of Head environment, the person next to him will act as the coordinator.

INTERNAL COMMUNICATION TEAM

After receiving the communication about the emergency, he should reach the spot of

emergency and report to Incident controller and act as follows:

1. Communicate the information given by Chief controller then and there to works controller by

nearby intercom or by person and vice a versa

2. Make all the necessary arrangements for communication system in case of failure of any

system Note: In the absence of Head Instrumentation, the person next to him will act as the

internal communication team coordinator.

TASK FORCE TEAM

After receiving the communication about the emergency, he should reach the spot of

emergency and report to Incident controller and act as follows:

1. Ensure evacuation of peoples and inform to Works controller.

2. Inform chief controller about the stoppage of loading and unloading of lorry tanker and safe

parking the same.


236

3. Helping other teams like First aid and Liaison for arranging infrastructure for shifting victims.

4. Arranging critical equipment as per the instruction of chief/works controller.

5. Use appropriate personal protective equipment and arrange for transferring of chemicals

either into spare tank or suitable container.

6. Action to be taken for arranging sufficient number of barrels for transferring of chemicals.

Use appropriate personal protective equipment and arrests the leak.

7. Communicating works/chief controller about the additional facility needed for controlling

either Toxic chemical leak or Gas leak.

8. Cut off the power as per the instruction of works Controller.

9. Ensure running condition of the DG.

Note: In the absence of Head Maintenance, the person next to him will act as coordinator.

7.6.4.4. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION FACILITY

The effective communication is must to alert both people and emergency action teams to take

action in controlling emergency in a stipulated time.

The following are the communication system, limited to communicating emergency situation,

may be considered:

1. Siren System for common evacuation.

2. Siren system for Toxic release.

3. Public Announcement System.

4. Local alarm for fire.

5. Megaphone

6. Walkie Talkie

SIREN SYSTEM

The following are the two different types of siren used for communicating emergency.

Wailing siren.

I. Wailing siren is used for declaring emergency. This is the type of siren having high and low

frequency for the duration of 90 seconds.


237

Continuous siren.

II. This is the type of siren used for declaring all clear about the emergency. This is the

continuous siren of high frequency for a period of 90 seconds.

“Beep” sound for Toxic gas release.

PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENT SYSTEM

The Public Announcement System via megaphone, etc., is provided for the effective

communication about the Nature of emergency and its location so as to mobilize the individuals

and action team to take timely action to control emergency without damaging men, property

and environment.

This system is also used for communicating to the general public in the surroundings, about the

emergency and various actions taken to control.

DECLARATION OF EMERGENCY

Both emergency siren and announcement will be operated from emergency control centre.

After receiving the information about emergency, the Security who is available in emergency

control centre will note down,

1. Name of the person intimated about emergency.

2. Nature of Incident.

3. Location.

After getting the instruction from chief controller, he actuates the wiling Siren for around 90

Seconds followed by Announcement given by using public announcement system and inform

about the Nature of emergency and location.

DECLARATION OF ALL CLEAR

After controlling an emergency, based on the environment team report, works controller will

inform Chief controller to declare all clear siren to allow people to resume their jobs. Based on

the report from both works controller and Head count from HR, chief controller will instruct

emergency control centre operator to declare “All Clear” using both siren and public

announcement.

The security guard will actuate the “All Clear” siren of continuous high frequency for 90

Seconds and then inform through public announcement system stating” Emergency is cleared!

All should resume their work”.


238

7.7 OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

7.7.1. PREAMBLE

An offsite emergency, arising out of chemical hazards is one which has potential to cause

serious damage or loss of life beyond the plant boundary. In addition, Accidents during

transportation of hazardous chemicals by road, rail, pipeline etc, can cause offsite emergencies.

Emergency services such as Police, Fire, Medical etc., need to be prepared to handle such

situations promptly and effectively. It is mandatory under Rule 16 of the Hazardous Chemical

Rules for District authorities to prepare an off-site emergency plan in respect of clusters of

hazardous chemical industries or at locations where accidents are likely to have an off-site

adverse effect. In order to be in a state of preparedness to respond to the accidents and

minimize their adverse impacts on the offsite population, requires an offsite emergency plan to

be prepared by the District Controller for every District or Industrial Areas as applicable.

7.7.2. OBJECTIVE

The objective of the present assignment is to prepare an area specific Offsite Emergency Action

Plan for the district which can be practically implemented / activated at a short notice to ensure

minimal impact on life and property due to emergencies arising out of Chemical Accidents or

during Transportation of Hazardous Chemicals in the district.

The plan should be regularly updated when there are changes occurring in the Industrial set up,

Transportation Aspects, Key Manpower and Administrative Changes etc., Regular drills, Training

of key persons, increasing safety awareness etc is extremely important areas that must be

looked into for sound preparedness.

7.7.3. OFFSITE EMERGENCY CONTROL

After the “Bhopal Gas Tragedy” (Methyl Isocyanides- MIC Poisonous and toxic gas release

Accident at Union Carbide, 1984) the Government felt an immediate need to be more

conscious about handling of Hazardous Chemicals. Central control room Centre or Offsite

Industrial Emergency Control Room “OIECR” should be established by company. It should work

under the Governing Council. The Governing Council should be headed under the chairmanship

by District Collector & Magistrate.

The Governing Council Members are the permanent Ex. Officio Members to manage the affairs

of the Emergency Control Room.


239

7.7.4. EMERGENCY INSTRUCTION TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC

The Notification of Emergency

The emergency can be declared by following media to alert or alarm the public;

Public address system

Blow horns/Bells

Sirens / Hooters

Telephone message / Fax Messages / Hot lines/ Pager / E-mail / Mobile Phone / Satellite

system.

Sending messages through a messenger.

Rushing personally to the Central Control Room or to the nearest Police Department or Fire

Department for declaration of emergency.

Rising of Flag for denoting the level of natural calamities.

By any other source by which information can reach to the public in time.

CATEGORY OF ALARM SYSTEMS

The following alarm system may be considered which will identify the various levels of

emergency.

FIRST LEVEL WARNING (FIRE ALARM)

For an accident / incident within the unit

Siren – Short, intermittent

SECOND LEVEL WARNING

When the District Authority receives information that a toxic or flammable gas has leaked

then the siren has to be sounded in order to facilitate early evacuations from the unit.

Siren – A wailing short and long intermittent siren notification of emergency.

THIRD LEVEL WARNING (ALL CLEAR)

When the District Authority considers that the accident / incident is under control, emergency

is withdrawing and it is safe for re-entry.

Siren – A wailing, long and continues, intermittent siren.


240

FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

In order to tackle great risk of fire explosion, spillage of hazardous liquid or release of toxic

gases, firefighting system should be mobilized under chief fire officer. The operational response

will be coordinated from the Central Control Room.

GENERAL INSTRUCTION TO THE PUBLIC

A major emergency may affect areas outside the worksite. The surrounding public must be

alerted with public address system by Police or Government Authorities or nearby industrial

concerns. The siren must blow to indicate the emergency situation aroused.

The type of emergency aroused, must be communicated via telecommunication sources

(Television, Radio, etc). The public may accordingly take prompt action to protect them-selves

in their then location or rush to the safe shelters, as instructed by the authority.

Public action must be to investigate the type of emergency aroused.

Fire

Explosion

Gas Leakage / Release

Collapse of Building, Bursting of Vessel etc.

Natural Calamities.

If gas leakage emergency aroused, ascertain probability of gas whether flammable, toxic or

poisonous. The following actions are suggested as per prevailing situation: Otherwise follow the

instruction as issued by the authority.

FLAMMABLE GAS:

Be calm.

Do not light Cigarette etc.

Shut down open flame, gas and electrical instruments or any source of ignition.

Do not move any vehicle in the area.

Do not go near the incident & don’t allow anyone else either.

Shut down the windows, doors etc & seal open ground or terrace.

Follow the instruction as directed by the authority.

TOXIC POISONOUS GAS

Cover your nose with wet hand kerchief/ cloth and breathe through it.

Come out in open, check the wind direction and move away quickly in perpendicular

direction of wind. (Cross wind direction).


241

Immediately try to get to a higher elevation, if gas is heavier than air (like chlorine, as it

settles in low lying area).

Follow the instruction and reach safe shelter as instructed notified by Government

Authority or Public authority.

GENERAL INSTRUCTION:

DON’T

1. Do not get panicky, be calm.

2. Do not approach the site of incident as a spectator.

3. Does not approach unnecessarily for information or more enquires.

4. Do not allow unnecessarily crowd nearby incident place.

5. Do not believe in rumours unnecessarily.

DO’S

1. Listen radio, TV or Public Addressing System.

2. Emergency will be communicated by public addressing system / TV / Radio or siren (Siren-

code wailing sound for one minute).

3. Follow the instruction & convey to others accordingly.

4. On announcement of withdrawal of emergency or clearance Siren, start your routine work.

5. On enquiry, deposit your statement as required by authority at the time of investigating the

incident.

6. Co-operate, help and assist the person(s) / authority handling the emergency and rescue

operation.


242

7.7.5. SECURITY & POLICE

Security, protection of life & property and traffic control & maintenance of law and order

should be taken care of by police. During an emergency duties and responsibilities of the police

may be:

Cordoning of the incident area.

Warning public about the hazards.

Traffic Control Assist firefighting.

Services Assist first-aid medical teams.

Assist evacuation and ensure protection of property in evacuated areas.

BEFORE THE CRISIS

Proper planning of manpower, transport and communication network to coordinate possible

incident areas and regulation of traffic should be made for each industry in the area.

DURING THE CRISIS

The Security Commander of the area will set in motion the relevant contingency plan to control

the operation.

AFTER THE CRISIS

Protect property in the evacuated area.

MEDIA

The Control Room should release up-to-date information through the media to the people.


243

7.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARD AND SAFETY PROGRAM FOR THE PROJECT

Occupational Health is eventually a branch of preventive medicine which examines the

relationship between work and health and effects of work on the health of the worker.

Occupational health service is operated to achieve the statutory declared aim of occupational

health by medical and technical measures. Its role is mainly preventive and to give first aid and

emergency treatment. It is certainly useful in early detection of any occupational or non-

occupational disease or any man-adjustment of the man-job relationship.

7.8.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM:

1. Medical examinations: Pre-employment, periodic and others

2. Supervision of the working environment industrial hygiene, safety, job analysis and

adaptation of the job to the worker in good working conditions.

3. Advice to management and worker.

4. Health education and training.

5. Health statistics.

6. Medical treatment-first aid, emergency and ambulatory treatment.

7. Health counseling-individual.

8. Nutrition.

9. Research in occupational health.

10. Co-operation with other services in the undertaking.

11. Collaboration with external services.

Other purposes of industrial medical services are:

I) Identifying the Hazards

II) Preventing or minimizing the Hazards

III) Curative treatment in case of exposure

IV) Determining the Compensation for damages

The working personnel shall be given the following appropriate personnel protective

equipments.

Industrial Safety Helmet;

Face shield

Welders equipment for eye and face protection;

Ear muffs;

Self contained breathing apparatus;

Leather apron;

Aluminized fiber glass fix proximity suit with hood and gloves;

Boiler suit;

Safety belt/line man's safety belt;

Leather hand gloves;


244

Acid/Alkali proof rubberized hand gloves;

Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm;

Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves; and

Industrial safety shoes with steel toe.

EXPECTED OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS & SAFETY

Physical Hazards: Noise, Heat, Dust

Chemical Hazards: Corrosive, Toxic Substances, Irritants, Carcinogens, Chemical emissions

Psychological hazards resulting from stress and strain

Hazards associated with the non-application of ergonomic principles, for example badly

designed machinery, mechanical devices and tools used by workers, improper seating and

workstation design, or poorly designed work practices

7.8.2 PERIODIC MEDICAL EXAMINATION

It is proposed that client will ensure that…

(1) Workers employed shall be medically examined by a qualified medical practitioner/Factory

Medical Officer, in the following manner:

(a) Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain physical fitness of the person to do the

Particular job;

(b) Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain the health status of all the workers in respect of

occupational health hazards to which they are exposed and in cases where in the opinion of

the Factory Medical Officer it is necessary to do so at a shorter interval in respect of any

workers;

(c) In periodic and pre-medical examinations, various parameters will be checked. Viz., LIVER

FUNCRION TESTS, Chest X-rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, color

vision and any other ocular defect) ECG and other parameters as will be found necessary as per

the opinion of Factory Medical officer.

(2) No person shall be employed for the first time without a certificate of granted by the

Factory Medical Officer.

7.8.3 EMP FOR THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH HAZARDS SO THAT SUCH EXPOSURE

CAN BE KEPT WITHIN PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LEVEL (PEL)/THRESHOLD LEVEL VALUE (TLV) SO

AS TO PROTECT HEALTH OF WORKERS.

Mitigation Measures for OSH: It is proposed to formulate and implement a structure for

Occupational Safety and Health with following aims…

To keep air-borne concentration of toxic and hazardous chemicals below PEL and TLV.


245

Protect general health of workers likely to be exposed to such chemicals

Providing training, guidelines, resources and facilities to concerned department for

occupational health hazards.

It is proposed that this EMP be formulated on the guidelines issued by Bureau of Indian

Standards on OH&S Management Systems: IS 18001:2000 Occupational Health and Safety

Management Systems

Proposed EMP will be incorporated in Standard Operating Procedure also.

The proposed EMP will also include measure to keep air-born concentration of toxic and

hazardous chemicals below its PEL and TLV, like…

– Leak Surveys

– Separate storage for toxic chemicals

– Exhaust Ventilation

– Proper illumination

– Close processes to avoid spills and exposures

– Automation of process operations to hazards of manual handling of chemicals

– Supply of proper PPEs like Air mask, Berating canisters, SCBA sets, On-line breathing

apparatus at the places where there is possibility of presence of toxic chemicals

– Decontamination procedure for empty drums and carboys.

– Regular maintenance program for pumps, equipment, instruments handling toxic and

corrosive chemicals

– Training to persons handling toxic and corrosive chemicals

7.8.4 ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENSURING HEALTH & SAFETY OF WORKERS ENGAGED IN

HANDLING OF TOXIC MATERIALS

The top management is committed towards safety & employees’ well-being is the numerous

no and safety always takes precedence over production.

Each and every process will be assessed with safety tools like HAZOP, JSA, PSSR, JRA etc.

Emergency Response Team will be formed and mock drills will be conducted regularly.

Appropriate engineering controls will be provided to prevent any mishap.

Scheduled preventive maintenance will be carried out in the plant including that of safety

equipment.


246

Standard Operating Procedures will be provided to workers to ensure that all the work is

done in a safe manner.

Signage’s will be provided wherever required, instructing them to use PPEs and other safety

equipment.

MSDS will be displayed at strategic locations. PPE matrix, Brief SOPs and chemical

compatibility charts shall be displayed at prominent locations.

Contract workmen will be imparted induction training, Safety training on process and Health

& safety awareness on a regular basis.

Well established permit to work system will be in place.

All incidents including near misses will be investigated and learning’s will be shared with all

relevant personals.

All employees will undergo pre employment& periodical medical check-up ensuring their

well-being.

Workplace monitoring will be carried out to ensure there will no adverse health effect on

workers.


247

7.8.5 WORKPLACE MONITORING PLAN

It is proposed that a Workplace Monitoring Plan to be prepared & implemented in

consultation with FMO and industrial hygienists.

Each workplace must be evaluated to identify potential hazards from toxic substances or

harmful physical agents. Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals will be measured and

record will be kept.

The current state-of-the-art exposure measurement model is as follows: For purposes of

measuring worker exposure across a single shift it is sufficient to place a reasonably accurate

exposure measuring device on the worker, within the worker’s breathing zone, and have it

operate for nearly the full shift. Client will propose to study the exposure data when the plant

is operative.

Permanent changes to workplace procedures or work location to be done if it is found

necessary on the basis of findings from workplace Monitoring Plan.

7.8.6 HEALTH EVALUATION OF WORKERS

It is proposed that management will devise a plan to check and evaluate the exposure specific

health status evaluation of workers.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD is committed towards the Health and Safety of workers and provided a

facility of pre-medical and regular medical check-up of employees for detecting any kind of

adverse effect on the health of employee due to the chemical or work place condition and will

provide opportunity to improve the working condition. The workers exposed to fugitive emission

will be provided with some protective devices like dust mask to prevent respiratory disorders. The

workers exposed to higher noise level will be provided with ear muffs/ ear plugs. The protective

devices will be provided to the employees who are exposed to any kind of hazard. Proper

handling of the materials and the maintenance of Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) will be

followed to ensure safety within the plant area. A regular monitoring of the Occupational Health

and Safety will reduce the chances of accidents hence all the records of job related accidents and

illness shall be maintained as per the requirements of factory act.

Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the possible health hazards

likely to be presented where he/she is being expected to work before being employed for that

purpose. Basic examinations like Liver Function tests, chest x ray, Audiometry, Spirometry Vision

testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, etc. will be carried out.


248

However, the parameters and frequency of such examination will be decided in consultation with

Factory Medical Officer and Industrial Hygienists.


249

7.9 SAFETY PLAN

Safety of both men and materials during construction and operation phases is of concern.

Safety plan shall be prepared and implemented in the proposed project activity. The

preparedness of an industry for the occurrence of possible disasters is known as emergency

plan. The disaster in the plant is possible due to collapse of structures and fire/explosion etc.

The proposed project would formulate safety policy keeping in view the safety requirement

during construction, operation, maintenance phases, with the following regulations:

To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of work;

To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in the design,

construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and equipment;

To ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to all employees;

To provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and clothing and to

ensure their proper use;

To inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their work which are

known to be potentially hazardous to health or safety;

To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making necessary

changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience and up to date

knowledge;

To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of injuries and illness at

work;

To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to employees in

health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is given to these matters;

To ensure proper implementation of fire prevention methods and an appropriate fire

fighting service together with training facilities for personnel involved in this service;

To organize collection, analysis and presentation of data on accident, sickness and incident

involving people injury or injury to health with a view to taking corrective, remedial and

preventive action;

To promote through the established machinery, joint consultation in health and safety

matters to ensure effective participation by all employees;

To publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common language of

employees;


250

To prepare separate safety rules for each type of occupation/processes involved in a plant;

and

To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable intervals of all

buildings, equipments, work places and operations.


251

7.10 SAFETY ORGANIZATION

CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION PHASE

A qualified and experienced safety officer shall be appointed. The responsibilities of the safety

officer include identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advice

on corrective actions, conduct safety audit, organize training programs and provide professional

expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health. He is also responsible

to ensure compliance of Safety Rules/ Statutory Provisions.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PHASE

When the construction is completed the posting of safety officers shall be in accordance with

the requirement of Factories Act and their duties and responsibilities shall be as defined

thereof.

7.11 SAFETY CIRCLE

In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous

processes and improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each area of

work. The circle would consist of about five to six employees from that area. The circle normally

shall meet for about an hour every week.

7.12 SAFETY TRAINING

Safety training shall be provided by the Safety Officers with the assistance of faculty members

called from Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular employees,

limited contractor labors shall also be provided safety training. To create safety awareness

safety films shall be shown to workers and leaflets shall be distributed.

Some precautions and remedial measures proposed to be adopted to prevent fires are:

Compartmentalization of cable galleries, use of proper sealing techniques of cable passages

and crevices in all directions would help in localizing and identifying the area of occurrence

of fire as well as ensure effective automatic and manual fire fighting operations;

Spread of fire in horizontal direction would be checked by providing fire stops for cable

shafts;

Reliable and dependable type of fire detection system with proper zoning and interlocks for

alarms are effective protection methods for conveyor galleries;


252

Housekeeping of high standard helps in eliminating the causes of fire and regular fire

watching system strengthens fire prevention and fire fighting; and

Proper fire watching by all concerned would be ensured.

7.13 HEALTH AND SAFETY MONITORING PLAN

The health of all employees shall be periodically monitored for early detection of any ailment

due to exposure to heat and noise.


253

7.14 TRAINING, REHERASAL & RECORDS

7.14.1 NEED OF TRAINNING & REHEARASAL

Training is important in order to –

Teach worker’s how to handle chemicals safely, how to act as a runner/messenger, how to

use PPE, how to start and shut down the plant, how to carry out emergency repairs etc.

Teach one to be a safe and alert worker.

Rehearsal is essential for -

Explaining and making key personnel and essential workers aware of their role in case of

an emergency.

Testing the emergency procedure, emergency arrangements and ability of all involved

with it to grasp the procedure and implement the same.

Testing the effectiveness of communication system including the alternative

arrangement in case of failure.

Testing the speed of mobilization of resources, search, rescue and treatment of

casualties, emergency isolation and shut down.

Detecting the shortcomings in the emergency plan and incorporating remedial

measures.

Allowing professional emergency services to test their parts of the plan and testing co-

ordination.

Building confidence in workers which is helpful in facing real situations.

Training shall be given to regular employees and contract personnel also. Effective and latest

teaching aids will be used to train workers and supervisory staff. Such training courses shall be

conducted once in a year and co-ordination with offsite personnel shall be sought during such

training. Records will be maintained for training.

7.14.2 RECORDS AND UPDATING THE PLAN

All records of On-Site and Off-Site Emergency Plan and modifications by experience and

suggestion, the rehearsals and conclusions of such plans and the enquiries shall be well

maintained and preserved. The necessary data bank shall be also maintained for the utility of

industries and others. New information and the deficiencies identified during the rehearsal is


254

reviewed and incorporated in the document for continual updating of the plan and such

information shall be communicated to the concerned authorities.


255

7.15 CHECKLIST IN THE FORM OF DO’S & DON’TS OF PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE,

STRENGTHENING OF HSE, MANUFACTURING UTILITY STAFF FOR SAFETY RELATED MEASURES.

Do’s:

Store used oil at proper place as per plant guidelines.

Use lubricating oil carefully to avoid spillage on ground.

Use lubricating oil as per requirement.

Use minimum amount of water wherever it is required as per plant guidelines.

Waste disposal system for all plants should be separate.

Avoid spillage of liquid, hand gloves, cotton waste on road, which will cause

pollution. Recycle or dispose that material.

Use cleaning equipment carefully. (i.e. cotton waste, oil & chemicals)

Place all the equipments (i.e. Fire Hose, Rubber Pipe and Chisel) at proper place.

Handling of chemicals should be as per plant guidelines to avoid undesired chemical

reaction.

Safety training and correct use of PPE’s must for all the employees.

Environment guidelines should follow during cleaning of vessels, Tank, channels etc.

Follow shift in charge’s instructions during loading or unloading of chemicals.

In case of fire or any accident, immediately inform responsible person.

In case of emergency, inform operator as well as control room.

Area of work during excavation, radiography, sand blasting shall be cordoned with

warning tags of "work in progress”, “no entry”, “radiography” in progress' etc.

Switch off lights and computers when not in use.

Shut the water cock properly when not in use.

Always follow safety rule during the plant operation.

Do’s during shut down:

All equipment, vessels, lines where hot work is envisaged shall be purged, flushed

thoroughly and positively isolated. Similar precautions should be taken for vessel entry

also.

Back flow of materials from sewers, drains should be avoided by proper isolations.

In case of confined space entry and other cleaning jobs etc. which are to be carried out by

the process department, vessel entry permit should be issued to immediate supervising


256

officer/operator by shift in charge. This permit should be renewed by incoming shift in

charge during every shift.

Hoist, Platform, cages used for lifting persons or to send persons inside vessels by such

means must be of sound construction with wire ropes slings, etc. to avoid failure.

All steam, condensate, hot water connections should be made tight with clamps.

Nitrogen hazard should be kept in mind. All nitrogen sources should be positively isolated

from vessels/confined spaces to avoid oxygen deficiency where vessel entry is required.

All nitrogen hoses used for purging before vessel entry should be removed from

source/utility point.

All underground sewers shall be flushed, protected from sparks.

Full PPEs like PVC suits, gum boots, face shield & other required shall be used while

draining, flushing and other reclaiming activities to avoid burn, poisoning etc.

Wet asbestos cloth/metallic plate should be used to collect flying sparks.

Water, steam flushing, nitrogen blanketing shall be continued where spontaneous

combustion takes place. Precautions should be taken for pyrophoric nature of material.

Temporary electrical connections, cords, boards and other electrical fixtures should be of

sound material to prevent electrical shock.

Oil spillage in the pit of oil slope tank should be cleaned with water/sand.

Proper approach like aluminum ladder should be provided to reach to the platforms of

scaffolding and ladder must be tied.

All clumps of scaffolding should be tightened properly and planks should be tied at both

ends and supported at proper distances along span to avoid sagging and failure.

Always use safety belt while working at height of more than 2 meters and ensure tieing the

life line of safety belt with firm support.

Ensure area cordoning for hot work, X-ray, excavation, hazard material temporary storage.

Ensure proper tagging of valves, switches etc to prevent its use.

Ensure proper guidance to workman and make him aware about local area hazards before

start of the job.

All welding machines should be provided with power isolation switch of suitable rating.

Portable electrical appliances/tools earthing should be in good working condition. Insulation

portion should be free from damages.


257

All electrical cables should be joints free and connection taken by using three pin plugs.

While inserting fuse all care should be taken so that no one touches conductor to avoid the

shock to the persons.

During hydro jetting work workers should wear hand gloves, safety helmet goggles and PVC

suit.

Don’ts:

Do not use fire hydrant water for washing/bath purpose.

Do not use water for cleaning purpose, use broomstick if possible.

Do not wash or clean trolley, tractor or trucks which are used for chemical/fertilizer’s

transportation. Wash them at proper place.

Smoking & carrying matchbox, cigarettes, lighter, bidis etc. are prohibited.

Photography & carrying cameras/Mobile phones are strictly prohibited in all areas.

Do not spill liquid or chemicals in open atmosphere.

The use of Radio Active Source within the plant shall not be allowed without obtaining valid

permission/work permit and intimation in the form of a circular to all plant persons shall be

given in advance.

Unauthorized entry into any battery limit of plant is strictly prohibited.

Sitting or walking on rail tracks, crossing between wagons, taking rest under stabled

wagons, crossing the rail through the openings underneath the stationary wagons are

strictly prohibited.

Don’ts during shut down:

Do not use gasket or other blinds as it can fail during job. All blinds should be metallic.

No toxic/corrosive/irritating materials should remain plants or sections where hot work is to

be carried out.

No hot work should be permitted in battery limits near sewers till areas have been cleaned

flushed properly.

No hot work irrespective of place of area shall be done without valid permit.

No combustible material shall be there in flare line for taking up of flare line job. Isolations

shall be ensured.


258

7.16 PROCESS SAFETY

Safety measures will be adopted from the design stage.

Safety Valve and pressure gauge will be provided on reactor and its jacket (if jacket is

provided).

Utility like Chilling, cooling, vacuum, steaming and its alternative will be provided to control

reaction parameters in a safe manner.

Free Fall of any flammable material in the vessel will be avoided.

Static earthing provision will be made at design stage to all solvent handling equipments,

reactors, vessels & powder handling equipments.

Any reaction upsets will be confined to the reaction vessel itself.

All emergency valves and switches and emergency handling facilities will be easily

assessable.

Further all the vessels will be examined periodically by a recognized competent person

under the Gujarat Factory Rules.

All the vessels and equipments will be earthed appropriately and protected against Static

Electricity. Also for draining in drums proper earthing facilities will be provided.

Materials will be transferred by pumping through pipeline or by vacuum from drums.

All solvents and flammable material storage tanks will be stored away from the process

plant and required quantity of material will be charge in reactor by pump or by N2 pressure

transfer.

Jumpers will be provided on all solvent handling pipeline flanges.

Caution note, safety posters, stickers, periodic training & Updation in safety and emergency

preparedness plan will be displayed and conducted.

Flame proof light fittings will be installed in the plant.

All the Plant Personnel will be provided with Personal Protection

Equipments to protect against any adverse health effect during operations, leakage,

spillages or splash. PPE like Helmets, Safety Shoes, Safety

Glasses, Acid-Alkali Proof Gloves etc. will be provided to the employees.

All employees will be given and updated in Safety aspects through periodic training in

safety.


259

Material Safety Data Sheets of Raw Materials & Products will be readily available that the

shop floor

7.16.1 FOR HAZARDOUS STORAGE FARM

Farm will be constructed as per explosive department requirement and separation distance

will be maintained.

Tanks shall be located and marked in designated area of hazardous chemical storage.

Static earthing provision will be made for road tanker as well as storage tank.

Tanks of proper MOC will be selected.

Flame arrestor with breather valve will be provided on vent line.

Road tanker unloading procedure will be prepared and implemented.

Fire load calculation will be done and as per fire load Hydrant System will be provided as per

NFPA std. and Fire extinguishers will be provided as per fire load calculation.

Spark arrestor will be provided to all vehicles in side premises.

Flame proof type equipments and lighting will be provided.

Lightening arrestor will be provided on the top of chimney.

Trained and experience operator will be employed for tank farm area.

NFPA label (hazard identification) capacity and content will be displayed on storage tank.

Solvents will be transferred by pump only in plant area and day tank will be provided.

Overflow line will be return to the storage tank or Pump On-Off switch will be provided near

day tank in plant.

Jumpers will be provided on solvent handling pipe line flanges.

Flexible SS hose will be used for road tanker unloading purpose and other temperature

connection.

All tanks shall be uniformly tagged.

Level indicator shall be provided in tanks.

Dyke will be provided.

Industrial type electric fittings shall be provided.

Adequate fire fighting equipments will be provided.

Anti corrosive paint shall be done.

Safety instruction board will be displayed.


260

7.16.2 TRANSPORTATION

Road tanker unloading procedure will be in place and will be implemented for safe

unloading of road tanker.

Static earthing provision will be made for tanker unloading.

Earthed Flexible Steel hose will be used for solvent unloading from the road tanker.

Fixed pipelines with pumps will be provided for solvent transfer up to Day tanks/reactors.

Double mechanical seal type pumps will be installed.

NRV provision will be made on all pump discharge line.

7.16.3 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

FIRE AND TOXICITY CONTROL ARRANGEMENT

1. Necessary equipment and facilities for controlling fire and toxicity like fire extinguisher,

hydrant system, foam storage, Safety shower and Self Contained Breathing Apparatus

will be provided as per Section 38 (1) in The Factories Act, 1948

2. Emergency siren for emergency declaration.

3. Safe means of escape for all persons in the event of a fire and toxicity

4. Emergency siren for emergency declaration.

5. Types of Portable Fire Extinguishers as below:

Sr.

No.

Type of Fire-Extinguisher Capacity

1 DCP Type F.E. 05 Kg / 10 Kg

2 CO2 Type F.E 4.5 Kg / 22.5 Kg

3 Mechanical Foam 9.0 Liter / 50 Liter

4 ABC Type F.E. 01 Kg / 05 Kg

6. Fire Blankets.

7. Safety interlocking systems with production equipments. And Flammable chemical

unloading,

FIRE ALARM

200 V AC operated fire alarm, with manual call points shall be provided in plant call points

location to start, activate alarm, siren shall be indicated in site plant provided in ECC, control

rooms and OHC. Zone indication is received at main gate. To identify problem area and

communicate to main gate security officer, coordinate with OHC / fire station, to organize help

to respective zones with ambulance and fire tender.


261

7.17 HAZOP STUDY

7.17.1 OBJECTIVE

For identifying cause and the consequences of perceived mal operations of equipment and

associated operator interfaces in the context of the complete system. It accommodates the

status of recognized design standards and codes of practice but rightly questions therelevance

of these in specific circumstances where hazards may remain undetected.

7.17.2 PURPOSE OF HAZOP

It emphasizes upon the operating integrity of a system, thereby leading methodically to most

potential and detectable deviations which could conceivably arise in the course of normal

operating routine

- including "start-up” and "shut-down" procedures

- As well as steady-state operations.

It is important to remember at all times that HAZOP is an identifying technique and not

intended as a means of solving problems nor is the method intended to be used solely as an

undisciplined means of searching for hazardous scenarios.

7.17.3 FEATURES OF HAZOP STUDY

Subsystems of interest line and valve, etc

Equipment, Vessels

Modes of operation Normal operation

Start -up mode

Shut down mode

Maintenance /construction / inspection mode

Trigger events Human failure

Equipment /instrument/component failure

Supply failure

Emergency environment event

Other causes of abnormal operation, including

instrument disturbance

Effects within plant Changes in chemical conditions

Changes in inventory

Change in chemical physical conditions

Hazardous conditions Release of material

Changes in material hazard characteristics

Operating limit reached

Energy source exposed etc.

Corrective actions Change of process design

Change of operating limits

Change of system reliability

Improvement of material containment

Change control system

Add/remove materials


262

How would hazardous during normal operation

Conditions detected? Upon human failure

Upon component failure

In other circumstances

Contingency actions Improve isolation

Improve protection

7.17.4 HAZOP STUDY PROCEDURE

• Procedure in HAZOP study consists of examining the process and instrumentation (P&I) line

diagram, process line by process line.

• A list of guide words is used to generate deviations from normal operation corresponding to

all conceivable possibilities.

• Guide words covering every parameter relevant to the system under review i.e. flow rate

and quality, pressure, temperature, viscosity, components etc.

• Flowchart for application of HAZOP is shown in figure.


263

HAZOP STUDY FLOW CHART

GUIDE WORDS

NONE No forward flow when there should be

MORE More of any parameter than there should be, e.g. more flow,

more pressure, more temperature, etc.

LESS As above, but "less of" in each instance

PART System composition difference from what it should be

MORE THAN More "components" present than there should be for example,

extra phase, impurities

OTHER What needs to happen other than normal operation, e.g. start

up, shutdown, maintenance?

NONE e.g., NO FLOW caused by blockage; pump failure; valve closed

or jammed: leak: valve open; suction vessel empty; delivery side

over - pressurized: vapor lock; control failure


264

REVERSE e.g., REVERSE FLOW caused by pump failure: NRV failure or

wrongly inserted; wrong routing; delivery over pressured; back-

siphoning; pump reversed

MORE OF e.g., MORE FLOW caused by reduced delivery head ; surging ;

suction pressurized ; controller failure ; valve stuck open leak ;

incorrect instrument reading.

MORE OF MORE TEMPERATURE, pressure caused by external fires;

blockage ; shot spots; loss of control ; foaming; gas release;

reaction; explosion; valve closed; loss of level in heater; sun.

LESS OF e.g., LESS FLOW caused by pump failure; leak; scale in delivery;

partial blockage ; sediments ; poor suction head; process

turndown.

LESS e.g., low temperature, pressure caused by Heat loss;

vaporization; ambient conditions; rain; imbalance of input and

output; sealing; blocked vent.

PART OF Change in composition high or low concentration of mixture;

additional reactions in reactor or other location; feed change.

MORE THAN Impurities or extra phase Ingress of contaminants such as air,

water, lube oils; corrosion products; presence of other process

materials due to internal leakage ; failure of isolation ; start-up

features.

OTHER Activities other than normal operation start-up and shutdown

of plant ; testing and inspection ; sampling ; maintenance;

activating catalyst; removing blockage or scale ; corrosion;

process emergency ; safety procedures activated ; failure of

power, fuel, steam , air, water or inert gas; emissions and lack

of compatibility with other emission and effluents.

7.17.5 PLANNING FOR HAZOP

• Safety procedures documents

• Relief/venting philosophy

• Chemical involved


265

• Piping specifications

• Carry out the study

• Record the results

• Follow-up of actions noted

1. Final report contains resolution of all recommended actions.

2. Must appoint someone as leader to check progress of action.

3. Team may meet again if answers to questions do not simply lead to an action.

Team may meet again if significant design changes in interim report.

7.18 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

As per Para 7 (i) Stage III (3) (i) (b) of the EIA notification, 2006, all projects or activities located

within industrial estates or parks (item 7(c) of the Schedule) approved by the concerned

authorities, and which are not disallowed in such approvals.

The unit is located in Industrial Complex of SIPCOT (State Industries promotion Corporation of

Tamil nadu Limited). M/s. State Industries Promotion Corporation of Tamilnadu obtained

Environmental Clearance from MoEFCC, New Delhi vide letter No. 21-41/2009. IA III dated:

09/08/2010. Hence Public Hearing is exempted.

7.19 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT (R & R)

The unit is located in Industrial Complex of SIPCOT (State Industries promotion Corporation of

Tamil nadu Limited). Hence, R & R is not applicable to us.



CHAPTER - 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 BACKGROUND

M/S. PCBL (TN) LTD is a wholly owned subsidiary of M/s Phillips Carbon Black Limited (PCBL).

PCBL is the first Carbon Black company in the world to receive carbon credits. PCBL has

redefined its business by establishing captive power plants at each factory from the off-gas or

waste product from the carbon black manufacturing process thus creating a sustainable green

movement. The gas, a by-product of carbon black production, is harnessed for generating

electricity at the Company's Captive Power Plants (CPP), at Palej, Durgapur, Mundra and Kochi.

The Company has heavily cut down on carbon and gas emission, and serves green power to

Large Private industrial units and State Electricity utilities. At present, the combined production

capacity is 5.71 lakh ton/Annum. Now, PCBL (TN) LTD planned to set up a unit in SIPCOT

industrial park, Thervoy Kandigai. Proposed facility will be located at Plot No A7 of Thervoy

kandigai Village, SIPCOT Industrial Complex, Gummidipoondi Taluk, Tiruvallur District and Tamil

Nadu. The allotted land area is 60.02 Acres (242892.32 Sq.m). The land allotted from SIPCOT

industrial complex to the proponent for this proposed project.

The project scope involves in the production capacity of 1.925 lakh tone/annum in both rubber

and specialized carbon black products along with Captive power plant (37MW). These products

are widely used in tyres manufacturing, ink jet toners, printing newspaper and other such uses.

These product requirements are high in demand.

8.2 ENVIRONMENT

Their respect for the environment is reflected in their commitment & common objectives for

continuous efforts by ensuring environmentally sound practices followed at all levels. They not

only adhere to the statutory norms but have a holistic approach towards environmental

protection. The major environmental issues addressed are:

o Proposed manufacturing processes are studied in detail with a view to minimize

generation of liquid/gaseous waste streams as a part of continuous improvement.



o Company will not aim at just pollution minimization but also to conserve energy,

improve process yields and product quality.

8.3 EXPORTS

Country will gain forex through exporting products.

Country will save valuable foreign exchange as import of these products will be reduced by

corresponding amount.

8.4 EMPLOYMENT GENERATION

M/s. PCBL (TN) Ltd. will give employment @ 425 Nos. of people based on qualification and

requirement. This new project will have employment opportunity for 1000 person during

construction phase (18 Months) and 425 persons during operation phase. Additional

employment opportunity for product dealers and distributors, and transport sectors for

product movements will increase the employment opportunity indirectly.

8.5 PROJECT BENEFITS

The benefit of the proposed Carbon Black project with Captive power generation by M/s. PCBL

(TN) Limited includes:

1. The proposed project will create employment opportunities for the surrounding

populations directly or indirectly during and after plant setup, which will enhance the

overall growth of the surrounding regions.

2. The plant setup will create an environment of indirect employment for loading,

unloading, transportation and other peripheral activities including cultural, educational,

small industries and hotel industries around the area.

3. There will be positive socio-economic benefit to the region, which will help contribute to

the carbon black sector and tyre sector, and will assist in the overall growth of the

adjacent areas.

4. This is will help the domestic tyre and rubber goods manufacturing sector of the country

to get the raw material as per their requirement in time at cheaper rate.

5. Overall it will benefit the tyre industry as many of the major tyre industries of India are



located within 50km of range of the project.

6. Contribute to increase GDP.

7. Good Techno-commercial viability of the project.

8. The project proposes 37 MW of power generation from its waste gas which is a strong

pro-environmental initiative.

9. The project is a power positive proposal, i.e it generates more power than it consumes.

10. By providing captive power plant, there would be decreased load on the state electricity

grid.

11. The transmission loss due to captive power generation will be low.

12. The project site shall require no displacement of habitation and away from the habitation

area, as it is located inside the SIPCOT industrial area.

13. Socio-economic benefit to the locals as it would provide employment during construction

and in operation phase.

14. The project will undertake CSR/CER activities that will additionally benefit the socio-

economic development of the population living by.

15. The project will be surrounded by additional greenbelts.

16. Water is being planned to be recycled and reused in this project.

17. The project site will have special approach roads being developed by the government for

the SIPCOT purpose and thus will lead to hindrance free approach for transportation of

heavy equipment without causing any problems for the public.

18. The land allotted for the project site is flat and stable to increase its resistance against any

natural disturbances like earthquake.

19. The project site is above the flood level and thus will avoid any accident in case of any

severe rainfall spells.



8.6 CER ACTIVITIES

Better education facilities, proper health care, road infrastructure and drinking water facilities are

basic social amenities for better living standard of any human being. PCBL (TN) Ltd. will provide

all basic facilities in the area, which will help in uplifting the living standards of local communities.

A limited number of youths among the employment category ‘laborers’ attained formal skills, also

striking disparity is observed among the two genders in terms of education and skill training.

Considering different employability pattern for different employment segments, the report

proposes customized actions for each category of worker. The report also tries to identify

employment category in need for external support to be capacitated to avail employment

opportunities in the scenario with no agriculture related economic activities. The industrialization

process is supposed to enhance economic growth and thereby social development of the

community. However, the process also affects villagers, their livelihoods. To retain the actual

objective of industrialization, a path of inclusiveness and mainstreaming.

PCBL (TN) Ltd. is committed to sustainable development and inclusive growth of its various

stakeholders including the society within which it operates. In line with this philosophy, the

Business is undertaking various socio, economic and environmental development programs to

improve the quality of life of rural poor in the area where it operates.

As per CER Notification, the 1.0% of project Cost (INR 615.0 Crore) i.e.6.15 Crores need to

spend for CER activities. As per OM- F. No. 22-23/2018-IA.III (Pt) Dated: 31.10.2019. As per the

Latest OM F.No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated: 30.09.2020, it will be spent as per EAC

recommendation and our proposal as follows:

Sl. No Activities under CER 2022-2027

1 Waste management facilities such as Bins, Battery auto for

garbage collection to local nearby villages Such as Teruvai,

Kollanur etc.

1.01

2 Greenbelt development in Nearby Villages Such as Teruvai,

Kollanur etc. 1.00

3 Solar lighting to nearby villages Such as Teruvai, Kollanur etc. 2.07



4 Sanitation facilities to nearby Government Schools and colleges 2.07

Total 6.15 Crores

8.7 Corporate Social Responsibility

The company is aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfil the social obligations,

company will employ semi-skilled and skilled labour from the nearby villages as much as

possible and also try to generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by

appointing local contract workers. Around 2.5% of the annual profit will be spending for the

CSR activity. The following are proposed CSR activities which can be executed..

1. Books and basic infrastructures for the nearest School.

2. Common Toilet & lighting facility to the nearest village

3. Medical camps to the villagers


____________________________________________________________________________________________________________


CHAPTER - 9

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Environment

Environmental Cost Benefit analysis is a measured calculation for estimating relative merits and

demerits of a project. As per EIA Notification 2006, this Chapter ‘Environmental Cost Benefit It

refers to the economic appraisal of policies and projects that have the deliberate aim of

improving the environment or services that might affect environment positively or adversely as

an indirect consequence. There is a need to understand when CBA is used in practice and why

environmental decisions are often made in a manner apparently inconsistent with cost -benefit

thinking of positive impact on the environment. We should know what need to considered as

the core activity in environmental cost benefit analysis.

Environmental Cost Benefit:

1. The plant setup will create an environment of indirect employment for loading,

unloading, transportation and other peripheral activities including cultural, educational,

small industries and hotel industries around the area.

2. The project proposes 36 MW of power generation from its waste gas which is a strong

pro-environmental initiative

3. The project is a power positive proposal, i.e it generates more power than it consumes.

4. By providing captive power plant, there would be decreased load on the state electricity

grid

5. The transmission loss due to captive power generation will be low

6. The project site shall require no displacement of habitation and away from the habitation

area, as it is located inside the SIPCOT industrial area.

7. The project will undertake CSR/CER activities that will additionally benefit the socio-

economic development of the population living by.

8. The project will be surrounded by additional greenbelts

9. Water is being planned to be recycled and reused in this project

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT


CHAPTER - 10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 BACKGROUND

The industry shall adopt a comprehensive Environmental Management Plan (EMP) which

covers several environmental protection measures, not only for abatement of environmental

pollution resulting from the project, but also for the improvement in the ambient

environment. The various components of the EMP are outlined in subsequent sections. An

EMP is a site-specific plan developed to ensure that all necessary measures are identified and

implemented in order to protect the environment and comply with environmental legislation.

10.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

To suggest the formation of a core group (Environment Management Cell) responsible for

implementation of environmental control & protective measures as well as monitoring of

such implementation.

To ensure project components comply with all laws and approval conditions.

Continue baseline monitoring.

Facilitate a continual review of post construction and operation activities.

To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize adverse impact and to

maximize beneficial impacts like.

Preparation of Greenbelt Development scheme.

Preparation of rain water harvesting scheme and energy conservation actions.

To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost for Environmental

Management Plan.

To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigation measures.

Measure the effectiveness and success of proposed mitigation measures.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Apart from having an environmental management plan, it is also necessary to have a

permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring effective implementation.

In this effect, M/s. PCBL (TN) Ltd. will assign responsibilities to officers from various

disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of

environment control measures.

An organogram of Environment management cell is shown in Figure. This department shall

undertake the monitoring of environment pollution level by measuring stack emissions,

Ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, Noise level, etc. either departmentally or by

appointing external agency whenever necessary.

M/s. PCBL (TN) Ltd. shall carry out the regular monitoring in future as well as ensure that

pollution is limited below prescribed limits and shall take corrective action by providing new

pollution control equipment if required. In case the monitored results of environment

pollution are found to exceed the prescribed limits, remedial actions are taken through the

concerned plant authorities. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control

equipment of each department is under respective department heads.

The environmental department shall also look after preparation and submission of Water

Cess Return, Environmental statement and Consolidated Consent & Authorization

application/ renewal under water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air

(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Ambient Air Quality as per NAAQS Standards,

2009 and Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2016 under Environment Protection Act, 1986.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.3.1 Job Responsibility: INCHARGE - SAFETY, HEALTH & ENVIRONEMNT

He is process owner of Safety & Environment Process.

Monitoring of Air, Water, noise and Land pollution and safety system.

Ensure Compliance To Various Govt. Regulations.

Approval & Provision of Safety Gadgets for Employees.

Maintenance of Fire Protection Systems.

Training Of Employees On Safety Systems.

Conduct Performance Drills for Fire Protection Systems.

Organize Training Programmes On Safety In Co-ordination With HR Department.

Safety Promotional Activities to Create Awareness among Employees.

Suggestions for Continuous Improvement of Work Environment.

Accident Investigation and Prevention Steps Initiation.

Efficient operation of ETP.

Coordinate with others for waste management.

In addition to the above, company will prepare a suitable policy to adhere with standard

operating process in order to comply with the statue and bring into focus any infringement of

any norms and directives with regards to the Health, Safety and Environment and to take

further corrective actions.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.3.2 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

10.3.2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY

M/s. PCBL (TN) Ltd. shall have a well laid environmental, health and safety policy as given

below.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.3.2.2 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY

To develop & to promote the technology having minimum pollution of Air, Water & Land.

Educating & promoting staff & workers for creating safe working atmosphere.

More & more tree plantation in the surrounding open area within site.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The Environment Management plan is meant for mitigation/ management of the adverse

impacts and the strengthening positive impacts during proposed project.

10.4.1 EMP for Construction Phase

Environmental impacts during the construction phase can be attributed to the site

preparation activity and the mobilization of workforce. The impacts of the construction phase

on the environment would be basically of transient nature and are expected to wear out

gradually on completion of the construction programme. However, once the construction of

the project is completed and its operations started, these operation stage impacts would

overlap the impacts due to the construction activities.

In order to mitigate such impacts and restrict them within tolerable levels, the following

measures shall be adopted:

1. Proper and prior planning of approach and access roads, and appropriate sequencing

and scheduling of all major construction activities.

2. Adoption of appropriate soil conservation programme and its timely implementation

in the proposed project site.

3. Initiation of an appropriate landscape programme including plantation of trees and

flowering plants in and around the project site particularly, at all available spaces

which would serve the dual purpose of controlling fugitive dust and abatement of

noise levels in addition to improving the aesthetics of the area.

4. Water sprinkling in the vulnerable areas to suppress the dust generated during

excavation, levelling and other operations.

5. Use of properly tuned construction machinery & vehicles in good working condition

with low noise & emission and engines turned off when not in use.

6. Control of quality of construction wastewater within the construction site through

suitable drainage system with traps for arresting the sediment load for its proposed

disposal into the main natural drainage system around the site.

7. Implementation of suitable disposal methods of sediment/ construction debris at

designated places to avoid water logging at construction site.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



8. Provision of protective gears such as ear mufflers etc. for construction personnel

exposed to high noise levels and locating the temporary labour sheds for housing the

construction labourers away from the construction site.

10.4.2 EMP for Operational Phase

Monitoring during the operation phase will reflect those environmental and socio-economic

issues that may persist upon completion of construction activities. Monitoring will focus on

evaluating the effectiveness of project mitigation measures and continue baseline monitoring

and sampling. The mitigation measures to prevent adverse impact during the operation phase

of the project shall focus on the following:

1. Air quality

2. Noise environment

3. Water quality and water resources

4. Solid and hazardous waste

5. Land environment

6. Ecology

7. Socio Economic

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.4.2.1 BUDGETORY PROVISIONS FOR EMP

Adequate budgetary provisions have been made for execution of environmental management

plan. The details of capital and recurring (per annum) budget earmarked for pollution control,

operation and maintenance of pollution control facilities, for greenbelt development and

maintenance will be as given in Table 10-1.

TABLE - 10.1

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Equipment Capital cost (lakh) Recurring cost (lakhs) per

Annum

Air Pollution Control

Boiler stacks-3 Nos

Bag filter-55 Nos

Dryer stack- 6Nos

VBC stack-6 Nos

Scrubbers - 6 Nos

1800

6420

900

180

180

940

Water Pollution Control (ETP, WTP,

MEE & STP) 2000 200

Noise Pollution Control 25.0 2.5

Ambient Air monitoring and online

system setup 75.0 7.5

Greenbelt Development 40.0 4.0

Storm Water and RWH Management 20.0 2.0

Waste Management 10.0 1.0

Total 11650 1157

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.4.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The total water requirement for proposed manufacturing unit is 3583 KLD. Fresh water

requirement is 2785 KLD (In ToR application- 3731KLD) will be sourced from SIPCOT and total

recycle water will be 814 KLD.

Construction Phase

Proper management of surface water runoff shall be made. Soak pit will provide to dispose of


1. SIPCOT/Private Tankers are the only source of water during the construction phase.

2. Storehouse will be located away from the water storage area to prevent accidental

release or spillage.

3. Proper management of rain water run-off during monsoon and creating bunds to utilize

the rain water for construction purpose.

Operation Phase

Wastewater generated from the project will be treated in ETP and Zero Liquid Discharge

will be maintained, hence the impact due to the proposed project will be very minimal.

The sewage generated will be treated in STP of 50KLD and the treated sewage will be used

for green belt development.

Adequate spares for effluent collection, handling, treatment and disposal system should

be maintained.

Proper housekeeping should be adopted to prevent spillages and contaminated surface

runoff going to storm water drains.

The additional treated wastewater would also be utilized for various activities like

horticulture, fire water make-up, etc. The following measures would be taken to minimize

the water usage in the operational phase:

Endeavor to reduce the actual process water consumption by way of improvement in

operation of processing units.

Water saving by shower head flow controls, spray taps and faucet aerators and photo-

sensitive taps.

Exploring other options of reusing the treated effluent besides fire water make up or

for horticulture development.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.4.3.1 PLANS FOR MANAGEMENT, COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL OF WASTE STREAMS TO

BE GENERATED FROM SPILLAGE, LEAKAGES, VESSEL WASHING, USED CONTAINER WASHING

ETC. MEASURES PROPOSED FOR PREVENTING EFFLUENT DISCHARGE DURING UNFORESEEN

CIRCUMSTANCES.

1. Proper housekeeping will be adopted to prevent spillages and contaminated surface runoff

going to storm water drains.

2. Contamination will be minimized due to the spillage, leakage, vessel & drum washing.

Washing water will be collected through appropriate channels and taken to ETP for

treatment. To avoid leaching entire washing area will be paved.

3. Company should make continuous efforts in waste minimization.

4. For the equipments and pipelines, leakage detection and repair will be scheduled to

minimize pollution.

5. Second wash of plant / equipment will be re-used as first wash in the same equipment /

reactor to reduce fresh water consumption.

6. Adequate spares for effluent collection and disposal system will be maintained.

10.4.3.2 RAINWATER HARVESTING

Rainwater harvesting is an important component of area wise resource use and

environmental management. The total amount/quantity of water i.e., received in the form of

rainfall over an area is called the rain water endowment of that area, out of which the

amount of water that can be effectively harvested is called the rain water harvesting

potential. The collection efficiency accounts for the fact that all the rain water falling over an

area cannot be effectively harvested due to losses on account of evaporation, spillage or run

off etc.,

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



Rainwater Harvesting will be implemented at project site to conserve rainwater. Roof top

area, greenbelt/ green area, road/paved area and open areas proposed in the project site are

considered for rainwater which can be harvested. The approximate quantities of rainwater

that can be harvested at project site is summarized below

The equation used for run off estimation is based on CPCB guidelines on ‘Concepts and

Practices for Rain water Harvesting’- Oct 2001.The calculations are based on the following:

Average annual rainfall is 1442.0 mm based on 1970-2000 IMD data-Minambakkam

Average No of rainy days are 60.5

Run of co-efficient are considered as given by CPCB guidelines

Table 0-1 Rainwater harvesting calculation

Land Allocation Breakup Area (A)

in (Sq.m)

Run off

Coefficient

(C)

Intensity

of rainfall-I

(mm/day)

Total

Discharge-

Qp

(m3/day)

Roads Area 28000 0.7 67 1313.20

Common amenities (Security area,

MRS, Admin, Canteen, Pump house,

Switchyard)

10524 0.8 67

564.0.9

Green belt area 81315 0.15 67 817.22

Miscellaneous (Parking) 12365.53 0.7 67 579.94

Total Land area 132204.5 - - 3274.44

Design parameter:

Formula:

Discharge, Q= CIA (m3/day)

Where,

Q= Discharge (in m3/day)

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



C=Coefficient of Runoff

I= Intensity of rainfall (in mm/day) (Max Flood in 2015- 335.2 mm for 5 days)

A= Area (in Sq.m)

Runoff calculation:

Total runoff Load = 3274.44 m3/day

Proposed RWH Pits: (100 % Harvesting)

Percolation rate is 50%, so total harvesting capacity of each pit per hour = 5.6 *1.5

= 8.4 m3

Total runoff load per hour = 3274.44/24 = 136.43 m3/Hr.

No of bore well pits proposed to harvesting per hour intensity = 136.43/8.4

=16.24 say 17 Nos

Excess runoff Storm water from road will be collected through storm water drain provided

along the boundary of road. It will be connected to nearby water bodies.

RAIN WATER HARVESTING SCHEME ON LAYOUT :

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Construction Phase (Non point sources emissions)

Generation of suspended particulate matter is a common phenomenon due to transportation

of constructions materials. This would be mitigated by allowing the vehicles entering the

premises under cover. Emission of fugitive dust due to movement of heavy vehicles etc. shall

be controlled by spraying water in the affected zone. Hosing down the wheels of the vehicles

with water and providing washing troughs for them would further mitigate the amount of

dust generated. In addition, emission of other pollutants from construction machinery using

diesel driven prime movers, will be controlled by proper maintenance.

Barricading the construction area and minimizing exposed areas to reduce dust generation.

Areas generating dust during dry weather will be sprayed with water.

Appropriate enclosed areas for storage of construction materials.

Facilitating the workers with required Personal Protective Equipments.

Operation Phase (Point sources emissions)

In-plant Control Measures: Some of the mitigation measures, which can reduce the impact on

air environment, are as follows:

• Ensuring the operations of various process units as per specified operating guidelines/

operating manuals.

Strict adherence to maintenance schedule including lubrication for various machinery/

equipment.

Provide Adequate stack height to control flue gas emission




and dryer combustor.

Regular ambient air quality monitoring shall be carried out within premises and should

also be carried out in the nearby area for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx & VOCs.

A greenbelt around the factory will be developed for reducing the air pollution and

attenuation of noise.

Adoption of good house-keeping.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.4.4.1 Details of Air Pollution Control Devices:

a. Incinerators for Off Gas Generated in the Process:

The OFF GASES generated out of burning of fuel like LDO / HSD and Carbon Black Feed

Stock (CBFS) (d) Natural Gas are incinerated in Combustors of boiler and product dryer.

100% off gases generated in the process are burnt in these combustors and no off gas

escape into the atmosphere and hence there is no air pollution from the gases generated in

the process.

Low Btu off gases generated in the manufacturing process of Carbon Black in the

reactor section and separated from accompanying Carbon Black particles in Bag Filter

section are collected in the off gas header. Inspite of their low calorific value, these gases

are utilised to recover their calorific value in a specially designed boiler system to generate

high pressure steam and in a specially designed dryer combustor furnace to supply the heat

energy requirements in the pelletising and drying section.

Company has planned specially designed stacks of 90mtr and 60mtr height for Boiler and

Dryer respectively for proper dissipation of flue gases emitted from above mentioned

incinerators (combustors).

b. Flare Stack

PCBL(TN) Limited has planned to install Flare Stack of adequate height to meet any

eventuality in the above mentioned incinerators i.e boiler and dryer so that the gases

generated in the process are flared and then vented to the atmosphere to control pollution.

c. Start Up Vent Stack

Company has planned to install start up vent stack of adequate height to vent inert gases

generated during start up and shut down for proper dissipation of pollutants.

d. Reactor Vent Scrubbers

To minimise pollution during an Emergency Plant Shut Down, company has planned to install

state of the art technology Venturi Scrubbers for individual reactors. Though all the inputs to

the reactors get stopped during any Emergency Shut Down, the residuals left in the reactors

are vented through these venture scrubbers after scrubbing all the carbon black particles.

e. Process Bag Collectors

This is a Process cum Pollution Control equipment which is used for separation of carbon

black from the off gases. Clean off gas is collected in the off gas header and is utilised by

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



complete combustion in dryer combustion furnace and boiler furnace to achieve substantial

energy conservation as mentioned above. The filter bags are designed for 100% separation

efficiency.

As mentioned above Start Vent Stack will be installed for releasing of INERT GASES from

Process Bag Collectors in to the atmosphere during startup and shutdown of plant.

f. Vapour Bag Collectors

This is also a process cum pollution control equipment and is used for separation of carbon

black from the purge gases (containing water vapour and carbon black particles) generated in

the rotary dryer. Filtered and clean gases are released into atmosphere through the stack.

Flue gases from this filter at a temperature of approx. 200 deg. C mainly contain water

vapour, nitrogen, oxygen & insignificant quantity of CO and SOx. These gases are not harmful

and do not cause any air pollution. This filter also contains special fibre glass filter bags to

have SPM in the stack well within the norms laid down by the Pollution Control Board.

Fugitive emission control

Fugitive emission at various locations of the work zone environment is monitored on

regular basis. Moreover, following measures will be taken to minimize the fugitive

emissions.

All process will be done in a closed system.

Raw materials will be pumped from storage tank to process in a closed system.

Fugitive emissions are emissions of gases or vapours from pressurized equipment due to leak

or other unintended or irregular releases. Fugitive emission may be contributed from the

following sources:

Leakage from pumps

Equipment failure

Spillages from pipelines

Leakages from reactors

Vapours venting from process/tanks

Evaporation losses

Control Measures

Control Measures adopted are:


M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



Transfer of the material for proposed plant shall be through pipeline

Leak detectors shall be installed near by the source of leakage

Sweeping on roads.

Proper monitoring system shall be established once the operation starts.

Bitumen roads are laid inside the plant premises.

There will be a chance of fugitive emission during manufacturing process as well as due to

storage and handling of raw materials and products. The unit will take following precaution

for the control of fugitive emissions.

Probable Sources Control Measures

Manufacturing activities

All equipments are maintained regularly along with checking

of flange and welded joints.

All raw materials and end products are properly metered so

that there is no possibility of overloading.

Proper safety interlocks are incorporated

Bulk transportation within the process is done by closed

bucket elevator and screw conveyer.

Emission from Carbon

black storage tank and

packing

Dedusting system with proper bag filters provided. All storage

tanks are closed with proper venting system and level is

checked regularly without overfilling.

Pump and compressor

Emissions

Mechanical seals are provided in pumps and agitators

Standby arrangement for critical equipment for periodic

maintenance

Valves, Flanges, plugs and

instrument connections

Welded pipes are used wherever feasible.

Suitable gasket materials are used

Suitable glad packing is used in valves

Periodic inspection and maintenance of pipes and pipefittings

is carried out

Leak detection and Repair Programme (LDAR): Leak detection and repair (LDAR) is system of

procedure a facility utilizes to locate repair leaking components including valves, pumps,

tanks and reactors in order to minimize the emission of fugitive volatile organic components

and hazardous air pollutants.

LDAR related sections shall be considered, checked and maintained regularly to control

emissions from leakages. At PCBL (TN) Limited schedule shall be prepared standard practices

will be implemented.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



Identifying the sections: All possible sections of emissions from leakage will be recognized &

marked.

Monitoring the components: As per the schedule and frequency sections shall be monitored

to avoid the leakage chances by using the standard detecting systems.

Repairing the components: Repairing of the equipment after finding fault will be addressed

immediately. After a leak is detected, the component shall be altered or replaced to correct

the leakage. The component shall be considered repaired only after it has been monitored

and shows leakage below the thresh-hold limits.

Documented: All the above mentioned records shall be maintained for further references.

PCBL(TN) Limited will use best technology to control fugitive emission like:

Closed process flow systems of material transfer.

Detecting systems are in place for any leakages

Air quality shall be regularly monitored and data on fugitive emissions shall be regularly

recorded and proper actions will be taken.

10.4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The sound pressure level generated by a noise source decreases with increasing distance from

the source due to wave divergence. The propagation and attenuation of noise pressure wave

is dependent on many parameters amongst which, the medium of travel and the ambient

conditions are the most significant parameters. In order to minimize adverse impact on the

noise environment, due attention shall be given for implementing noise control measures.

Comprehensive measures shall be taken at design stage for noise from proposed unit. The

measures are as under:

The noise level at the plant boundary shall be restricted to 75 dB (A) during day time and

70 dB (A) during night time.

Noise level shall be specified for various rotating equipment as per Occupational Safety

and Health Association (OSHA) standards.

Equipment lay-out shall be done considering segregation of high noise generating sources.

Erection of suitable enclosure, if required, to minimize the impact of high noise generating

sources.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



There may be small addition to the ambient noise level, due to the increased

transportation activities. This creates a slight adverse impact on the sound environment.

Regular oiling, lubrication and maintenance of the equipment shall be carried out to

minimize noise generation.

During Construction Phase

Following measures shall be taken for abatement of noise during construction phase:

Noise emissions from construction equipment will be kept to a minimum by regular

maintenance.

Heavy and noisy construction jobs shall be avoided during night hours.

During Operation Phase

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact of operation phase of the

project on the surrounding noise environment.

All the noise generating equipments will be designed / operated to ensure that noise

level does not exceed 75-70 dB (A) at plant boundary as per the requirement of

Central / State Pollution Control Board.

Noise generating sources will be maintained properly to minimize noise generated by

them.

Wherever feasible, acoustic enclosures will be provided for compressors, DG sets.

Compliance with noise control norms will be given due importance at the time of

purchase of various equipments and it will be mentioned while placing the purchase

orders and guarantee for noise standards will be sought from suppliers.

Green belt will act as a noise barrier.

Training will be imparted to personnel to generate awareness about effects of noise

and importance of using PPEs.

10.4.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT

CONSTRUCTION PHASE:

1. The removed soil will be properly stored for subsequent reinstatement.

2. Reuse of excess excavated material for road development, green belt development and

landscaping.

3. A well designed closed depository for storage of construction materials to prevent

land/soil pollution.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



4. Effective stabilization of altered landforms to minimize soil erosion and the potential for

water pollution (e.g.vegetation).

5. Reuse of construction wastes such as sand, brick, gravel, cement for developing internal

road and project structures.

OPERATION PHASE:

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during operational phase of the

project on the land environment.

Air emissions are effectively controlled by appropriate air pollution control systems

and therefore deposition of air pollutants in and around the premises and surrounding

area is not envisaged.

Organic solid wastes will be Convertto manure by using OWCand inorganic solid

wastes will be sold to recycling facilities as per the authorization from TNPCB and

there is no internal disposal facility availability within the site.All the hazardous wastes

generated from the project will be properly stored and disposed as per the Hazardous

and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016.Hence

there may not be any impact to the land environment.

As the treated effluent and treatedsewage will be reused, impact on the land

environment is not envisaged.

Thus, no impact on land is envisaged due to discharge of gaseous emission, solid waste

or liquid effluent from the proposed project.

10.4.6.1 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT









M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.





Used Oily cotton waste/weather hand gloves/cotton hand gloves@ 2 MT/Annum shall be

Collected, Stored & Transported & Disposed to authorized TSDF for land filling.













Storage of Hazardous Waste:

Hazardous waste shall not be stored for a period more than 90 days. And shall maintain

records and make them available for inspection.

Store at a designated Onsite-secured area with impervious floor that affords protection

from sun & rain fall, spreading of leachate, mixing of wastes etc.

Transportation of Hazardous Waste:

Properly packed & labeled waste transport through dedicated vehicle to a captive facility/

authorized TSDF facility.

10.4.6.2 METHODOLOGY OF DE-CONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL OF DISCARDED

CONTAINERS AND ITS RECORD KEEPING

Decontamination & Disposal of Discarded Containers: The proper disposal of empty

chemical containers is more important for hazardous chemicals as it can contain residual

amounts of chemicals. There can be no more than 1 inch of material left in the container not

more than 3% by weight of the containers capacity. In an effort to ensure that this residue is

handled properly and to be able to recycle or properly dispose of these containers, the

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



following procedure is to be followed. The below guidelines are useful for non hazardous

chemicals also.

Rinse Procedure: An empty chemical container that contains hazardous chemicals (liquid or

solid), must be rinsed 3 times with water (or appropriate rinsing agent) before being

discarded. The first rinse should be collected as chemical waste, it can be put into any waste

container of compatible chemicals, the second & third rinses can then go down to drain. If the

chemical is on the list of acutely hazardous waste, then all three rinses must be collected.

After the containers are rinsed, they can be discarded appropriately as described below. All

caps should be let off of the discarded containers. Containers should be labeled with “Empty”

labels and the chemical name should be crossed or blacked out prior to being discarded. Caps

may be discarded to regular trash. Finally, it is disposed off by sell it to authorized

decontamination facility / recycler or reuse.

Reuse /Recycle/ Disposal of cleaned containers:

• All chemicals must follow the above rinse except the volatile Solvents & before being

discarded in any form.

• Metal containers or any plastic containers, plastic tubing or plastic beakers that do not meet

the recycling criteria can be discarded into regular trash.

• Glass containers, glass tubing that do not meet the recycling criteria should be placed into

trash can for disposal.

• Plastic & glass containers that meet the recycling criteria must be placed in appropriate

recycling containers.

• Empty compressed gas cylinders should be returned to vendor.

10.4.6.3 Solid waste management

During operation phase is likely to generate various types of solid waste which can be broadly

categorized as Hazardous Waste and Municipal Solid Waste. Further, the generated solid

waste may include biodegradable, recyclable and inert compounds. Municipal solid wastes

will be segregated as organic and inorganic wastes. Organic wastes will be disposed to OWC

and inorganic wastes will be sold to authorized recyclers.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

As per the rules and regulations laid by Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change,

Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and State Pollution Control Board (SPCB), it is legally

mandatory to earmark 33% of the project area for greenbelt development to promote

integration of environmental issues with industrial development projects.

The total land area is 242892.53 Sq.m (24.289Ha). Greenbelt area is 81315.00 Sq.m

(8.131Hac–33.47%) Around 9900numbers of tree will be planted as per CPCB guidelines for

developing greenbelt (PROBES/75/1999-2000, published in Mar 2000).

Design of Green Belt

Green belt will be developed as per CPCB guidelines with concept of three tier greenbelt

development with tall, medium and short height in general.

A survey was conducted with respect to existing forest types and vegetation diversity in the

study area for development of greenbelt around project components. The following

guidelines will be considered in green belt development.

The following guidelines will be considered in green belt development.

The spacing between the trees will be maintained at 2x2m

Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation

In the front row shrubs will be grown.

The short trees (< 10 m height) will be planted in the first two rows (towards plant

side) of the green belt. The tall trees (> 10 m height) will be planted in the outer three

rows (away from plant side)

One line of tall trees and another line of short trees will be planted near the industrial

blocks to control the fugitive emissions and to reduce the noise.

Expose the manure pits to direct sunlight for about 15 days.

o If the soil at the site is reasonably good, pits may be filled with 80% site-soil

+ 20% composted cow-dung. About 200 gm Neem-cake and leaf-litter, grass

or agricultural residue may be added

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



o If the soil at the site is poor, pits may be filled with 35% site-soil + 35% fertile soil

(from an external source) + 30% composted cow-dung. Neem-cake and other

organic matter may be added as in the previous instance

Saplings will ideally be planted after the annual rains begin. The saplings would need

to be watered once the rains cease.

Saplings shall be suitably nurtured and maintained. Soil conditioning and fertilizer

application shall be undertaken. If required, suitable soil treatment shall be provided

to ensure good growth of tree cover.

Construction of temporary shelters of locally available materials such as bamboo and

grass around the growing saplings is recommended in the summer, to help the

plants withstand the hot sun.

During construction period:

o Ground-vegetation should be allowed to shed seeds before cutting or moving it

for mulching. This would leave behind a seed-bank to flourish in the next growing

season, providing a natural source of mulch for the following year.

o Open Burning of bushes and other waste on land must be avoided, as it reduces

soil-quality, and harms the ground-vegetation, amphibians, reptiles and ground

nesting birds.

Development of greenbelt shall start with construction phase and shall be continued

full fledge with operation phase

As a part of improving biodiversity areas need to be ear marked for the growth of

creepers that are always neglected in green belt development category. Creepers are

becoming increasingly threatened due to lack of concerns and selective dereliction of

this species.

Cost estimations for Green belt Development

A capital cost of INR 40.0 Lakhs shall be earmarked for this purpose and INR 4.0Lakhs will be

alottedfor recurring expenses towards green belt development and maintenance.

The following plant species will be planted according to CPCB guidelines: Cassia fistula,

Mangifera indica, Tectona grandis, Azadirachta indica, Albizza lebbek, Prosopis cineraria,

Delonixregia, Ficusbenghalensis, Butea monosperma, Phyllanthus emblica, Hardwickia

binate, Terminalia arjuna, Acacia niotica, ficus sp., Albizia sp., Dalbergia latifolia,

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



Peltophorumpterocarpum, Chloroxylon swietenia, Dalbergia sissoo, Syzygiumcumini, Melia

dubia, etc.

The purpose of developing the greenbelt in and around the industrial site is for:

Containment and abatement of pollution in the industrial environment, capturing of

fugitive emissions if any and thereby improving the quality of the surrounding

environment.

Substantially reducing the adverse environmental impacts due to the proposed

industrial activity.

Serving as a barrier for attenuating the intensity of noise generated.

Enhancing the biodiversity index of the region.

Adding aesthetic value to the project site.

Maintaining the ecological equilibrium of the area.

The following general guidelines and measures will be adopted:

The greenbelt development programme will be drawn to conform to natural climatic

conditions and adaptability of the species.

Proper drainage system and proper plantation techniques will be adopted.

Plantation will be properly maintained and protected by fencing from grazing and

felling.

The plantations will consist of a mixture of carefully chosen locally available species of

trees, shrubs and herbs, preferably evergreen and resistant to pollution.

10.6 OCCUPTIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

Health hazards associated with the occupation are called occupational hazards. In chemical

industry due to handling of toxic and hazardous chemicals there are possibilities of

developing occupational diseases. M/s. PCBL (TN) Ltd. shall employ the following measures

with respect to occupational health and safety:

Pre – employment medical check-up at the time of employment.

Six monthly medical check-up for all employees. PCBL (TN) Limited will have

agreement signed with nearby hospital for their valuable service during emergency

along with one Equipped ambulance facility for 24/7.

Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise and chemical exposure at frequent

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



intervals with maintenance of records.

Engineering controls, wherever possible, to reduce workplace pollution.

Training to employees on personal hygiene, health, personnel protective equipment &

first aid.

Personal Protective Equipment’s will be provided to all company employee as well as

contract workers, which are working in hazardous and non-hazardous area.

10.6.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CENTER

Functions of the Occupational Health Centre, M/s. PCBL (TN) Ltd.:

Daily OPD (outdoor patient Department) cases of company employees as well as

contractual workers.

IPD (indoor patient department) cases of company employees and contractual workers

as and when required.

Emergency treatment of patients in case of chemical burns, gas inhalation, ingestion

of chemical, mechanical injuries like head injury and fracture.

First aid treatment in case of minor abrasion, contused lacerated wound, etc.

Referral services to higher centre as and when required.

Pre-employment medical examination of all the employees before their joining to

decide their fitness and to decide their placement in various plants.

Periodical medical examination every 6 monthly for all the employees.

Maintenance of form no. 33 after pre-employment medical examination.

Maintenance of form no. 32 after periodical medical examination

Placement and maintenance of first aid boxes to the various departments in the

company. First aid boxes are checked twice in a month and replenished with the

materials needed.

Preparation of injury report on daily basis.

First aid training to the company employees.

Preparations of monthly report and annual reports describing injuries and sickness.

Oxygen cylinder refilling and maintenance.

Ambulance daily test round and daily checking as per our check list.

Canteen workers personal hygiene checkup twice in a month.

Contractual workers pre employment physical check up on daily basis.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



Medicine consumption and keeping record of the same, daily basis and monthly.

OHC equipment check list as per our SOP.

Autoclaving of dressing material to sterilize it.

Segregation and proper disposal of biomedical waste with Globe bio care institute.

Instrument calibration once yearly.

Maintenance of clean OHC and beds and linen washing.

Division of all the work among all four full time medical assistants.

Blood donation camp, eye check up camp arrangements at OHC.

Pre-Medical/Periodical Medical Examination

Pre-Medical/Periodical medical examination of worker exposed and other staff members is

being carried out at regular intervals.

Pre-Employment Screening / Examinations - All employees will be subjected to pre-

placement medical examinations to determine their fitness for the jobs on site. Potential

exposures to the work environment will be considered before placing an employee on the

job.

Periodic Medical Examinations - Periodic medical examination is the same as the pre-

employment screening and may be modified according to current conditions, such as changes

in the employee's symptoms, site hazards or exposures.

However, List of tests is proposed to done during half yearly employee check-up: -

a. Height

b. Weight

c. Audiometry

d. ECG

e. Eye Vision

f. Complete Blood Count (26 parameters)

g. Pulmonary function testing

h. Blood Sugar

i. Blood pressure

j. Urine Routine & Microscopy

PCBL (TN) Limited will allocate Rs.5.0 Lakhs per month for the purpose of occupational, heath

and safety for the employees.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



First aid Boxes

A first aid kit is a collection of supplies and equipment for use in giving first aid. First Aid boxes

will be kept available in Admin Block and Production area etc. First Aid items will be issued to

injure only by authorized persons.

Following are the contents of First Aid Box,

1. Dettol – Antiseptic solution

2. Ciplox – Eye Drops

3. Soframycin – Skin ointment

4. Silverex – Burn ointment

5. Betadine – Microbicidal solution

6. Iodex – Pain reliever

7. Sterilized Cotton Wool

8. Surgical Paper Tape

9. Small Sterilized Dressings

10. Medium Sterilized Dressings

11. Roller Bandage – 5 cm wide

12. Roller Bandage – 10cm wide

13. Band Aid

14. Crocin / Paracetamol Tablet

10.6.2 Occupational Health Monitoring

Medical Surveillance Program: Medical surveillance program is essential to assess and

monitor employees' health and fitness both prior to employment and during the course of

work; to determine fitness for duty and to provide emergency and other treatment as

needed. Effectiveness of a medical program depends on active involvement of employees.

PCBL (TN) Limited medical surveillance program will include the following major elements;

1. Developing an OH-IH Medical Surveillance Program.

2. Pre-Employment Examination and Periodic Medical Examinations

3. Determination of Fitness for Duty.

4. Communications.

5. Emergency Medical Treatment.

6. Medical Records.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



Implementation of OHS Standards as per OSHAS

The overall objective of the company is to provide a system that is capable of delivering

healthy and safe workplace. Following measures have been adopted for implementation of

OHS standards:

Well-equipped Occupational Health Centre with adequate paramedical staff.

Routine and special investigation related to occupational health.

Health surveillance and maintenance of health record.

Rules and procedure for effective implementation of Safety Health and Environment

policy and made to know all employees.

Round the clock Ambulance facility.

Sufficient number of First aid boxes.

Implementation of OHSAS 18001 for Occupational Health and Safety Management

System.

Implementation of ISO 14001 for Environment Management System.

Risk assessment of each and every activity.

Implementation of OHS management program.

Training, awareness program and work place talk.

Personnel Protective Equipment

M/s. PCBL (TN) Limited will provide full range of Personnel Protective equipments to its

workers for their safety. A complete list of Personnel Protective equipments has been tabled

below:

List of Personnel Protective Equipments

Boiler operation: Cotton type retardant suit, IR resistant goggles, helmet, safety shoes

and cotton gloves.

Electrical Work Area (MCC and PCC):433 V to 22 kVA electrical resistance gloves,

Electrical safety shoes (without metal toe guard) and helmet and electrical gloves.

Tested date and due dates should be marked legibly.

Working at Height: Personal fall protection (i.e. Full body harness), helmet and Safety

shoes.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



Safety Equipment:

Safety Helmets

Safety Hand Gloves – PVC, Rubber Cotton, Cum, Leather Asbestos

Safety Goggles - Spectacle Type, Panoramic Type

Face Shield

Aprons – PVC, Cotton

PVC Suits

Safety Gum Boots

Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus

Gas mask with canister

Safety emergency

Fire extinguishers

Fire hoses with branches

Explosive meter

Gas detection devices

Resuscitator

Portable mike

First aid box

Emergency siren switch

Telephone- P&T intercom

Personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided during operation as per norms

Spill Emergency Mitigation Procedure

Spill Kit is kept in all Emergency cupboards.

Once the spill is observed, Spill Kit shall be collected from the nearest area/emergency

cupboard installed and neutralizing agent (if required) based on the nature of the spill.

In case if the spill is not controlled, immediately declare the emergency as per

emergency response procedure.

While handling the spill, use most appropriate PPE's like SCBA, chemical suit, acid/

alkali proof hand gloves, face shield, safety goggles, gum boots or even respiratory

masks with suitable cartridges.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



Once the spill is controlled using Sorbent pad/Boom collect in a double polythene bag

and secure with the plastic ties. Dispose it as per applicable disposal procedure.

Report the incident of spill to EHS department through online incident reporting

System.

Once in a month, the items of the Spill Kit shall be inspected and recorded by EHS

representatives of the individual area.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.6.2.1 INDUSTRIAL/ OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH MONITORING

The workers exposed to noisy sources will be provided with ear muffs/plugs.

Adequate facilities for drinking water and toilets will be provided to the employees.

The health of the workers will be regularly checked by a qualifiedDoctor and proper

records will be kept for each worker.

Isolated storage for all hazardous chemicals with adequate safety measures, sign

board outside storage etc.,

Good Air circulation will be ensured within the plant area.

Hand wash will be provided in vicinity of work area with ample quantity of water

available.

Proper First Aid centre and medical facilities will be provided.

10.6.3 WORK ZONE MONITORING EQUIPMENT

The unit will install the ambient air monitoring kit all over the facility for regular monitoring

and these will provide the alarm once the set level is crossed. Same will be connected to

TNPCB online Monitoring Server(CAC).

10.6.4 PROPOSED SAFETY SYSTEM

FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM

A pressurized automatically operated Fire Hydrant System will be installed in the plant with

rings and wet risers around all blocks to achieve maximum coverage. Water reservoir capacity

will be provided. Following are the details of the system.

Jockey pump with pressure switches

Main electrical pump

Yard Hydrant points.

Hose Boxes

Hose Reel Drums

Foam Concentrate tank

Water Monitor

Mobile Foam Unit

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



Two-way fire brigade inlet

Automatic sprinkler system.

Fire & Safety Systems

S. No Name of the equipment Qty(Nos) Capacity

1 Fire Extinguishers 41 4.5kg

2 Fire Extinguishers (ABC) 41 6kg

3 Fire Extinguishers (Mechanical Foam) 2 45 l

4 Fire Extinguishers (Trolley Mounted) 4 22.5 kg

5 Fire Hydrant Points (External) 64 -

6 Fire Hydrant Points (Internal) 20 -

7 Fire Hydrant Pumps 2+1 (Standby) 273 m3/hr

8 Jockey Pump 1 273 m3/hr

9 Water Monitors 4 -

10 Fire Brigade Connection (FBC) 3 -

11 Fire Hose 64 (2 Nos) 15m RRL (each)

12 First Aid 14 -

13 Water storage tanks 1 1716 KL

Fire extinguishers:

Depending on the combustible material, fires have been classified into four types.

Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different Fires

S. No Class of fire Suitable Fire Extinguisher

1 Class A:

Organic Material i.e. wood, papers, rubber &plastics. DCP, Mechanical Foam

2

Class B:

Flammable Liquid and Flammable Gases i.e.,Petroleum

Products, Paints, Chemicals etc.

Mechanical Foam, CO2 and

DCP

3 Class C:

Electrical DCP and CO2

4

Class D:

Flammable Metals i.e. Lithium, Sodium, and Potassium

etc.

Special DCP, Sand

The company will train personnel for firefighting and intends to improve the firefighting skills

of employee by conducting frequent training on Fire fighting.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.7 MEASURES FOR CONSERVATION OF ENERGY

M/s. PCBL (TN) Limited shall adopt various measures for energy conservation:

Energy efficient machineries will be used during operation phase.

Installation of economizer & high efficiency burner on steam boilers.

Company shall try to utilize renewable sources of energy for conservation of non-

renewable sources of energy.

Enough care will be taken to prevent/minimize energy losses at each stage.

Energy audit will be used as a tool for monitoring purpose.

External lights will be controlled through timers for auto on/off function based on

timings.

The cable size will be selected so as to minimize the power losses.

The power factor improvement capacitors will be provided individually for AC loads.

Using water cooled chillers, variable frequency drives for secondary pumps and public

area and building management system for HVAC equipments with non-CFC and non-

HCFC based refrigerants.

Use of VFDs for various utilities in variable load application to optimize pump and air

handling unit performance, wherever required.

Automated day light control.

Efficient lamps and ballasts.

Automated control for external lighting (Astronomical/Sensor).

Occupancy Sensors.

Phase-wise implementation of Advance Process Control (APC) in the process plants.

Replacement of conventional lighting fixture by more energy efficient fittings.

Installation of improved insulation over the High Pressure (HP) steam line to reduce

the heat loss.

Use of FRP blade on Cooling Tower.

Company shall explore possibility of use of solar energy for various infrastructure operations.

Also use of Energy Efficient Lighting, Transformers, HVAC system, Use of Energy Efficient

Motors, electrical appliances to minimize the energy consumption in addition to Process

Planning.

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.8 SKILLED AND TRAINED MANPOWER

This new project will have employment opportunity for 1000 person during construction

phase (18 Months) and 425 persons (in ToR application: 500 Person) during operation phase.

Additional employment opportunity for product dealers and distributors, and transport

sectors for product movements will increase the employment opportunity indirectly.

10.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES

The company is aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfil the social

obligations, company will employ semi-skilled and skilled labour from the nearby villages as

much as possible and also try to generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby

villages by appointing local contract workers. Around 2.5% of the annual profit will be

spending for the CSR activity. The following are proposed CSR activities which can be

executed.

1. Books and basic infrastructures for the nearest School.

2. Common Toilet & lighting facilityto the nearest village

3. Medical camps to the villagers

10.9.1 CER ACTIVITIES

As per CER Notification, the 1.0% of project Cost (INR 615.0 Crore) i.e.6.15 Crores need to

spend for CER activities. As per OM- F. No. 22-23/2018-IA.III (Pt) Dated: 31.10.2019. As per

the Latest OM F.No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated: 30.09.2020, it will be spent as per EAC

recommendation and our proposal as follows:

Sl.No Activities under CER 2022-2027

1 Waste management facilities such as Bins, Battery auto for

garbage collection to local nearby villages Such as Teruvai,

Kollanur etc.

1.01

2 Greenbelt development in Nearby Villages Such as Teruvai,

Kollanur etc. 1.00

3 Solar lighting to nearby villages Such as Teruvai, Kollanur etc. 2.07

4 Sanitation facilities to nearby Government Schools and colleges 2.07

Total 6.15 Crores

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD.



10.10 Socio – Economic Environment

The proponent is committed to the socio – economic upliftment of the people in region and

has actively involved in formulating and implementing proactive measures as part of the

corporate social responsibility. Moreover, various modes of indirect employment i.e.,

transportation, increased business opportunities to shopkeepers, small scale business

entrepreneurs etc. will lead to development of the area.

10.11 Ecology

Solid wastes generated during the operation phase are disposed through authorized

disposal cum recycle facilities as per the authorization from TNPCB and hence no impact is

anticipated due to solid waste in and around the site.

No sewage or effluent will be discharge outside the factory premises. ZLD will be

maintained properly.

Stack is proposed to control the release of air pollutants to a greater extent. In addition,

thick green belt will attenuate air pollutants released into the environment.

It is expected that the ecology of the region is preserved by these mitigation measures.

M/s. PCBL (TN) Limited



CHAPTER - 11

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & CONLCUSION

11.1 Project Description


(PCBL). PCBL is the first Carbon Black company in the world to receive carbon credits. PCBL


gas or waste gas from the carbon black manufacturing process thus creating a sustainable

green movement. The gas, a by-product of carbon black production, is harnessed for

generating electricity at the Company's Captive Power Plants (CPP), at Palej, Durgapur,

Mundra and Kochi. The Company has heavily cut down on carbon and gas emission, and

serves green power to Large Private industrial units and State Electricity utilities. At present,

the combined production capacity is 5.71 lakh ton/Annum. Now, PCBL (TN) LTD planned to

set up a unit in SIPCOT industrial park, Thervoy Kandigai. Proposed facility will be located at

Plot No A7 of Thervoy kandigai Village, SIPCOT Industrial Complex, Gummidipoondi Taluk,

Tiruvallur District and Tamil Nadu. The allotted land area is 60.02 Acres (242892.32 Sq.m).

The land allotted from SIPCOT industrial complex to the proponent for this proposed project.





Product and Capacity

Sl. No Description Quantity (in ToR

application)

Quantity (In EIA report)*

1 Carbon Black

745 MT per day (2,60,750

MTPA)


days)

550 MT per day (1,92,500

MTPA)


days)

2 CPP 50 MW 36 MW

*Note: Carbon black Production and CPP capacity was reduced from ToR application

due to the Market Strategy and demand




11.2 Description of the Environment

Baseline Environmental Status

Air Environment

The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological

parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level, etc.

The ambient air samples were collected and analyzed for Respirable Suspended Particulate

Matter (RSPM-PM10), Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM2.5), Sulphur

Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ammonia (NH3), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Arsenic (As),

Nickel (Ni), Benzene (C6H6), Hydro Carbon (HC), Carbon Monoxide (CO) & VOC’s were

monitored at site and nearby villages for identification, prediction, evaluation and

assessment of potential impact on ambient air environment.

The maximum concentration of PM10 (54.63 g/m3), PM2.5 (25.83 g/m3), SO2 (8.11 g/m3),

NOx (17.45 g/m3), O3 (13.70 g/m3) was recorded in study area. The minimum

concentration of PM10 (46.25 g/m3), PM2.5 (21.75 g/m3), SO2 (6.55 g/m3), NOx (13.42

g/m3), O3 (10.67 g/m3) was recorded in study area.

Sr.

No.

Criteria

Pollutants

Unit Maximum

Value

Minimum

Value

Prescribed

Standard

1. PM10 g/m3 54.63 46.25 100

2. PM2.5 g/m3 25.83 21.75 60

3. SO2 g/m3 8.11 6.55 80

4. NOx g/m3 17.45 13.42 80

5. O3 g/m3 13.70 10.67 100

The PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations at all the AAQM locations were primarily caused by local

phenomena including industrial & vehicular activities and natural dust getting air borne due

to manmade activities and blowing wind. PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations were observed

below stipulated standards of CPCB for Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area at all air

quality monitoring locations during the monitoring period. Results of all parameters are

found within limit. Result of all other parameters i.e. NH3, Pb, As, Ni, C6H6, BaP & HC were




found below detectable limit. The interpretation relates to the results found for particular

locations and date of monitoring.

Baseline Ground Water Quality

pH of ground water samples varied from 7.56 to 7.98. Turbidity was found 0.5 to 1.0 NTU,

Total Dissolved Solids varied in the range of 245 to 936 mg/L. Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

varied from 120 to 727 mg/L. Total Alkalinity varied from 118 to 482 mg/L. Chlorides and

Sulfates are found in the range of 45 to 292 mg/L and 39 to 296 mg/L respectively.

Sr.

No.

Criteria Pollutants Unit Maximum

Value

Minimum

Value

Desirable

Limit

Maximum

Permissible

Limit

1. pH pH Scale 7.98 7.56 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

2. Total Suspended Solids mg/L <2 <2 80 120

3. Total Hardness mg/L 727 120 300 600

4. Fluoride mg/L 0.17 0.42 1 1.5

5. Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 936 245 500 2000

6. Chlorides mg/L 292 45 250 1000

7. Zinc mg/L 0.05 0.15 5 15

Baseline Surface Water Quality

pH of surface water samples was found 7.62 to 8.04. Turbidity was found 1.9 to 4.6 NTU,

Total Dissolved Solids was found 158 to 266 mg/L. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) are found 75 to

140 mg/L. Total Alkalinity varied from 68 to 116 mg/L. Chlorides and Sulfates are found 41 to

70 mg/L and 8 to 20 mg/L respectively.

Sr.

No.

Criteria

Pollutants

Unit Maximum

Value

Minimum Value

1. pH pH Scale 8.04 7.62

2. Total

Alkalinity

mg/L 116 68

3. Total

Hardness

mg/L 140 75

4. Total

Dissolved

Solids

mg/L 266 158

Ground Water Quality: Based on comparison study with drinking water standards, it is

interpreted that water samples collected from the villages should not be directly used in




drinking but can be used in other domestic purposes like washing, bathing and irrigation.

Results of copper, lead in the water sample of all the villages are found below detectable. It

can be observed that ground water qualities in terms of various essential and desirable

characteristics are found within the limits specified by IS 10500:2012.

Surface Water Quality: There are three ponds considered in the study area. However, this

water is not used for domestic/industrial activities; as the raw water is easily available

through pipelines of local authorities. These water sources cannot be utilized for drinking but

the water of these ponds can be used in irrigation. The water quality is good and it was

observed that all the parameters are well within the range of acceptance criteria as per IS:

10500.

Baseline Soil Status

Parameters like Potassium, Calcium, Total Nitrogen, Bulk Density, etc. were considered.

Based on the soil analysis report, the following can be concluded:

Sr. No. Criteria Pollutants Unit Maximum Value Minimum Value

1. pH pH Scale 8.34 7.74

2. Potassium (K) mg/kg 390 265

3. Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.42 1.21

4. Calcium mg/kg 19.6 11.3

5. Total Nitrogen Kg/ha 295 178

6. Organic matter % 1.52 0.97

7. Available Phosphorus KG/HA 41 19.8

The porosity of soils can be considered as moderate too good for air and water movement in

the soil and the pH of soils are slightly alkaline. The concentration of available Nitrogen,

Phosphorous and Potassium in the soil samples signifies that the soil of the area is fertile.

11.3 Anticipated Environmental impacts and mitigation measures

11.3.1 Water Requirement, Waste Water Generation and Treatment

The total water requirement for proposed manufacturing unit is 3583 KLD. Fresh water

requirement is 2785 KLD (In ToR application- 3731KLD) will be sourced from SIPCOT and total

recycle water will be 814 KLD. The wastewater generation will be 558 KL/day. Effluent




generated shall be treated in ETP consisting of primary treatment facility followed by RO,

MEE & ATFD Unit.

Wastewater generated from the project will be treated in ETP and Zero Liquid Discharge will

be maintained, hence the impact due to the proposed project will be very minimal.

The sewage generated will be treated in STP of 50 KLD and the treated sewage will be used

for green belt development.

11.3.2 Air Pollution Source and Control Management

The source of flue gas emission will be:

Emission source APC measure proposed Stack height Fuel Name &

Quantity

DG set:

1x1300 & 1x1200 KVA



Diesel (500

Lit/hr

*Waste gas based Boilers:



Set-3:54 MT/hr, 86 kg/cm2



Off Gases

(495197

Nm3/hr)

Note:


One Boiler is removed due to the reduction in production capacity

Adequate Stack Height shall be maintained to prevent air pollution.

Process gas emission:




and dryer combustor.

Emission source APC measure proposed Stack height (m)

2 Nos. of Flare Stacks Adequate stack height as per

TNPCB Norms 50 AGL

Vapor Bag Collectors – 6 Stacks Bag Collectors 60 AGL

Dryer – 6 Stacks Bag Collectors / ESPs 60 AGL




Process Bag Collectors – 2 Stacks Bag Collectors / ESPs 50 AGL

Venturi Scrubbers – 2 Stacks Not Applicable 50 AGL

Dedusting & Rerun Bag Collectors – 12

Nos Not Applicable 20 m

11.3.3 Hazardous Waste:











Used Oily cotton waste/weather hand gloves/cotton hand gloves@ 2 MT/Annum shall be

Collected, Stored & Transported & Disposed to authorized TSDF for land filling.
















11.3.4 Green Belt

Total Plot Area = 242892 m2. Total Green Belt = 81315 m2 i.e. 33% of Total Plot Area shall be

developed as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.

11.3.5 Power & Fuel Requirements

Details Power and fuel Source

Operation Phase:

Power Requirement during

Operation Phase 11.20 MW* CPP / TANGEDCO

Boilers – LDO / HSD 0.700 MT/day** Retail Supplier

HSD for DG sets 400 LPD IOC/HP

Construction Phase:

Power Requirement 0.400 MW DG Set / TANGEDCO

Note:

* In form-1, Power requirement during operation phase is 15.39 MW

** In form-1, LDO/HSD requirement for boilers are 0.894 MT/day

11.3.6 Capital and recurring cost earmarked for environmental protection measures

The estimated project cost is Rs.615 Crores.

SR.NO. PARTICULARS ESTIMATED COST (INR IN CRORES)

1 Land and Site Development 26.00

2 Building 33.00

3 Plant and Machineries 461.20

4 Environmental Pollution Control

Measures

94.80

TOTAL 615.00




11.3.7 Environmental Hazard

The project proponent shall consider all the safety aspects in planning, designing and

operation of the project as per standard practices. Hence, no adverse impact on this account

is anticipated. Adequate pollution control measures will be taken to check any kind of

contamination or pollution from the company. Considering the pollution control measures

taken by the company environment management system adopted there is no significant

adverse impact on environment.

Cumulative Impact Chart

ENVIRONMENTAL

PARAMETER

TOTAL CUMULATIVE

SCORE

Air Quality -14

Noise and Odour -6

Water Quality -10

Land Requirement -8

Infrastructure -9

Service 15

Environmental Hazards -5

Terrestrial Ecology / Land use 0

Socio Economic Status 12

Aquatic Ecology 0




11.4 Environmental Monitoring Programme

S.

No

Area of

Monitoring

Number of Sampling

Stations

Frequency of

Sampling Parameters to be Analyzed

1. Micro

Meteorology One

Hourly and

Daily basis.

Wind speed and direction,

Temperature, Relative

Humidity, Atmospheric

pressure, Rainfall.

2. Ambient Air

Quality

2 Stations (one in up

wind and one in

down wind)

Twice a

week:24

hourly period

All the 12 parameters as per

NAAQ Standards, VOC and

Hydrocarbons

3. Noise

2 (one within plant

premises and one

outside plant

premises)

Once a month

Ambient Equivalent

continuous Sound Pressure

Levels (Leq) at day and Night

time.

4. Water

One surface and

ground water sample

near the site

Once a month All the parameters as per IS

10500:2012

5. Soil

2 (one within plant

premises and one

outside plant

premises)

Once in six months

Physicochemical properties, Nutrients and Heavy metals

6.

Liquid

Effluents

Effluent inlet and

outlet Weekly

pH, Temp, Conductivity, Oil

and Grease,TSS, TDS, BOD..

STP inlet and outlet Monthly pH, TSS, BOD & COD

7. Exhaust from

DG set Stack of DG set Monthly PM, SO2, NOx& CO

8. Vehicular

Emissions Parking area

Periodic

monitoring of

vehicles

Air emission and noise, PCU

9

Solid waste /

Hazardous

waste

Solid and hazardous

waste storage area Once a week Quantity




11.5 Additional Studies

Storage details

11.6 Project Benefits

Though there are minor pollution impacts the project will be beneficial in the following

aspects:

1. As seen above there will be marginal impacts on air, noise, water & soil environments.

However it will be mitigated by proper measures.

2. The proposed greenbelt will enhance the green coverage in and around the area with

aesthetics.

3. Fulfill the market requirement and play a vital role in the manufacture of carbon black

which thereby reduce imports and address the market demand and social and health

benefits. The products manufactured within these facilities will be exported which will aid

in adding foreign exchange to the nation.

4. Water will be recycled and reused in this project.

5. Various skill development, education, health care programmes & infrastructure

developments are proposed as CSR and CER, through which many villages around will be

benefitted.




11.7 Environment Management Plan

ENVIRONMENTAL

COMPONENTS

SOURCES OF IMPACT MITIGATIVE MEASURE

Water Environment During Construction Phase:

Construction activity & abstraction of

water for construction requirement and

sanitation in housing for workers.

1. Contamination of watercourses by

leakage from fuel and materials storage

areas.

2. Oil and suspended solids in run-off

from vehicles and access roads.

3. Use of heavy machineries and vehicles

causes compaction of topsoil due to

which a change in the surface water

drainage pattern may occur.

Proper management of surface water

runoff shall be made.

Soak pit will provide to dispose of


1. SIPCOT/Private Tankers are the

only source of water during the

construction phase.

2. Storehouse will be located away

from the water storage area to

prevent accidental release or

spillage.

3. Proper management of rain water

run-off during monsoon and

creating bunds to utilize the rain

water for construction purpose.


1. Generation of sewage.

2. Generation of industrial effluent &

domestic waste water

1. Sewage will be treated in mobile

STP.

2. Industrial effluent will be treated in

ETP then treated effluent will be

reused in plant premises.

The sewage generated will be

treated in STP of 50KLD and the

treated sewage will be used for

green belt development.

Air Environment During Construction Phase:

In the construction phase, activities like site

clearance, site leveling, movements of

workers and material, construction of road,

transportation activities will generate dust,

gaseous pollutants and particulate matter

and affect the air quality.

Barricading the construction area and

minimizing exposed areas to reduce

dust generation.

Areas generating dust during dry

weather will be sprayed with water.

Appropriate enclosed areas for storage

of construction materials.

Facilitating the workers with required

Personal Protective Equipments.


1. Flue gas emission

1. Provide Adequate stack height to

control flue gas emission




2. Process gas emission

2. Product gases laden with carbon

black particle from manufacturing

process are filtered at process bag

collector and vapor bag collector for

separation of carbon black particles

from process gases. Off gases

filtered through bag collectors are

utilized as fuel in steam boiler and

dryer combustor.

Fugitive emission Control equipment for fugitive

emissions


and vents are connected to the

scrubbing system

Transfer of the material for

proposed plant shall be through

pipeline

Leak detectors shall be installed

near by the source of leakage

Sweeping on roads.

Proper monitoring system shall

be established once the

operation starts.

Bitumen roads are laid inside the

plant premises.

Land Environment During Construction Phase:

The activities carried out during the

construction phase will involve a change in

the land use from vacant industrial land to

a built up industrial land, which will pose

the following impacts on the land

environment.

1. Compaction of soil and a change in the

soil structure due to the use of heavy

construction vehicles and machineries.

2. Removal of soil from the site.

3. Mixing of the topsoil and subsoil.

4. Dispersion of dust.

1. The removed soil will be properly

stored for subsequent

reinstatement.

2. Reuse of excess excavated material

for road development, green belt

development and landscaping.

3. A well designed closed depository

for storage of construction

materials to prevent land/soil

pollution.

4. Effective stabilization of altered

landforms to minimize soil erosion

and the potential for water

pollution (e.g.vegetation).

5. Reuse of construction wastes such

as sand, brick, gravel, cement for




developing internal road and

project structures.


Generation of Hazardous Waste & solid

waste from process

The various hazardous waste generated

from the process will be stored in a

separate hazardous waste storage area

and properly disposed as per the

Hazardous and Other Wastes

(Management and Trans boundary

Movement) Amendment Rules, 2016.

The Solid Wastes generated during

construction and operation phases will

be segregated to organic and inorganic

wastes. The organic wastes will be

disposed to Municipal bins and

inorganic waste will sell to TNPCB

authorized vendors.

Noise Environment During Construction Phase:

During construction phase, the noise will

mostly be generated from building

activities and machineries used for carrying

out construction. Construction activities

mainly involve diesel generators, laying of

foundation, erection of superstructure,

clearing of obstruction and trees if any

from the proposed area. Activities such as

construction of labour camps, onsite office,

pneumatic hammers, compressors,

concrete mixers, construction material

plants however does not cause significant

noise pollution but if the work continues

for longer duration, it can affect the health

of local people and workers involved in the

project work.

1. Selection of equipment’s of high

quality.

2. Transportation activities will be

carried out only during the day and

only in case of emergency, the

transportation activities will be

permitted in night time.

3. The vehicles used for construction

activities and transportation of

materials will be provided with the

horn of low noise level as

recommended by RTO/ concerned

authorities.

4. Minimization of operation time of

noisy equipment and operation of

machineries/equipment that

generate high levels of noise only




during day time.

5. Inadequate use of plant and

equipment, namely, running on full

power when the work does not

necessitate it will be avoided.

6. Personal Protective Equipment’s,

education and public awareness

and exposure control through

rotation of work will be provided to

the workers engaged in

construction activities in the area

generating high levels of noise.

7. Development of green belt during

construction stage itself.


Project operation

Oiling and lubrication, Earplugs and

Earmuffs will be provided

Maximum possible area will be covered

as greenbelt and other forms of

greenery.

Infrastructure &

Services

Project Development shall be gradual

Environmental

Hazards

Handling and storage of chemicals & fuels On site & Off-site Disaster management

plan & Safe practices.




11.8 SUMMARY

An Environmental Impact Assessment Study has been carried out and assessed for the

proposed project based on the ToR and baseline quality data collected for the study area.

Identification and anticipation of the potential environmental impacts due to the proposed

project with a delineation of appropriate impact mitigation measures in an Environmental

Management plan during both construction and operation phases is provided in the EIA

report prepared.

The proposed project will ensure that the industrial activities relevant to the project are

environmentally sound with no adverse impacts posed on the natural environment in the

surrounding area.

The marginal impacts that might be caused by the proposed activity will be mitigated by the

pollution control and environmental management measures.

In a true and a larger sense, in view of the considerable benefits from the project with no

major impacts, the proposed project is said to be more beneficial to the nation.

The EMP that will be implemented for the construction and operation stages of the project

will include:

Air Pollution control and management

Noise Control and Management

Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Sewage treatment and Management

Effluent treatment and Management

DMP (Risk Assessment, Onsite and Offsite Emergency Plan)

In order to effectively implement the EMP planned, an environmental management system

will be formulated.




11.9 Conclusion

The EIA study of M/s. PCBL (TN) Limited has been carried out with respect to the TORs

awarded by MoEFCC, New Delhi. All the impacts likely to have an effect on the environment

have been identified and efficient/adequate mitigation measures have been proposed for

the same.

Considering the probability of likely impacts, M/s. PCBL (TN) Limited has planned adequate

mitigation measures and EMP. Further, M/s. PCBL (TN) Limited shall also undertake CSR/CER

activities which shall have beneficial impacts on the socio-economic environment. Measures

like rainwater harvesting, energy conservation and greenbelt development are also

noteworthy. Looking to the overall project scenario, employment potential and allied

development plans; it has been noticed that the proposed project would significantly help in

the improvement of the society and nation at large. M/s. PCBL (TN) Limited has committed

to implement all the pollution control measures to protect surrounding environment, also

this project can definitely improve the regional, state and national economy. Industrial

growth is an indication of socio-economic development. The implementation of this project

will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the area.

The baseline study carried out for the study area indicates that all the physical, chemical and

biological characteristics of the environmental attributes in the surrounding area are well

within the permissible limits.

Based on this environmental assessment, the possible impacts during both pre-project and

post-project phase are anticipated and the necessary adequate control measures are

formulated to meet the statutory compliances.

With very minute negative impacts, the project positively leads to commercial business

opportunities, employment opportunities, increased revenue and infrastructural

development.

Thus, this project may kindly be granted Environmental Clearance.

M/S. AQUA – AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD.

403, CENTER POINT, NR. KADIWALASCHOOL,

RING ROAD, SURAT – 395002 (GUJ.) INDIA

TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241

EMAIL: [email protected]

WEBSITE: WWW.AQUA-AIR.CO.IN

324

CHAPTER – 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Consultants, Engineers &Turnkey Project Executors

NABET/QCI ACCREDITED EIA CONSULTANT

MoEFCC APPROVED LABORATORY

NABL ACCREDITED TESTING LABORATORY

ISO 9001:2015 Certified Company

OHSAS 18001:2007 Certified Company




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241



325

12.1COMPANY PROFILE

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. is a Surat based company; one of the leading and

multidiscipline Environmental Management Consulting firms of the region.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd.was founded by Mr. Jayesh S. Patel& Mrs. Archana J.

Patelon May 7, 2008 and Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was registered under the

companies Acton May 7, 2008.

Office having 6,756 Sq. Ft. of area coveringEC/EIA Department, R & D Centre (Environmental

Laboratory), Consent (CTE &CC&A) Department, ETP/Project Department, Solar Department, Export

Department and Account Department, Library, Conference room andAdministration Department, etc.

with experienced and qualified staff to render services in the field of Environmental Management of

various types of industries.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has a well-established track record in monitoring legislation

and developing and implementing strategies for organizations that enable them to manage the impact

of environmental issues on their business.

The company has built a reputation for delivering innovative and practical solutions to environment

related business issues. These solutions help our clients to achieve successful business outcomes and

make sustainable environment serving improvements within their business operations.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has applied to get the recognition as Environmental

Laboratory under Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 on June 12, 2019. Based on recommendations of

the Expert Committee for recognition of Environmental Laboratories in its 63rd meeting held on 1st

October, 2020, Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC) approves the

recognition of M/s. Aqua Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd., considering the current validity of

mandatory accreditation / certifications of the laboratory. This recognition shall be valid up to Dec 3rd,

2021.




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241



326

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for “EIA Consultant Organization”

accreditation under National Accreditation Board for Education And Training (NABET)/Quality Council

of India (QCI), New Delhi on January 7, 2010 and submitted the application (Rev. 06) for “EIA

Consultant Organization” accreditation under NABET, New Delhi on April 8, 2010. Office assessment

was done by external NABET/QCI auditors on Feb. 3& 4, 2011. NABET/QCI closed the application of

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. on March 15, 2011. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt.

Ltd. filed SCA in Hon’ble High Court of Gujarat against MoEFCC, QCI & NABET, New Delhi on April 13,

2012. Hon’ble High Court of Gujarat issued stay order against operation of all OMs (related to

NABET/QCI Scheme) of MoEFCC, New Delhi for the company on Jan. 24, 2013. MoEFCC, New Delhi

published Notification regarding mandatory implementation accreditation scheme of NABET/QCI on

March 3, 2016. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd. along with 11 EIA Consultants of Gujarat filed

SCA No. 5312 of 2016 in Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat. Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat gave Stay Order

on Apr. 5, 2016 against implementation of Notification dated March 3, 2016 of MoEFCC, New Delhi till

further orders.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd.have written letter to withdraw their name from Court

case from Hon’ble High Court of Gujarat and have received the Withdrawal receipt copy from their

Advocate.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd.has applied for NABET/QCI Accreditation on March 11,

2020 along with Desktop Assessment – 1 (DA-1) fees covering 22 Sectors.M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental

Engineers Pvt. Ltd.'s Desktop Assessment – 1 (DA-1) is already completed and all NC’s generated by

QCI/NABET secretariat have been closed by Aqua-Air. Aqua-Air has paid the Desktop Assessment – 2

(DA-2) fees and DA-2 was completed on May 28, 2020. Aqua-Air’s Office Assessment took place during

Oct. 5 to 8, 2020 & NABET’s Accreditation committee granted accreditation on Nov. 6, 2020 (valid till

Oct. 7, 2023) for 16 sectors i.e. Mining of minerals (opencast), Thermal power plants, Cement Plants,

Soda ash Industry, Chemical fertilizers, Pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates

(excluding formulations), Manmade fibers manufacturing, Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes &

dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic

organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates), Distilleries, Pulp and

Paper Industry, Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/areas, export processing Zones (EPZs), Special




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241



327

Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes, Common hazardous waste treatment,

storage and disposal facilities (TSDFs), Bio-medical waste treatment facilities, Common Effluent

Treatment Plants (CETPs), Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility (CMSWMF)&Building

and construction projects.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for ISO/IEC 17025:2005

Accreditation by NABL, New Delhi for the Competence Testing & Calibration Laboratories on June 24,

2008 and submitted the application (Version No. 10) to NABL, New Delhi for ISO/IEC 17025:2005

registration on October 7, 2008. After final assessment and Non-Conformances resolved and corrective

actions taken against the Non-Conformances, Laboratory Department,M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental

Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was accredited with the certification of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 on Oct. 15, 2010 and

was valid up to Oct. 14, 2012. Re-accreditation of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 was received on June 5, 2013

and was valid up to June 4, 2015. Re-accreditation of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 was received on Jan. 6, 2016

and was valid up to Jan. 5, 2018. Re-accreditation of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 was received on May 28, 2018

and is valid up to May 27, 2020.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for ISO 9001:2008 registration for

Quality Management System on December 1, 2009 and submitted the application for ISO 9001:2008

registration on March 4, 2010. After final assessment, M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

was certified from ANAB by M/s. Intertek System Certification on May 4, 2010 and it was valid up to

May 4, 2013.We were re-certified on May 4,2013 and it was valid up to May 4, 2016.We were re-

certified on May 30, 2016 and it was valid up to Sept. 14, 2018. M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers

Pvt. Ltd. got ISO 9001:2015 from M/s. Equalitas Certifications Ltd. on Dec, 4, 2018 and it is valid up to

Dec. 3, 2021. M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engrs. Pvt. Ltd. got OHSAS18001:2007from M/s. Equalitas

Certifications Ltd. on March 16, 2019 and it is valid up to March 15, 2022.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engrs. Pvt. Ltd. applied for recognition as "Schedule–II Environmental

Auditor" with Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) on Sept. 11, 2008 and got its first recognition as

"Schedule–II Environmental Auditor" from the GPCB on Dec. 24, 2008 and it was valid from Jan. 1, 2009

to Dec. 31, 2010. M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engrs. Pvt. Ltd. applied for renewal of recognition as

"Schedule–II Environmental Auditor" with Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) on Dec. 21, 2010 and




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241



328

got its second recognition as "Schedule–II Environmental Auditor" from the GPCB on Oct. 24, 2011and

it was valid from Jan. 1, 2011 to Dec. 31, 2012. M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engrs. Pvt. Ltd. applied for

renewal of recognition as "Schedule–II Environmental Auditor" with Gujarat Pollution Control Board

(GPCB) on Dec. 12, 2012 and got its third recognition as "Schedule–II Environmental Auditor" from the

GPCB on Jan. 4, 2014and it was valid from Jan. 1, 2013 to Dec. 31, 2014. M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental

Engrs. Pvt. Ltd. applied for renewal of recognition as "Schedule–II Environmental Auditor" with Gujarat

Pollution Control Board (GPCB) on Dec. 6, 2014 and got its fourth recognition as "Schedule–II

Environmental Auditor" from the GPCB on Jan. 17, 2015and it was valid from Jan. 1, 2015 to Dec. 31,

2016.M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engrs. Pvt. Ltd. applied for renewal of recognition as "Schedule–II

Environmental Auditor" (under Modified Environmental Audit Scheme dated Jan. 23, 2015) with

Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) on Nov. 27, 2017 and got its fifth recognition as "Schedule–II

Environmental Auditor" from the GPCB on Feb. 13, 2017and it was valid from Jan. 1, 2017 to Dec. 31,

2018.M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engrs. Pvt. Ltd. applied for renewal of recognition as "Schedule–II

Environmental Auditor" with Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) on Nov. 5, 2018 and got its sixth

recognition as "Schedule–II Environmental Auditor" from the GPCB on March 28, 2019and it is valid

from Jan. 1, 2019 to Dec. 31, 2020.

M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. received the Certificate of Registration of Trade Mark,

Section 23 (2), Rule 62 (1) from Trade Marks Registry, Govt. of India on January 18, 2011.

The company’s work is spread all over Gujarat in India& Oman. Company have already prepared 578

Form-1, 496 EIA & EMP reports, 477 Risk Assessment & DMP reports, conducted 90 Public Hearings

and obtained 453 Environmental Clearances so far that includes Mining of minerals including opencast

/ underground mining, Thermal power plants, Mineral beneficiation, Metallurgical industries (ferrous &

non-ferrous), Cement Plants, Chlor-alkali industry, Soda ash Industry, Chemical fertilizers, Pesticides

industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations), Manmade fibers manufacturing,

Petrochemical based processing (processes other than cracking & reformation and not covered under

the complexes), Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and

intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic

organic chemicals and chemical intermediates), Distilleries, Pulp and Paper Industry, Sugar Industry,

Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/areas, export processing Zones (EPZs), Special Economic Zones




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241



329

(SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes, Common hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal

facilities (TSDFs), Bio-medical waste treatment facilities, Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs),

Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility (CMSWMF), Building and construction projects &

Townships and Area development projects.

Company's MoEFCC Approved Laboratory &NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory has conducted

Environmental Monitoring & Analysiswith Environmental Institute and Gujarat Pollution Control Board

in Industrial Estates of Ankleshwar, Panoli &Jhagadia.Company is also doing Turnkey/Consulting

Projects for M/s. BASF (Detail Engineering for Effluent Treatment Plant) & M/s. Reva Proteins Ltd.

(Design of Effluent Treatment Plant, supply of mechanical items, Commissioning and operation of

Effluent Treatment Plant).

12.2 ABOUT US

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has registered office in one of the top five fastest growing

cities of India – Surat. We are one of the most trusted and reliable environmental engineering and

consultancy service providers. With complete hold in the related domain and proficiency, we execute

our work all over India as well as in Oman.

In addition to engineering consultancy, we also execute turnkey projects for effluent treatment plants

at the client's site.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd is:

One of the leading companies in the region providing high quality services in environmental

engineering and consulting to the best of client's satisfaction.

Posses a well - developed design office with Computer Center and Laboratory -cum- R&D Center to

carry out designing and analysis in the field of environmental engineering.

Recognized as Schedule-II Environmental Auditor under the Environment Audit Scheme proposed

by the Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat.

Listed with Gujarat Pollution Control Board as Consultants and proposing to get enlisted with GPCB

as Pollution Control Equipment Suppliers.

Going to become a member of Consulting Engineers Association of India.




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241



330

Having well-developed library to render services in the field of environmental auditing, consulting,

monitoring and analysis.

12.3 ACHIEVEMENTS

1. Registered under the companies Acton May 7, 2008.

2. Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor on Dec. 24,

2008. Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor on May

4, 2011. And last Certificate of Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II

Environmental Auditor is valid up to Dec. 31, 2020.

3. Certificate of ISO 9001:2008 received on May 4, 2010. Certificate of ISO 9001:2015 received on

Dec. 4, 2018 & Certificate is valid up to Dec. 3, 2021.

4. Import Export License received from Government of India on May 31, 2010.

5. Solvency Certificate of Rs. 1,40,00,000/- received from Bank of India, Gopipura branch, Surat on

Sept. 3, 2010.

6. Certificate of National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL)

received on Oct. 15, 2010. And last Certificate of NABL is valid up to May 27, 2020.

7. Certificate of Registration of Trade Mark, Section 23 (2), Rule 62 (1) from Trade Marks Registry,

Govt. of India on Jan. 18, 2011.

8. Certificate of Authorization as dealer in India received from Spectrum Technologies, Inc., USA

on May 1, 2011.

9. Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor on May 4,

2011.

10. Certificate of ISO 9001:2008 received on April 1, 2013 (Reassessment). And Certificate is valid

up to May 4, 2016.

11. Certificate of National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL)

received on June 05, 2013. (Reassessment). And Certificate of NABL is valid up to June 4, 2015.

12. Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor on January 4,

2014 (Reassessment). And Certificate of Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule –

II Environmental Auditor is valid up to January 17, 2017.

13. SMERA solar grading SMERA SP 2A.




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241



331

14. Ministry of New and renewable Energy (MNRE) and Gujarat Energy Development Agency

(GEDA) Channel Partner for grid connected Roof Top division.

15. Got registered with Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises (MSME) (UAN:

GJ22D0183036) on Dec. 5, 2017.

16. Got Certificate of ISO 9001:2015 ON Dec. 4, 2018 and valid up to Dec. 3, 2021.

17. Got Certificate of OHSAS 18001:2007 on March 16, 2019 and valid up to March 15, 2022.

18. M/s. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. have already applied for NABET/QCI

Accreditation on March 11, 2020 along with Desktop Assessment – 1 (DA-1) fees covering 22

Sectors.

12.4 SERVICE PROVIDE

M/s. AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. offers following specialized services in

Environmental Engineering, Water Supply Engineering and Civil Engineering.

4.1 TURN KEY/BOOT/BOO PROJECTS

4.1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

Detailed design Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Construction Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs)

Fabrication Recycling Plants (RPs)

Piping Zero Discharge Plants (ZDPs)

Electrification Incineration System Plants (ISPs)

Supply Hazardous waste Storage areas (HWSAs)

Erection Secured/ Sanitary Landfill Facilities

Testing and Commissioning of Effluent

Treatment Plants (ETPs)

Bio–Medical Waste (BMW) Treatment

Facilities on a turnkey or BOOT/BOO basis.

Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs)

4.1.2 CIVIL ENGINEERING

Construction of

Water Treatment Plan Elevated Service Reservoirs (ESRs)

Sewage Treatment plant Underground Reservoirs (UGRs)

Industrial Wastewater Treatment plant Sewage Pumping Stations, etc.




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241



332

4.2 CONSULTING


1. Complete study of the Pollution Problem in industries from wastes generation to disposal

and providing necessary technical knowledge like–

Know how including design Zero Discharge Plants (ZDPs)

Basic engineering, detailed engineering Recycling plants (RPs) for reuse of water upto

maximum extent Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Tender preparation for Effluent Treatment

Plants (ETPs) for industrial wastewater

Incineration System Plants (ISPs) for various

non-biodegradable or toxic industrial wastes

Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs) for

residential wastewater

Design of Hazardous waste Storage area and

Secured/ Sanitary Landfill Facilities

Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs) Design and Consultancy Services for Bio –

Medical Waste Treatment Facilities.

2. Water Supply Distribution System

Analysis Tender preparation

Design

3. Laboratory Analysis of

Ambient Air/Stack/Vent Industrial Waste Water

Water Soil

Sewage Industrial Sludge

4. Process Study

Reduce the pollution at source Reuse / Recycle effluent

5. Pollution Control Facility

Performance study of existing Suggesting scheme for the optimization of the

facility

6. Environment Management

Environmental Clearance from Environmental Impact Assessment Studies

(EIAs)

MoEFCC, New Delhi Short term (Rapid)

SEAC & SEIAA, Gandhinagar Long term (Comprehensive)

Environmental statements Environmental Auditing




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241



333

7. Statutory Requirements under Factory

Act

Safety Audit HAZOP study

On-site / Off-site Emergency Plan

8. For Various Energy Conservation

Schemes

Energy Audit Design

9. Environmental Management System

Preparing Adequacy Report Preparing Efficacy Report

10. Operation and Maintenance (O & M)

Effluent Treatment Plants (ETPs)

Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs)

Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs)

11. Air Monitoring

Ambient Air Stack

Vent

12. Pollution Control

Effluent Survey Feasibility Studies

Environmental review of Pollution control

equipment and systems

Laboratory bench scale Treatability studies

Pilot Plant studies, etc.

13. Consulting Service

Consent to Establish (CTE)/NOC Consolidated Consents & Authorization (CCA)

CTE for revised product mix Rule-9 Permission, etc.

14. As per requirements under Factory Act-1948 and Gujarat Factory Rules

Monitoring Filling up Form-37

Monitoring &Analysis of Work Area

Environment

15. Technical Consultation & assistance to ensure and assure compete Environ-Legal

compliance

Required permits from statutory bodies Clearance

Consents




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241



334

4.3 EQUIPMENT DESIGN/MFG. / SUPPLY/COMMISSIOIN


1. Design, manufacture and supply of Pollution Control Equipment such as

Incinerators with scrubbers Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF) units

Autoclaves Cyclone

Hydro-claves Scrubbers

Fixed Aerators Bag Filters, Flume extraction systems

Floating Aerators API separator

Submersible Aerators (EOLO2) Vacuum drum filter

Submersible Mixers (RIO or BRIO) Filter Press

Cascade Aerators Solid Bowl Centrifuge

Clarifier mechanisms Packaged sewage treatment plant

Agitators Filtration system

Clariflocculator Reverse Osmosis

Flocculator mechanism DM plant

Flash mixes Packaged water treatment plant

Oil skimmers

MBR

Reacting Vessel

MBBR

M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD. PLOT NO. A7, SIPCOT INDUSTRIAL …

Documents

Transcript of M/s. PCBL (TN) LTD. PLOT NO. A7, SIPCOT INDUSTRIAL …